OWNER' S MANUAL

Operation
Maintenance
Specifications

All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time

of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes

descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard
equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not
apply to your specific vehicle.
Introduction

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering
the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations
established by the Department of Transportation and other government
agencies in your country.

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR

TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic
components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio
or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason,
we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer’s instructions
or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special
instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
 SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and

NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:

DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.

WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.
Table of contents

Foreword 1
Hyundai warranty policy 2
Vehicle information 3
Safety system 4
Instrument cluster 5
Convneince features 6
Driving your vehicle 7
Driver assistance system 8
Emergency situations 9
Maintenance 10
Index I
Introduction

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing HYUNDA vehicleI. We are pleased to welcome you to the
growing number of discriminating people who drive HYUNDAI vehicle. The advanced
engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI vehicle we build is
something of which we’re very proud.

Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new
HYUNDAI vehicle. It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it
contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

HYUNDAI Motor India Limited also recommends that service and maintenance on
your vehicle be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA LIMITED

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual,
if you sell this HYUNDAI, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use.
Thank you.

CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality
fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use
high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 2-15 in
the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner’s Manual.

Copyright 2021 HYUNDAI Motor India Limited. All rights reserved. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor
Company.

1-2
 01
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGES
We want to help you get the greatest Your safety, and the safety of others,
possible driving pleasure from your is very important. This Owner’s
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can Manual provides you with many safety
assist you in many ways. We strongly precautions and operating procedures.
recommend that you read the entire This information alerts you to potential
manual. In order to minimize the chance hazards that may hurt you or others, as
of death or injury, you must read the well as damage to your vehicle.
DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION Safety messages found on vehicle
sections in the manual. labels and in this manual describe these
Illustrations complement the words in hazards and what to do to avoid or
this manual to best explain how to enjoy reduce the risks.
your vehicle. By reading your manual, Warnings and instructions contained in
you will learn about features, important this manual are for your safety. Failure to
safety information, and driving tips follow safety warnings and instructions
under various road conditions. can lead to serious injury or death.
The general layout of the manual is  This is the safety alert symbol. It is
provided in the Table of Contents. Use used to alert you to potential
the index when looking for a specific physical injury hazards. Obey all
area or subject; it has an alphabetical safety messages that follow this
listing of all information in your manual. symbol to avoid possible injury or
Sections: This manual has 9 chapters death. The safety alert symbol
plus an index. Each section begins with a precedes the signal words
brief list of contents so you can tell at a DANGER, WARNING and
glance if that section has the information CAUTION.
you want.

1-3
Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS
DANGER Petrol engine
DANGER indicates a hazardous Unleaded
situation which, if not avoided, will Your new vehicle is designed to use only
result in death or serious injury. unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating
of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 /
AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher. (Do
WARNING not use methanol blended fuels)
WARNING indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
result in death or serious injury. maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust
emissions and spark plug fouling.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous CAUTION
situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury. NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The use
of leaded fuel is detrimental to the
catalytic converter and will damage the
NOTICE engine control system’s oxygen sensor
and affect emission control.
NOTICE indicates a situation which,
if not avoided, could result in vehicle Never add any fuel system cleaning
damage. agents to the fuel tank other than what
has been specified (We recommend
that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for details.)

WARNING
• Do not “top off” after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.

1-4
 01
Petrol containing alcohol and CAUTION
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of petrol and ethanol Never use gasohol which contains
(also known as grain alcohol), and methanol. Discontinue use of any
petrol or gasohol containing methanol gasohol product which impairs
(also known as wood alcohol) are being drivability.
marketed along with or instead of leaded
or unleaded petrol. Other fuels
Do not use gasohol containing more Using fuels such as;
than 10% ethanol, and do not use petrol
or gasohol containing any methanol. - Silicone (Si) contained fuel,
Either of these fuels may cause - MMT (Manganese, Mn) contained fuel,
drivability problems and damage to the - Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and
fuel system, engine control system and
emission control system. - Other metallic additives contained
fuels,
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
drivability problems occur. may cause vehicle and engine damage
or cause plugging, misfiring, poor
Vehicle damage or driveability acceleration, engine stalling, catalyst
problems may not be covered by the melting, abnormal corrosion, life cycle
manufacturer’s warranty if they result reduction, etc.
from the use of:
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
1. Gasohol containing more than 10% (MIL) may illuminate.
ethanol.
2. Petrol or gasohol containing methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or
performance problem caused by the
use of these fuels may not be covered
by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

1-5
Introduction

Use of MTBE Fuel Additives

HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels HYUNDAI recommends that you use
containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl unleaded petrol which has an Octane
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content Rating of RON (Research Octane
2.7% weight) in your vehicle. Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% or higher.
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) For customers who do not use good
may reduce vehicle performance and quality petrols including fuel additives
produce vapor lock or hard starting. regularly, and have problems starting or
the engine does not run smoothly, one
bottle of additives added to the fuel tank
CAUTION at every 10,000 km.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Additives are available from your
may not cover damage to the authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with
fuel system and any performance information on how to use them. Do not
problems that are caused by the use mix other additives.
of fuels containing methanol or fuels
containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content
Operation in foreign countries
2.7% weight.) If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
Do not use methanol registration and insurance.
Fuels containing methanol (wood • Determine that acceptable fuel is
alcohol) should not be used in your available.
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system, engine
control system and emission control
system.

1-6
 01
Diesel engine CAUTION
Diesel fuel Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)
Diesel engine must be operated only on
commercially available diesel fuel that It is recommended to use the regulated
complies with EN 590 or comparable automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle
standard. (EN stands for “European equipped with the DPF system.
Norm”). Do not use marine diesel fuel, If you use diesel fuel including high
heating oils, or non-approved fuel sulfur (more than 10 ppm sulfur) and
additives, as this will increase wear and unspecified additives, it can cause the
cause damage to the engine and fuel DPF system to be damaged and white
system. The use of non-approved fuels smoke can be emitted.
and / or fuel additives will result in a
limitation of your warranty rights.
Biodiesel
Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used
Commercially supplied Diesel blends of
in your vehicle. If two types of diesel
no more than 7% biodiesel, commonly
fuel are available, use summer or winter
known as “B7 Diesel” may be used
fuel properly according to the following
in your vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN
temperature conditions.
14214 or equivalent specifications. (EN
• Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer type stands for “European Norm”). The use
diesel fuel. of biofuels exceeding 7% made from
• Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type diesel rapeseed methyl ester (RME), fatty
fuel. acid methyl ester (FAME), vegetable oil
methyl ester (VME) etc. or mixing diesel
exceeding 7% with biodiesel will cause
Watch the fuel level in the tank very increased wear or damage to the engine
carefully : If the engine stops through and fuel system. Repair or replacement
fuel failure, the circuits must be of worn or damaged components due to
completely purged to permit restarting. the use of nonapproved fuels will not be
covered by the manufactures warranty.
CAUTION
Do not let any petrol or water enter the
tank. This would make it necessary to
drain it out and to bleed the lines to
avoid jamming the injection pump and
damaging the engine.

1-7
Introduction

VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
CAUTION This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could affect
• Never use any fuel, whether diesel, its performance, safety or durability and
B7 biodiesel or otherwise, that fails may even violate governmental safety
to meet the latest petroleum industry and emissions regulations.
specification. In addition, damage or performance
• Never use any fuel additives problems resulting from any
or treatments that are not modification may not be covered under
recommended or approved by the warranty.
vehicle manufacturer. • If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.

1-8
 01
VEHICLE BREAK-IN
PROCESS
No special break-in period is needed. By
following a few simple precautions for
the first 1,000 km (600 miles), you may
add to the performance, economy and
life of your vehicle:
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine speed
(RPM, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 RPM and 4,000 RPM.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow.
Varying the engine speed is needed to
properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in
emergencies, to allow the brakes to
seat properly.
• Don’t tow a trailer during the first
2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.
• Fuel economy and engine
performance may vary depending
on vehicle break-in process and be
stabilized after 6,000 km (4,000
miles). New engines may consume
more oil during the vehicle break-in
period.

1-9
2. Hyundai Warranty Policy

Hyundai New Vehicle Warranty ........................................................................2-2

Replacement Parts Warranty ............................................................................2-3

Hyundai Exteneted Warranty ...........................................................................2-

2
Hyundai Warranty Policy

HYUNDAI NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY

Hyundai Motor India Limited herein- 3. What is not covered
after called “HMIL”, warrants that
This warranty shall not apply to:
each new Hyundai vehicle sold shall
▶ Normal maintenance services
be free from any defects in material other than the three free ser-
and workmanship, under normal use vices, including without limita-
and maintenance, subject to the fol- tion, cleaning and polishing, mi-
lowing terms and conditions. nor adjustments, engine tuning,
oil/fluid changes, filters replen-
ishment, fastener retightening,
1. Warranty Period wheel balancing, wheel align-
ment and tyre rotation etc.
This warranty for hyundai vehicle ▶ Replacement of parts as a result
shall exist for a period as per option of normal wear and tear such as
selected on page F1 by the first pur- spark plugs, belts, brake pads
chaser from the date of delivery and linings, clutch disc/facing,
whichsoever is earlier. However the filters, wiper blades, bulbs, fuses,
warranty for CRETA being used for etc.
commercial purpose such as Taxi/ Damage or failure resulting from :
Tourist operation is 36 ▶ Negligence of proper mainte-
months/100,000 kilometers from the nance as required in this Owner’s
date of delivery to the first purchaser Manual and Service Booklet.
which soever is earlier. This warranty
is transferable to subsequent owner ▶ Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,-
for the remaining warranty period. flooding or fire.
This warranty is applicable only in In- ▶ Use of improper or insufficientfu-
dia and not transferable to any other el, fluids or lubricants.
country. ▶ Use of parts other than Hyundai
Genuine Parts.
▶ Any device and/or accessories-
2. What is covered not supplied by HMIL.
▶ Modifications, alterations, tam-
pering or improper repair.
Except as provided in paragraph 3
hereof, our Authorized Dealers shall ▶ Parts used in applications of-
either repair or replace, any Hyundai which they were not designed or
genuine part that is acknowledged by not approved by HMIL.
HMIL to be defective in material or ▶ Slight irregularities not rec-
workmanship within the warranty pe- ognised as affecting quality or-
riod stipulated above, at no cost to function of the vehicle or parts,-
the owner of the Hyundai vehicle for such as slight noise or
parts or labour. Such defective parts vibrations,or items considered-
which have been replaced will be- characteristic of the vehicle.
come the property of HMIL ▶ Airborne “fallout”, Industrialfall
out, acid rain, hail and wind-
storms, or other Acts of God.
2-2
 02
▶ Paint scratches, dents or similar- such as operation in extremely
paint or body damage. dusty, rough, more repeated
▶ Action of road elements (sand,- short distance driving or heavy
gravel, dust or road debris) which city traffic during hot weather,
results in stone chipping of paint maintenance of vehicle should
or glass. be done more frequently as men-
tioned in this Owner’s Manual
▶ Incidental or consequential dam- and Service Booklet
ages, including without limita-
tion, loss of time, inconvenience, ▶ Retention of maintenance service
loss of use of vehicle or commer- records. It may be necessary for
cial loss. the customer to show that the re-
Audio Video Navigation System, quired maintenance has been
:LUHOHVV &KDUJHU $LU 3XULILHU performed, as specified in this
Batteries, Tyres & Tubes Audio Owner’s Manual and Service
SysWems, RU DQ\ H[WHUQDO DFFHVRU\ Booklet.
originally equipped on Hyundai ▶ Delivery of the vehicle during reg-
vehicles are warranted directly by the ular service business hours to
respective manufacturers and not by any authorized Hyundai Dealer to
HMIL. obtain warranty service.
▶ This warranty is the entire war- ▶ In order to maintain the validity of
ranty given by HMIL for Hyundai this Basic Warranty, the vehicle
vehicles and no dealer or its or his must be serviced by Hyundai Au-
agent or employee is authorized thorized workshop in accordance
to extend or enlarge this warranty to the Owner’s Manual and Ser-
and no dealer or its or his agent vice Booklet.
or employee is authorized to
make any oral warranty on HMIL’s
behalf.
▶ HMIL reserves the right to make PARTS REPLACEMENT WARǢ
any change in design or make RANTY
any improvement on the vehicle
at any time without any obliga- Hyundai Motor India Limited herein-
tion to make the same change on after called “HMIL”, warrants that
vehicles previously sold. each new Hyundai Genuine replace-
ment part purchased from and in-
▶ HMIL reserves the right for the fi- stalled by Hyundai Authorized Dealer
nal decision in all warranty mat- shall be free from any defects in ma-
ters. terial or workmanship, unde normal
use and maintenance, subject to the
Owner’s Responsibilities following terms and conditions
▶ Proper use, maintenance and care
of vehicle in accordance with the 1. Warranty period
instructions contained in this This warranty shall exist for a period
Owner’s Manual and Service
Booklet. If the vehicle is subject of 6 months or until the vehicle has
to severe usage conditions, su-
2-3
Hyundai Warranty Policy

been driven for a distance of 10,000 nance of vehicle.

Kilometers from the date of installa- Any vehicle on which the odome-
tion of replacement part by Hyundai ter reading has been altered so
Authorized Dealer, whichever occurs that mileage cannot be accurate-
ly determined.
first.
Incidental or consequential dam-
ages, including without limita-
2. What is covered tion, loss of time, inconvenience,
Our Authorized Dealers shall either loss of use of vehicle or commer-
repair or replace, any Hyundai genu- cial loss.
ine par listed in paragraph 3 hereof, This warranty is the entire warranty
that is acknowledged by HMIL to be given by HMIL for Hyundai replace-
defective in material or workmanship ment parts and no de aler or its or his
within the warranty period stipulated agent or employee is authorized to
above, after examinations carried extend or enlarge this warranty and
out to confirm that none of the origi no dealer or its or his agent or em-
al settings have been tampered with, ployee is authorized to make any oral
at no cost to the owner of the Hyund- warranty on HMIL’s behalf. HMIL re-
ai vehicle for parts or labour. Such serves the right for the final decision
defective parts which have been re- in all warranty matters.
placed will become the property of
HMIL
Owner’s Responsibility :
Proper use, maintenance and re
3. What is not covered of the vehicle in accordancewith
the instructions contained in the
This warranty shall not apply to: Owner’s Manual and Service
Normal maintenance services of Booklet.
parts such as cleaning, adjust- Retention of maintenance ser-
ment or replacement (i.e. spark vice records. It may be necessary
plugs that are oil fouled, lead for the customer to show that the
fouled, or which fail due to the required maintenance has been
use of low grade fuel). performed, as specified in this
Parts that fail due to abuse, mis- Owner’s Manual and Service
use, neglect, alteration or acci- Booklet.
dent or which have been improp- Retention of the customer’s copy
erly lubricated or repaired of the original repair order and
Parts used in applications for- its invoice/bill against which the
which they were not designed or part was replaced.
approved by HMIL. Delivery of the vehicle during
Failure due to normal wear of- regular service business hours to
parts. the same Hyundai Authorized
Dealer who had sold and installed
Direct or indirect failures caused the replacement part
by misuse and improper mainte-
In order to maintain the validity
2-4
 02
of this Parts replacement War-
ranty, the vehicle must be ser-
viced by Hyundai Authorized
workshop in accordance to the
Owner’s Manual and Service
Booklet.

HYUNDAI EXTENDED WARRANTY*

HMIL offers optional paid extended
warranty on selected models, in ad-
dition to the basic new vehicle war-
ranty. For more details on Hyundai
Extended Warranty please call the
nearest dealer or our toll free number
1-800-11-4645.
*Conditions apply

2-5
   

   
"$ $$  !$"$  $
$$  $
!$$

$  $
$$ $#$


 
! 
 !
! !
! ! ! !  ! !   ! !! ! !
 ! 

!

!
 !
 !
!
!
 !!
!
!

&&& #&#%&&&&
$& & &

& ! !

 &&" "& & $ & &
  
 & &



  
 &  %"&   &

 

 
 



E '!E;!7A*!E*;E66-*-!E#57EEC!7;E#750E='!E =!E5#E;-!E 
E 5;=E5%E7!6+8;E1 !E=5EC5@7EA!(*-!E*;E

E (!EEEE5 E;* !E;;+;=2!E+;EA+..!E@6E =5EE3"8"<>E 25?E +2.@ ! E @2/!;;E +?E *;E 5A!8! E
C@2 *E@?(57*D! E !-!7EB57,;(56E @2 !7EC@2 +E882=C E

E )!E;!:+!E+;E66.+-!E&58EE52 +=*52E+4EB)*(E?)!EA!(*-!E);E!!2E+115+.!E

/$-#"$/.+#/#/ /$"/ &&/,/

E 5;?E5$E69;E8!6-!1!2=E*;E25=E+4.@ ! E@2-!;;E5A!8! E@2 !8EC@2 +E / **&)$$"%' & /
884?CE / $(/#"#/ (*"/ /!#"./,)*//
**&)/
.+/#/-&)))*#/#/
3. Vehicle information

Exterior overview (i)......................................................................................... 3-2

Exterior overview (ii)........................................................................................ 3-3
Interior overview..............................................................................................3-6
Instrument panel overview.............................................................................3-8
Instrument panel overview.............................................................................3-9
Engine compartment......................................................................................3-10
Dimensions...................................................................................................... 3-12
2
Engine specification....................................................................................... 3-12
Bulb wattage...................................................................................................3-13
Tires and wheels.............................................................................................3-14
Recommended lubricants and capacities....................................................3-15
Recommended SAE viscosity number....................................................................3-16
Vehicle identification number (VIN)..............................................................3-18
Vehicle certification label...............................................................................3-18
Tire specification and pressure label.............................................................3-19
Engine number................................................................................................3-19
compressor label........................................................................................... 3-20
Vehicle information

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (I)

„Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3011006

1. Hood...............................................................................................................................................5-36
2. Headlight.............................................................................................................................. 9-77, 9-79
3. Daytime Running Light or Daytime Running Light/Position light............................................9-78
4. Front fog light.............................................................................................................................. 9-80
5. Tires and wheels.......................................................................................................................... 9-50
6. Outside rearview mirror............................................................................................................... 5-24
7. Front windshield wiper blades.................................................................................................... 9-44
8. Windows........................................................................................................................................5-26

3-2
 03
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (II)
„Rear view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3011007

1. Antenna......................................................................................................................................... 5-88
2. Doors..............................................................................................................................................5-15
3. Fuel filler door.............................................................................................................................. 5-40
4. Rear ultrasonic sensors.................................................................................................................7-10
5. High mounted stop light............................................................................................................. 9-85
6. Rear view camera........................................................................................................................... 7-6
7. Rear window wiper blade.............................................................................................................9-45
8. Tailgate.......................................................................................................................................... 5-37
9. Rear Combination lamp............................................................................................................... 9-81

3-3
Vehicle information

Front view

„
• N-Line

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3N011001

1. Hood...............................................................................................................................................5-36
2. Headlight.............................................................................................................................. 9-77, 9-79
3. Front fog light...............................................................................................................................9-78
4. Tires and wheels.......................................................................................................................... 9-80
5. Outside rearview mirror.............................................................................................................. 9-50
6. Front windshield wiper blades.................................................................................................... 5-24
7. Windows....................................................................................................................................... 9-44

3-4
 03
Rear view

„
• N-Line

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3N011002

1. Antenna......................................................................................................................................... 5-88
2. Doors .............................................................................................................................................5-15
3. Fuel filler door.............................................................................................................................. 5-40
4. Rear ultrasonic sensors.................................................................................................................7-10
5. High mounted stop light............................................................................................................. 9-85
6. Rear view camera........................................................................................................................... 7-6
7. Rear window wiper blade.............................................................................................................9-45
8. Tailgate ......................................................................................................................................... 5-37
9. Rear Combination lamp............................................................................................................... 9-81

3-5
Vehicle information

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3010003

1. Door handle....................................................................................................................................5-17
2. Outside rearview mirror control switch...................................................................................... 5-24
3. Outside rearview mirror folding button...................................................................................... 5-25
4. Central door lock/unlock button................................................................................................. 5-18
5. Power window switches...............................................................................................................5-26
6. Power window lock button..........................................................................................................5-29
7. Headlight leveling device switch................................................................................................. 5-47
8. Parking/View button.......................................................................................................................7-7
9. Electronic Stability Control(ESC) switch..................................................................................... 6-41
10. Steering wheel.............................................................................................................................5-20
11. Key ignition switch.........................................................................................................................6-5
12. Hood release lever......................................................................................................................5-36
13. Seats...............................................................................................................................................3-4

3-6
 03
• N-Line

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3N011003

1. Door handle....................................................................................................................................5-17
2. Outside rearview mirror control switch...................................................................................... 5-24
3. Outside rearview mirror folding button...................................................................................... 5-25
4. Central door lock/unlock button................................................................................................. 5-18
5. Power window switches...............................................................................................................5-26
6. Power window lock button..........................................................................................................5-29
7. Headlight leveling device switch................................................................................................. 5-47
8. Parking/View button.......................................................................................................................7-7
9. Electronic Stability Control(ESC) switch..................................................................................... 6-41
10. Steering wheel.............................................................................................................................5-20
11. Key ignition switch.........................................................................................................................6-5
12. Hood release lever......................................................................................................................5-36
13. Seats...............................................................................................................................................3-4

3-7
Vehicle information

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3010004

1. Lighting control/Turn signals switch............................................................................................5-43

2. Driver Assist button........................................................................................................................ 7-2
3. Instrument cluster.......................................................................................................................... 4-2
4. Horn............................................................................................................................................... 5-22
5. Driver’s air bag..............................................................................................................................3-42
6. Wipers and Washers switch..........................................................................................................5-51
7. Steering wheel audio controls.................................................................................................... 5-89
8. Engine Start/Stop button............................................................................................................. 6-10
9. Shift lever...................................................................................................................................... 6-15
10. USB port...................................................................................................................................... 5-88
11. Power outlet................................................................................................................................. 5-81
12. Climate control system...............................................................................................................5-54
13. Infotainment system.................................................................................................................. 5-88
14. Hazard warning light button........................................................................................................8-2
15. Passenger’s front air bag............................................................................................................3-43
16. Glove box..................................................................................................................................... 5-79

3-8
 03
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
• N-Line

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OBI3N011004
1. Lighting control/Turn signals switch............................................................................................5-43
2. Driver Assist button........................................................................................................................ 7-2
3. Instrument cluster.......................................................................................................................... 4-2
4. Horn............................................................................................................................................... 5-22
5. Driver’s air bag..............................................................................................................................3-42
6. Wipers and Washers switch..........................................................................................................5-51
7. Steering wheel audio controls.................................................................................................... 5-89
8. Engine Start/Stop button............................................................................................................. 6-10
9. Shift lever...................................................................................................................................... 6-15
10. USB port...................................................................................................................................... 5-88
11. Power outlet................................................................................................................................. 5-81
12. Climate control system...............................................................................................................5-54
13. Infotainment system.................................................................................................................. 5-88
14. Hazard warning light button........................................................................................................8-2
15. Passenger’s front air bag............................................................................................................3-43
16. Glove box..................................................................................................................................... 5-79

3-9
Vehicle information

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Petrol Engine (1.0 T-GDi)

„

Petrol Engine (Smartstream G1.2)

„

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3091047/OBC3090003R

1. Engine coolant reservoir...............................................................................................................9-30

2. Engine oil filler cap.......................................................................................................................9-26
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir.........................................................................................................9-33
4. Air cleaner.....................................................................................................................................9-39
5. Fuse box........................................................................................................................................9-62
6. Battery.......................................................................................................................................... 9-46
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir...............................................................................................9-36
8. Radiator cap.................................................................................................................................. 9-31
9. Engine oil dipstick........................................................................................................................9-26

3-10
 03
Diesel Engine (1.5 WGT)

„

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3090002

1. Engine coolant reservoir...............................................................................................................9-30

2. Engine oil filler cap.......................................................................................................................9-26
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir.........................................................................................................9-33
4. Air cleaner.....................................................................................................................................9-39
5. Fuse box........................................................................................................................................9-62
6. Battery.......................................................................................................................................... 9-46
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir...............................................................................................9-36
8. Radiator cap.................................................................................................................................. 9-31
9. Engine oil dipstick........................................................................................................................9-26

3-11
Vehicle information

DIMENSIONS (Same for N line & i20)

mm (in.)
Items 5 Door

Overall length 3,995 (157.28)

Overall width 1,775 (69.88)

Overall height 1,505 (59.25)

185/70R14 1,549 (60.98)

Front tread 185/65R15 1,549 (60.98)

195/55R16 1,537 (60.51)

185/70R14 1,558 (61.34)

Rear tread 185/65R15 1,558 (61.34)

195/55R16 1,546 (60.87)

Wheelbase 2,580 (101.57)

ENGINE SPECIFICATION
Petrol Engine Diesel Engine
Item
1.0 T-GDi Smartstream G1.2 1.5 WGT
Displacement 998 1,197 1,493
cc
Bore x Stroke
71 x 84 71 x 75.6 75 X 84.5
mm
Firing order In-line In-line In-line
No. of cylinders 3 4 4

3-12
 03
BULB WATTAGE
Light function Light source Wattage
Headlight (Low/High) H19 55/60
Type A Turn signal light PY21W 21
Position light (if equipped) W5W 5
Headlight (High/Low) LED LED
Turn signal light PY21W 21
Front Type B Day running light & Position
LED LED
light(DRL&PSTN)
Static bending lamp H7 55W 55
Daytime running light (LED) (if equipped) LED LED
Side repeater lamp (if equipped) W5W 5
Fog light (if equipped) HB4 51
Tail light (if equipped) W5W 5
Tail/Stop light (if equipped) P21/5W 5/21
Type A Turn signal light
PY21W 21
(if equipped)
Back up light (if equipped) W16W 16
Tail light LED LED
Rear
Stop light LED LED
Type B
Turn signal light PY21W 21
Back up light W16W 16
High mounted stop light W5W 5
License plate light W5W 5
Room lamp FESTOON 8
Interior Map light FESTOON 8
Luggage room light FESTOON 10

Type A : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlight

3-13
Vehicle information

TIRES AND WHEELS

Inflation pressure kPa (psi)
Wheel lug nut
Wheel
Item Tire size Normal load *1 Maximum load torque kgf·m
size
(lbf·ft, N·m)
Front Rear Front Rear
230 215 230 230
185/70R14 5.5J x 14
(33) (31) (33) (33)
Full size 230 215 230 230 11~13
5 Door 185/65R15 5.5J x 15 (33) (31) (33) (33)
tire (79~94, 107~127)
230 215 230 230
195/55R16 6.0J x 16
(33) (31) (33) (33)
*1 : Normal load : Up to 3 persons

NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if
colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically lose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every
7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected,
recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• The air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area
above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire
pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air inflation per
altitude: +10 kPa/1 km (+2.4 psi/1 mile).

CAUTION
When replacing tires, always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction
and tread pattern.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work
irregularly.

3-14
 03
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine
efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2
(drain and refill) Petrol 1.0 T-GDi 3.6 ℓ ACEA C2

SAE 0W20, API SN PLUS/SP

Petrol Smartstream G1.2 3.4 ℓ
or ILSAC GF-6

(Diesel) 1.5 WGT 4.8 ℓ ACEA C5, 0W-20

Petrol 1.0 T-GDi 1.5~1.6 ℓ API GL-4, SAE 70W

Manual
- SK : HK SYN MTF 70W
transmission fluid
Petrol Smartstream G1.2 1.3~1.4 ℓ - H.K.SHELL : SPIRAX S6
(Intelligent manual
GHME 70W MTF
transmission fluid)
(Diesel) 1.5 WGT 1.5~1.6 ℓ - GS CALTEX : GS MTF HD 70W

Intelligent manual SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV,

transmission ISO4925 CLASS-6,
Petrol 1.0 T-GDi 0.082 ℓ
system actuator FMVSS116 DOT-4,
fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3
API GL-4, SAE 70W
Dual clutch HK D DCTF TGO-10 PLUS (SK)
Petrol 1.0 T-GDi 1.6~1.7 ℓ
transmission fluid SPIRAX S6 GHDE 70W DCTF
PLUS (H.K.SHELL)

*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2 : Require <API SN Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade engine oil (mineral oil
including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine oil filter must be replaced as
indicated severe maintenance condition.

3-15
Vehicle information

Lubricant Volume Classification

Intelligent variable
Petrol Smartstream G1.2 6.7 ℓ CVTF SP-CVT1 *3
transmission fluid
Petrol 1.0 T-GDi 5.73 ℓ
MIXTURE, Antifreeze with
Coolant Petrol Smartstream G1.2 4.66 ℓ water (Ethylene glycol base
coolant for aluminum radiator)
(Diesel) 1.5 WGT 6.3 ℓ
Brake/Clutch fluid 0.7~0.8 ℓ FMVSS116 DOT-4
Fuel 37 ℓ -

*3 : Use only specified genuine Intelligent Variable Transmission fluid. The use of non-specified
fluid (even marked as compatible with genuine) could result in shift quality deterioration and
vibrations, eventually, the transmission failure.

Recommended SAE viscosity number

CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick
before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or
sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other
mechanisms that could be damaged.

3-16
 03
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can
provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher
viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine
damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil
viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100

5W-30
(Diesel) 1.5 WGT
0W-20/30

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Smartstream 0W-20
G1.2 *1

Petrol
Engine 20W-50
Oil 1.0 T-GDi 15W-40
10W-30
0W-30, 5W-30, 5W-40

*1 : If mineral oil or semi-synthetic oil is used, it is a severe maintenance condition in

terms of engine oil change.

An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute(API)

Certification Mark conforms to the International Lubricant
Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended
to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.

3-17
Vehicle information

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

NUMBER (VIN) LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)

OAI3019020 OAI3019022

The vehicle identification number (VIN) The vehicle certification label attached
is the number used in registering your on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side
car and in all legal matters pertaining to center pillar gives the vehicle
its ownership, etc. identification number (VIN).
The number is punched on the floor
under the front right seat. To check the
number, pull out the slit part of carpet.

3-18
 03
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER
PRESSURE LABEL Petrol Engine (1.0 T-GDi)

„

OBI3010020
Petrol Engine (Smartstream G1.2)

„
OAI3019023

The tires supplied on your new

vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pressures
recommended for your car.

OBC3010024

(Diesel) 1.5 WGT

„

OBI3011021L

The engine number is stamped on the

engine block as shown in the drawing.

3-19
Vehicle information

AIR CONDITIONER
COMPRESSOR LABEL

OBI3080004L

A compressor label informs you the type

of compressor your vehicle is equipped
with such as model, supplier part
number, production number, refrigerant
(1) and refrigerant oil (2).

3-20
4. Safety system
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect
yourself and your passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat
belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in
your vehicle.

Important safety precautions......................................................................... 4-2

Always wear your seat belt........................................................................................ 4-2
Restrain all children.................................................................................................... 4-2
Air bag hazards........................................................................................................... 4-2
Driver distraction........................................................................................................ 4-2
Control your speed..................................................................................................... 4-3
Keep your vehicle in safe condition.......................................................................... 4-3
Seats.................................................................................................................4-4
4
Front seats...................................................................................................................4-7
Rear seats...................................................................................................................4-11
Seat belts.........................................................................................................4-15
Pre-tensioner seat belt............................................................................................ 4-20
Additional seat belt safety precautions.................................................................. 4-22
Care of seat belts..................................................................................................... 4-24
Child restraint system.................................................................................... 4-25
Using a child restraint system..................................................................................4-27
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)............................................................... 4-28
Air bag - supplemental restraint system (SRS)............................................4-36
How does the air bag system operate.....................................................................4-37
Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger’s seat................................ 4-39
Air bag warning and indicator.................................................................................4-40
SRS components and functions...............................................................................4-41
Driver’s and passenger’s front air bag....................................................................4-44
Side impact air bag..................................................................................................4-46
Curtain air bag.......................................................................................................... 4-47
SRS Care................................................................................................................... 4-53
Air bag warning label............................................................................................... 4-56
Safety system

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

You will find many safety precautions Driver distraction
and recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual. Driver distraction presents a serious and
The safety precautions in this section are potentially deadly danger, especially for
among the most important. inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the first concern when behind the wheel
and drivers need to be aware of the wide
Always wear your seat belt array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
A seat belt is your best protection in all personal grooming, other passengers,
types of accidents. Air bags are designed and using cellular phones.
to supplement seat belts, not replace
them. So even though your vehicle is Drivers can become distracted when
equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make they take their eyes and attention off
sure you and your passengers wear the the road or their hands off the wheel to
seat belts, and wear them properly. focus on activities other than driving. To
reduce your risk of distraction and an
accident:
Restrain all children • ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
All children under age 13 ride in your (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation
vehicle should be restrained properly units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked
in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants or safely stopped.
and small children should be restrained • ONLY use your mobile device when
in an appropriate child restraint. Larger allowed by laws and conditions permit
children should use a booster seat with safe use.
the lap/shoulder belt until they can use NEVER text or email while driving.
the seat belt properly without a booster Most countries have laws prohibiting
seat. drivers from texting. Some countries
and cities also prohibit drivers from
using handheld phones.
Air bag hazards
• NEVER let the use of a mobile device
While air bags can save lives, they can distract you from driving. You have a
also cause serious or fatal injuries to responsibility to your passengers and
occupants who sit too close to them, or others on the road to always drive
who are not properly restrained. Infants, safely, with your hands on the wheel
young children, and short adults are at as well as your eyes and attention on
the greatest risk of being injured by an the road.
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.

4-2
 04
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the
higher the speed, the greater the risk,
but serious injuries can also occur at
lower speeds. Never drive faster than is
safe for current conditions, regardless of
the maximum speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe

condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.

4-3
Safety system

SEATS

„Passenger's Side
„Driver's Side

Rear Seat

„

The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OBI3030001

Front seats Rear seats

1. Forward and backward 5. Headrest (outboard)
2. Seatback angle 6. Armrest*
3. Seat height adjustment* 7. Seatback folding (5 Door)
4. Headrest
* : if equipped

4-4
 04
WARNING WARNING
Loose objects Do not use a sitting cushion that
reduces friction between the seat and
Loose objects in the driver’s foot area
passenger. The passenger’s hips may
could interfere with the operation of
slide under the lap portion of the seat
the foot pedals, possibly causing an
belt during an accident or a sudden
accident. Do not place anything under
stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries
the front seats.
could result because the seat belt can’t
operate normally.
WARNING
Uprighting seat WARNING
When you return the seatback to its Driver’s seat
upright position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly and be sure there are • Never attempt to adjust seat while
no other occupants around the seat. If the vehicle is moving. This could
the seatback is returned without being result in loss of control, and an
held and controlled, the back of the accident causing death, serious
seat could move forward or backward injury, or property damage.
resulting in accidental injury. • Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position of the
seatback. Storing items against
WARNING a seatback or in any other way
interfering with proper locking of
Driver responsibility for passengers
a seatback could result in serious
Riding in a vehicle with seatback or fatal injury in a sudden stop or
reclined could lead to serious or fatal collision.
injury in an accident. If a seat is reclined • Always drive and ride with your
during an accident, the occupant’s hips seatback upright and the lap portion
may slide under the lap portion of the of the seat belt snug and low across
seat belt applying great force to the the hips. This is the best position to
unprotected abdomen. The protection protect you in case of an accident.
of your restraint system (seat belt
and air bags) is greatly reduced by • In order to avoid unnecessary and
reclining your seat. Serious or fatal perhaps severe air bag injuries,
internal injuries could result. The driver always sit as far back as possible
must advise the passenger to keep from the steering wheel while
the seatback in an upright position maintaining comfortable control of
whenever the vehicle is in motion. the vehicle.

4-5
Safety system

WARNING WARNING
Rear seatbacks After adjusting the seat, always check
that it is securely locked into place by
• The rear seatback must be securely
attempting to move the seat forward
latched. If not, passengers and
or backward without using the lock
objects could be thrown forward
release lever. Sudden or unexpected
resulting in serious injury or death
movement of the driver’s seat could
in the event of a sudden stop or
cause you to lose control of the vehicle
collision.
resulting in an accident.
• Luggage and other cargo should be
laid flat in the cargo area. If objects
are large, heavy, or must be piled, WARNING
they must be secured. Under no
circumstances should cargo be piled • Do not adjust the seat while wearing
higher than the seatbacks. Failure to seat belts. Moving the seat cushion
follow these warnings cou ld result in forward may cause strong pressure
serious injury or death in the event of on the abdomen.
a sudden stop, collision or rollover. • Use extreme caution so that hands
• No passenger should ride in the cargo or other objects are not caught in the
area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks seat mechanisms while the seat is
while the vehicle is moving. All moving.
passengers must be properly seated • Do not put a cigarette lighter on the
in seats and restrained properly while floor or seat. When you operate the
riding. seat, gas may gush out of the lighter
• When resetting the seatback to and cause fire.
the upright position, make sure it • If there are occupants in the rear
is securely latched by pushing it seats, be careful while adjusting the
forward and backwards. front seat position.
• To avoid the possibility of burns,
do not remove the carpet in the
cargo area. Emission control devices
beneath this floor generate high
temperatures.

4-6
 04
Front seats

OAI3039003

OAI3039002 Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:
Forward and rearward
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the
To move the seat forward or rearward: seatback recline lever.
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up 2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
and hold it. adjust the seatback of the seat to the
2. Slide the seat to the position you position you desire.
desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever
seat is locked in place. MUST return to its original position for
Adjust the seat before driving, and make the seatback to lock.)
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and rearward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.

OAI3039004

Seat height adjustment (for driver’s

seat, if equipped)
To change the height of the seat, move
the lever upwards or downwards.
• To lower the seat, push the lever down
several times.
• To raise the seat, pull the lever up
several times.

4-7
Safety system

Headrest •

OLF034072N

OAH2038004 Adjust the headrests so the middle of
the headrests is at the same height as
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats the height of the top of the eyes.
are equipped with a headrest for the
occupant’s safety and comfort. • NEVER adjust the headrest position
of the driver’s seat when the vehicle
The headrest not only provides comfort is in motion.
for the driver and front passenger, but
also helps to protect the head and neck • Adjust the headrest as close to the
in the event of a collision. passenger’s head as possible. Do
not use a seat cushion that holds the
body away from the seatback.
WARNING • Make sure the headrest locks into
position after adjusting it.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident, take the following
precautions when adjusting your NOTICE
headrests:
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull
• Always properly adjust the headrests on the headrests.
for all passengers BEFORE starting
the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with
the headrests removed or reversed.

4-8
 04

OLF034015 OQXI039006

NOTICE Removal/Reinstall (if equipped)

To remove the headrest:
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the head restraint and seat 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
at top most position, the head restraint recline lever (1).
may come in contact with the sunvisor 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
or other parts of the vehicle. 3. Press the headrest release button (3)
while pulling the headrest up (4).

WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat
with the headrest removed.

OAI3039005

Adjusting the height up and down (if

equipped)
To raise the headrest, pull it up to
the desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).

4-9
Safety system

Seatback pocket (if equipped)

OAI3039032

To reinstall the headrest : OAI3039033

1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
The seatback pocket is provided on
holes while pressing the release
the back of the driver’s and/or front
button (1).
passenger’s seatback.
2. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate
height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward using WARNING
the recline lever (3).
Seatback pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
WARNING seatback pockets. In an accident, they
Always make sure the headrest locks could come loose from the pocket and
into position after reinstalling and injure vehicle occupants.
adjusting it properly.

4-10
 04
Rear seats •
Headrest

OLF034072N

Adjust the headrests so the middle of

the headrests is at the same height as
OQXI039009 the height of the top of the eyes.
The rear seats are equipped with • NEVER adjust the headrest position
headrests in the outboard seating of the driver’s seat when the vehicle
positions for the occupant’s safety and is in motion.
comfort. • Adjust the headrest as close to the
The headrest not only provides comfort passenger’s head as possible. Do
for passengers, but also helps to protect not use a seat cushion that holds the
the head and neck in the event of a body away from the seatback.
collision. • Make sure the headrest locks into
position after adjusting it.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or NOTICE
death in an accident, take the following To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull
precautions when adjusting your on the headrests.
headrests:
• Always properly adjust the headrests
for all passengers BEFORE starting
the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with
the headrests removed.

4-11
Safety system

Armrest (if equipped)

OAI3039008

Adjusting the height up and down OBI3030002

(if equipped)
The armrest is located in the center of
To raise the headrest, pull it up (1). the rear seat. Pull the armrest down from
To lower the headrest, push and hold the seatback to use it.
the release button (2) on the headrest
support and lower the headrest (3).
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks (or cushions) may be
folded to facilitate carrying long items or
to increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.

WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit on top
of the folded down seatback while
the vehicle is moving as this is not a
proper seating position and no seat
OAI3039009 belts are available for use. This could
result in serious injury or death in
Removal (if equipped) case of an accident or sudden stop.
To remove the headrest, raise it as far as • Objects carried on the folded down
it can go then press the release button seatback should not extend higher
(1) while pulling upward (2). than the top of the front seats. This
To reinstall the headrest, put the could allow cargo to slide forward
headrest poles (3) into the holes while and cause injury or damage during
pressing the release button (1). Then sudden stops.
adjust it to the appropriate height.

WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to properly
protect the occupants.

4-12
 04
1. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest
position (if equipped with adjustable
headrests).

OAI3039011

OAI3039010

3. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt plate

into the holder on the side trim. It will
prevent the lap/shoulder belt from
interfering with the seatback when OBI3030003
folding.
4. Pull up both sides of the seatback
lever and fold the seatback toward the
front of the vehicle.
To use the rear seat, lift and push up the
seatback backward. Push the seatback
firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
When returning the rear seatbacks to
the upright position, remember to return
the rear shoulder belts to their proper
position.

i Information
If you are not able to pull out the seat belt
from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out
and release it. Then you will be able to
pull the belt out smoothly.

4-13
Safety system

WARNING WARNING
When you return the rear seatback to Cargo loading
its upright position after being folded
Make sure the engine is off, the
down:
Intelligent variable transmission is in
Be careful not to damage the seat belt P (Park) or the Manual transmission is
webbing or buckle. Do not allow the in R (Reverse) or the 1st position, and
seat belt webbing or buckle to get the parking brake is securely applied
caught or pinched in the rear seat. whenever loading or unloading cargo.
Ensure that the seatback is completely Failure to take these steps may allow
locked into its upright position by the vehicle to move if the shift lever
pushing on the top of the seatback. is inadvertently moved to another
Otherwise, in an accident or sudden position.
stop, the seat could fold down and
allow cargo to enter the passenger
compartment, which could result in
serious injury or death.

NOTICE
• W
hen returning the rear seatbacks
to the upright position, remember to
return the rear shoulder belts to their
proper position.
• Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides will
help keep the seat belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats.

WARNING
Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about the
vehicle in a collision and causing injury
to the vehicle occupants. Do not place
objects in the rear seats, since they
cannot be properly secured and may hit
the front seat occupants in a collision.

4-14
 04
SEAT BELTS
WARNING WARNING
• For maximum restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon
protection, the seat belts must the bony structure of the body, and
always be used whenever the car is should be worn low across the front
moving. of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and
• Seat belts are most effective when shoulders, as applicable; wearing
seatbacks are in the upright position. the lap section of the belt across the
abdominal area must be avoided.
• Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in the Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly
rear seat. Never allow children to as possible, consistent with comfort, to
ride in the front passenger seat. If a provide the protection for which they
child over 12 must be seated in the have been designed.
front seat, he/she must be properly A slack belt will greatly reduce the
belted and the seat should be moved protection afforded to the wearer.
as far back as possible. Care should be taken to avoid
• Never wear the shoulder belt under contamination of the webbing with
your arm or behind your back. An polishes, oils and chemicals, and
improperly positioned shoulder particularly battery acid. Cleaning
belt can cause serious injuries in may safely be carried out using mild
a crash. The shoulder belt should soap and water. The belt should be
be positioned midway over your replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
shoulder across your collarbone. contaminated or damaged.
• Never wear a seat belt over fragile It is essential to replace the entire
objects. If there is a sudden stop or assembly after it has been worn in a
impact, the seat belt can damage it. severe impact even if damage to the
• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A assembly is not obvious. Belts should
twisted belt can’t do its job as well. In not be worn with straps twisted. Each
a collision, it could even cut into you. belt assembly must only be used by
Be sure the belt webbing is straight one occupant; it is dangerous to put a
and not twisted. belt around a child being carried on the
occupant’s lap.
• Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. If the belt
webbing or hardware is damaged,
replace it.

4-15
Safety system

WARNING Seat belt warning

• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted to
remove slack.
• When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt
in buckles of other seat. It’s very
dangerous and you may not be 1GQA2083
protected by the seat belt properly.
As a reminder to the driver (or front
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and passenger), the driver’s (or front
do not fasten and unfasten the seat passenger’s) seat belt warning lights will
belt repeatedly while driving. This illuminate for approximately 6 seconds
could result in loss of control, and each time you turn the ignition switch
an accident causing death, serious ON regardless of belt fastening.
injury, or property damage.
If the driver’s (or front passenger’s)
• When fastening the seat belt, make seat belt is not fastened when the
sure that the seat belt does not pass ignition switch is turned ON or if it is
over objects that are hard or can disconnected after the ignition switch
break easily. is turned ON, the seat belt warning light
• Make sure there is nothing in the will illuminate until the belt is fastened.
buckle. The seat belt may not be If you continue not to fasten the seat
fastened securely. belt and you drive over 9 km/h, the
illuminated warning light will start to
blink until you drive under 6 km/h.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 20 km/h (12
mph), the seat belt warning chime will
sound for approximately 100 seconds
and the corresponding warning light will
blink.

4-16
 04
i Information
• You can find the front passenger’s seat
belt warning light on the cluster.
• Although the front passenger seat is not
occupied, the seat belt warning light
will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds.
• The front passenger’s seat belt warning
may operate when luggage is placed on
the front passenger seat.
OHSS038100

Lap/shoulder belt You should place the lap belt (1) portion
across your hips and the shoulder belt
(2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that
it fits snugly around your hips. If you
lean forward in a slow and easy motion,
the belt will extend and let you move
around. If there is a sudden stop or
impact, however, the belt will lock into
position. It will also lock if you try to lean
OHSS038101 forward too quickly.
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of i Information
the retractor and insert the metal tab If you are not able to pull out the safety
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be an belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
audible “click” when the tab locks into belt out and release it. After release, you
the buckle. will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

4-17
Safety system

WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may
increase the risk of serious injury
in an accident.Take the following
precautions when adjusting the seat
belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat
belt as low as possible across your
hips, not on your waist, so that it
fits snugly.This allows your strong OHSS038102
pelvic bones to absorb the force of
the crash, reducing the chance of
internal injuries.
WARNING
• Position one arm under the shoulder You should place the lap belt portion
belt and the other over the belt, as as low as possible and snugly across
shown in the illustration. your hips, not on your waist. If the lap
• Always position the shoulder belt belt is located too high on your waist, it
anchor into the locked position at the may increase the chance of injury in the
appropriate height. event of a collision. Both arms should
not be under or over the belt. Rather,
• Never position the shoulder belt one should be over and the other
across your neck or face. under, as shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under the arm
nearest the door.

4-18
 04
Lap belt

OHSS038103

To release the seat belt: OHSS038003/H

The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) in the locking To fasten your seat belt:
buckle. When it is released, the belt To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert
should automatically draw back into the the metal tab into the locking buckle.
retractor. There will be an audible “click” when the
If this does not happen, check the belt to tab locks into the buckle. Check to make
be sure it is not twisted, then try again. sure the belt is properly locked and that
the belt is not twisted.

OHSS038004

With a 2-point static type seat belt, the

length must be adjusted manually so it
fits snugly around your body. Fasten the
belt and pull on the loose end to tighten.
The belt should be placed as low as
possible on your hips, not on your waist.
If the belt is too high, it could increase
the possibility of your being injured in an
accident.

4-19
Safety system

Pre-tensioner seat belt

(if equipped)

OAI3039015

When using the rear center seat belt, the

buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be OIB034039
used.
Your vehicle is equipped with driver’s
and front passenger’s pre-tensioner
seat belts (retractor pre-tensioner).The
purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make
sure the seat belts fit tightly against the
occupant’s body in certain frontal or
side collision(s). The pre-tensioner seat
belts may be activated in crashes where
the frontal or side collision(s) is severe
enough, together with the air bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
OHSS038005/H quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
To release the seat belt: the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
When you want to release the seat the seat belt into tighter contact against
belt, press the button (1) in the locking the occupant’s body.
buckle.
WARNING
WARNING For your safety, be sure that the belt
The center lap belt latching mechanism webbing is not loose or twisted and
is different from those for the rear seat always sit properly on your seat.
shoulder belts. When fastening the rear
seat shoulder belts or the center lap
belt, make sure they are inserted into
the correct buckles to obtain maximum
protection from the seat belt system
and assure proper operation.

4-20
 04
WARNING CAUTION
• Always wear your seat belt and sit Body work on the front area of the
properly in your seat. vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner
• Do not use the seat belt if it is loose seat belt system. Therefore, we
or twisted. A loose or twisted seat recommend the system to be serviced
belt will not protect you properly in by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
an accident.
• Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely affect
the buckle and cause it to function
improperly.
• Always replace your pre-tensioners
after activation or an accident.
• NEVER inspect, service, repair or
replace the pre-tensioners yourself.
This must be done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not hit the seat belt assemblies. 8KMB331/H

The seat belt pre-tensioner system

WARNING consists mainly of the following
components. Their locations are shown
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat in the illustration:
belt assemblies for several minutes (1) SRS air bag warning light
after they have been activated. When
the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism (2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
deploys during a collision, the pre- (3) SRS control module
tensioner can become hot and can burn
you.

4-21
Safety system

NOTICE Additional seat belt safety

The sensor that activates the SRS precautions
control module is connected with the
pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS air
Seat belt use during pregnancy
bag warning light on the instrument The seat belt should always be used
cluster will illuminate for approximately during pregnancy. The best way to
6 seconds after the ignition switch is protect your unborn child is to protect
placed in the ON position, and then it yourself by always wearing the seat
should turn off. If the pre-tensioner is belt. Pregnant women should always
not working properly, the warning light wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is shoulder belt across your chest, routed
not malfunctioning. If the warning light between your breasts and away from
does not illuminate, stays illuminated your neck. Place the lap belt below your
or illuminates when the vehicle is belly so that it fits SNUGLY across your
being driven, we recommend the pre- hips and pelvic bone, under the rounded
tensioner seat belts and/or SRS control part of the belly.
module be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
Information To reduce the risk of serious injury or
i death to an unborn child during an
• Both the driver’s and front passenger’s accident, pregnant women should
pre-tensioner seat belts may be NEVER place the lap portion of the
activated in certain frontal or side seat belt above or over the area of the
collisions. abdomen where the unborn child is
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are located.
activated, a loud noise may be heard
and fine dust, which may appear to be Seat belt use and children
smoke, may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal Infant and small children
operating conditions and are not Most countries have Child Restraint
hazardous. System laws which require children
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust to travel in approved Child Restraint
may cause skin irritation so you should System devices, including booster seats.
not be inhaled for prolonged periods. The age at which seat belts can be used
Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly instead of the Child Restraint System
after an accident in which the pre- differs among countries, so you should
tensioner seat belts were activated. be aware of the specific requirements
in your country, and where you are
travelling. Infant and Child Restraint
System must be properly placed and
installed in a rear seat. For more details,
refer to the “Child Restraint Systems”in
this chapter.

4-22
 04
WARNING If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child must
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and be securely restrained by the available
small children in a Child Restraint lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
System appropriate for the child’s placed in the rearmost position. If the
height and weight. To reduce the risk shoulder belt portion slightly touches
of serious injury or death to a child and the child’s neck or face, try placing the
other passengers,NEVER hold a child child closer to the center of the vehicle.If
in your lap or arms when the vehicle the shoulder belt still touches their face
is moving.The violent forces created or neck, they need to be returned to an
during an accident will tear the child appropriate booster seat in the rear seat.
from your arms and throw the child
against the interior of the vehicle.
WARNING
Small children are best protected from • Always make sure larger children’s
injury in an accident when properly seat belts are worn and properly
restrained in the rear seat by a Child adjusted.
Restraint System that meets the • NEVER allow the shoulder belt to
requirements of the Safety Standards of contact the child’s neck or face.
your country. Before buying any Child • Do not allow more than one child to
Restraint System, make sure that it has use a single seat belt.
a label certifying that it meets Safety
Standard of your country. The Child
Restraint System must be appropriate Seat belt use and injured people
for your child’s height and weight. Check A seat belt should be used when an
the label on the Child Restraint System injured person is being transported.
for this information. Refer to “Child Consult a physician for specific
Restraint Systems” in this chapter. recommendations.

Larger children One person per belt

Children under age 13 and who are too Two people (including children) should
large for a booster seat should always never attempt to use a single seat belt.
occupy the rear seat and use the This could increase the severity of
available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt injuries in case of an accident.
should lie across the upper thighs and
be snug across the shoulder and chest
to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit
periodically. A child’s squirming could
put the belt out of position.In the event
of an accident, children are afforded the
best safety restrained by a proper Child
Restraint System in the rear seats.

4-23
Safety system

Do not lie down Care of seat belts

Sitting in a reclined position when the Seat belt systems should never be
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. disassembled or modified. In addition,
Even when buckled up, the protections care should be taken to assure that
of your restraint system (seat belts seat belts and belt hardware are not
and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by damaged by seat hinges, doors or other
reclining your seatback. Seat belts must abuse.
be snug against your hips and chest
to work properly. During an accident,
you could be thrown into the seat belt, Periodic inspection
causing neck or other injuries. All seat belts should be inspected
The more the seat back is reclined, the periodically for wear or damage of any
greater the chance for the passenger’s kind. Any damaged parts should be
hips to slide under the lap belt or the replaced as soon as possible.
passenger’s neck to strike the shoulder
belt.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
WARNING cleaned by using a mild soap solution
• NEVER ride with a reclined seatback and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
when the vehicle is moving. detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
• Riding with a reclined seatback weaken the fabric.
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop. When to replace seat belts
• Driver and passengers should always The entire seat belt assembly or
sit well back in their seats,properly assemblies should be replaced if the
belted,and with the seatbacks vehicle has been involved in an accident.
upright. This should be done even if no damage
is visible.We recommend that you
consult with an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

4-24
 04
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children riding in the car should sit
in the rear seat and must always be WARNING
properly restrained to minimize the • A child restraint system must be
risk of injury in an accident, sudden placed in the rear seat. Never install
stop or sudden maneuver. According a child or infant seat on the front
to accident statistics, children are safer passenger’s seat. Should an accident
when properly restrained in the rear occur and cause the passenger-side
seats than in the front seat. Larger air bag to deploy, it could severely
children not in a child restraint should injure or kill an infant or child seated
use one of the seat belts provided. in an infant or child seat. Thus, only
You should be aware of the specific use a child restraint in the rear seat of
requirements in your country. Child and/ your vehicle.
or infant safety seats must be properly • A seat belt or child restraint system
placed and installed in the rear seat. can become very hot if it is left in a
You must use a commercially available closed vehicle on a sunny day, even
child restraint system that meets the if the outside temperature does not
requirements of the Safety Standards of feel hot. Be sure to check the seat
your country. cover and buckles before placing a
Child restraint systems are designed to child there.
be secured in vehicle seats by the lap • When the child restraint system is not
belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt. in use, store it in the luggage area or
Children could be injured or killed in a fasten it with a seat belt so that it will
crash if their restraints are not properly not be thrown forward in the case of
secured. For small children and babies, a a sudden stop or an accident.
child seat or infant seat must be used. • Children may be seriously injured
Before buying a particular child restraint or killed by an inflating air bag. All
system, make sure it fits your car seat children, even those too large for
and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow child restraints, must ride in the rear
all the instructions provided by the seat.
manufacturer when installing the child
restraint system.

4-25
Safety system

• Children often squirm and reposition

WARNING themselves improperly. Never let
To reduce the chance of serious or fatal a child ride with the shoulder belt
injuries: under their arm or behind their back.
Always properly position and secure
• Children of all ages are safer when children in rear seat.
restrained in the rear seat. A child • Never allow a child to stand-up or
riding in the front passenger seat can kneel on the seat or floorboard of a
be forcefully struck by an inflating moving vehicle. During a collision
air bag resulting in serious or fatal or sudden stop, the child can be
injuries. violently thrown against the vehicles
• Always follow the instructions for interior, resulting in serious injury.
installation and use of the child • Never use an infant carrier or a
restraint maker. child safety seat that “hooks” over
• Always make sure the child seat is a seatback, it may not provide
secured properly in the car and your adequate security in an accident.
child is securely restrained in the • Seat belts can become very hot,
child seat. especially when the car is parked in
• Never hold a child in your arms or lap direct sunlight. Always check seat
when riding in a vehicle. The violent belt buckles before fastening them
forces created during a crash will tear over a child.
the child from your arms and throw • After an accident, we recommend
the child against the car’s interior. that the system be checked by an
• Never put a seat belt over yourself authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
and a child. During a crash, the • If there is not enough space to place
belt could press deep into the child the child restraint system because
causing serious internal injuries. of the driver’s seat, install the child
• Never leave children unattended restraint system in the rear right seat.
in a vehicle - not even for a short
time. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in serious injuries
to children inside. Even very young
children may inadvertently cause the
vehicle to move, entangle themselves
in the windows, or lock themselves or
others inside the vehicle.
• Never allow two children, or any two
persons, to use the same seat belt.

4-26
 04
Using a child restraint system
WARNING
„Rearward-facing child restraint system

Child seat installation
• A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a collision if the child
restraint is not properly anchored to
the car and the child is not properly
restrained in the child restraint.
Before installing the child restraint
system, read the instructions
supplied by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
CRS09
• If the seat belt does not operate
„Forward-facing child restraint system
as described in this section, we
recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Failure to observe this manual’s
instructions regarding child restraint
system and the instructions provided
with the child restraint system could
increase the risk and/or severity of
injury in an accident.
OIB034017

For small children and babies, the use

of a child seat or infant seat is required.
This child seat or infant seat should be
of appropriate size for the child and it
should be installed in accordance with
the manufacturer’s instructions.
For safety reasons, we recommend that
the child restraint system is used in the
rear seats.

WARNING
Never place a rear-facing child restraint
in the front passenger seat, because of
the danger that an inflating passenger-
side air bag could impact the rear-
facing child restraint and kill the child.

4-27
Safety system

Installing a Child Restraint After selecting a proper Child Restraint

System (CRS) System and checking that the Child
Restraint System fits properly in the rear
of this vehicle, you are ready to install
the Child Restraint System according to
the manufacturer’s instruction. There are
WARNING three general steps in installing the Child
Before installing your Child Restraint Restraint System properly:
System always: • Properly secure the Child Restraint
• Read and follow the instructions System to the vehicle. All Child
provided by the manufacturer of the Restraint Systems must be secured to
Child Restraint System. the vehicle with the lap belt or lap part
Failure to follow all warnings and of a lap/shoulder belt or with the top-
instructions could increase the risk of tether and/or ISOFIX anchorage.
the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an • Make sure the Child Restraint System
accident occurs. is firmly secured. After installing a
Child Restraint System to the vehicle,
push and pull the Child Restraint
System forward and from side-
WARNING to-side to verify that it is securely
If the vehicle headrest prevents proper attached to the vehicle seat. A Child
installation of a Child Restraint System Restraint System secured with a seat
(as described in the Child Restraint belt should be installed as firmly as
System manual), the headrest of the possible. However, some side-to-side
respective seating position shall be movement can be expected.
readjusted or entirely removed. When installing a Child Restraint
System, adjust the vehicle seat (up
and down, forward and rearward)
so that your child fits in the Child
Restraint System in a comfortable
manner.
• Secure the child in the Child
Restraint System. Make sure the
child is properly strapped in the Child
Restraint System according to the
Child Restraint System manufacturer’s
instructions.

WARNING
A Child Restraint System in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To
prevent burns, check the seating
surface and buckles before placing
your child in the Child Restraint
System.

4-28
 Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems (CRS) according to UN
regulations (Information for use by vehicle users and CRS manufacturers)
• Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
• No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
• “-” : Not applicable
The table is based on RHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is valid for LHD vehicle. For LHD vehicle
front passenger seat, please use information for the seating position number 1.
Seating positions
CRS categories 3
1 2 4 5 6
Airbag ON Airbag Off
Yes 1) Yes Yes 2) Yes
Universal belted CRS All mass groups - - No
(F,R) (F,R) (F,R) (F,R)
ISOFIX CRF : F2, F2X,
i-size CRS - - No No No No No
R1, R2
Carry-cot
ISOFIX CRF: L1, L2 - - No No No No No
(ISOFIX lateral facing CRS)
ISOFIX infant* CRS Yes Yes
ISOFIX CRF : R1 - - No No No
(* : ISOFIX baby CRS) (R) (R)
ISOFIX CRF : F2,F2X, Yes Yes
ISOFIX toddler CRS - small - - No No No
R2,R2X (F,R) (F,R)
ISOFIX toddler CRS – large* Yes Yes
ISOFIX CRF : F3,R3 - - No No No
(* : not booster seats) (F,R) (F,R)
Booster Seat – reduced Width ISO CRF : B2 - - No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Booster Seat – full Width ISO CRF : B3 - - No Yes Yes Yes Yes

F : Forward facing, R : Rearward facing

Note 1) : To install Universal CRS to 2nd row seating positions, 1st row seat should be adjust forward properly.
To install Universal CRS, 1st row seat back should be at upright position
Note 2) : Never install CRS with a support leg on 2nd row center seating position.
If Seat belt is 2 point type, forward facing type CRS can be installed only .

4-29
04
Safety system

Position
Seat Number Seating positions
in the vehicle
1 Front left
2 Front center
3 Front right
4 2nd row left
5 2nd row center
6 2nd row right

❈ If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a CRS, the headrest of the
seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed
❈ Never place a rearward facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat,
unless the air bag is deactivated.

4-30
 04
ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether
anchorage (ISOFIX system) for
children (if equipped)
The ISOFIX system holds a Child
Restraint System during driving and in
an accident. This system is designed
to make installation of the Child
Restraint System easier and reduce
the possibility of improperly installing
your Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX
system uses anchors in the vehicle and OLM039035
attachments on the Child Restraint
System. The ISOFIX system eliminates ISOFIX anchorages have been provided
the need to use seat belts to secure the in the left and right outboard rear
Child Restraint System to the rear seats. seating positions. Their locations are
ISOFIX anchors are metal bars built into shown in the illustration. There are no
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors ISOFIX anchorages provided for the
for each ISOFIX seating position that will center rear seating position.
accommodate a Child Restraint System
with lower attachments. WARNING
To use the ISOFIX system in your
vehicle, you must have a Child Restraint Do not attempt to install a Child
System with ISOFIX attachments. (An Restraint System using ISOFIX
ISOFIX-Child Restraint System may only anchorages in the rear center
be installed if it has vehicle-specific or seating position. There are no ISOFIX
universal approval in accordance with anchorages provided for this seat.
the requirements of ECE-R 44 or ECE-R Using the outboard seat anchorages,
129.) for the CRS installation on the rear
The Child Restraint System manufacturer center seating position, can damage
will provide you with instructions on how the anchorages which may break or fail
to use the Child Restraint System with its in a collision resulting in serious injury
attachments for the lower anchorages. or death.

4-31
Safety system

Securing a Child Restraint System

with the “ISOFIX system”
To install a ISOFIX-compatible Child
Restraint System in either of the rear
outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the ISOFIX anchorages.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the Child
OAI3039016 Restraint System and the ISOFIX
anchorages.
The ISOFIX anchorages symbols are
located on the left and right rear seat 3. Place the Child Restraint System on
cushions to identify the position of the the vehicle seat, then attach the seat
ISOFIX anchorages in your vehicle (see to the ISOFIX anchorages according to
arrows in illustration). the instructions provided by the Child
Restraint System manufacturer.
4. Follow the instructions of the Child
Restraint System’s manufacturer for
proper installation and connection
of the ISOFIX attachments on the
Child Restraint System to the ISOFIX
anchorages.

WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the ISOFIX system:
OAI3039017 • Read and follow all installation
Both rear outboard seats are equipped instructions provided with your Child
with a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as well Restraint System.
as a corresponding top-tether anchorage • To prevent the child from reaching
on the back side of the rear seats. and taking hold of unretracted
(Child Restraint Systems with universal seat belts, buckle all unused rear
approval according to ECE-R44 or seat belts and retract the seat belt
ECE-R129 need to be fixed additionally webbing behind the child. Children
with a top-tether connected to the can be strangled if a shoulder belt
corresponding top-tether anchorage becomes wrapped around their neck
point on the back side of the rear seats.) and the seat belt tightens.
ISOFIX anchorages are located between
the seatback and the seat cushion of the
rear seat left and right outboard seating
positions.

4-32
 04
• NEVER attach more than one WARNING
Child Restraint System to a single
anchorage. This could cause the Take the following precautions when
anchor or attachment to come loose installing the top-tether:
or break. • Read and follow all installation
• Always have the ISOFIX system instructions provided with your Child
inspected by your dealer after an Restraint System.
accident. An accident can damage • NEVER attach more than one Child
the ISOFIX system and may not Restraint System to a single top-
properly secure the Child Restraint tether anchorage. This could cause
System. the anchorage or attachment to
come loose or break.
Securing a Child Restraint System • Do not attach the top-tether to
with “Top-tether anchorage” anything other than the correct top-
system (if equipped) tether anchorage. It may not work
properly if attached to something
else.
• Child Restraint System anchorages
are designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted
Child Restraint Systems. Under no
circumstances are they to be used for
adult seat belts or harnesses or for
attaching other items or equipment
to the vehicle.

OBI3030004

First, secure the Child Restraint System

with the ISOFIX anchorages or the
seat belt. If the Child Restraint System
manufacturer recommends the top-
tether to be attached, attach and
tighten the top-tether to the top-tether
anchorage. Top-tether anchorages are
located on the back of the rear seats.

4-33
Safety system

Installing a child restraint system by

lap/shoulder belt

OAI3039018

To install the top-tether :

1. Route the Child Restraint System E2MS103005

top-tether over the Child Restraint To install a child restraint system on the
System seatback. Route the top-tether outboard or center rear seats, do the
under the headrest and between the following:
headrest posts, or route the top-tether
over the top of the vehicle seatback. 1. Place the child restraint system in
Make sure the strap is not twisted. the seat and route the lap/shoulder
belt around or through the restraint,
2. Connect the top-tether to the top- following the restraint manufacturer’s
tether anchorage, then tighten instructions. Be sure the seat belt
the top-tether according to the webbing is not twisted.
instructions of your Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer to firmly
attach the Child Restraint System to
the seat.
3. Check that the Child Restraint System
is securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward
and from side-to-side.

E2BLD310

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

into the buckle. Listen for the distinct
“Click” sound.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.

4-34
 04

MMSA3030

3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the

seat belt to take up any slack. After
installation of the child restraint
system, try to move it in all directions
to be sure the child restraint system is
securely installed.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull more

webbing toward the retractor. When you
unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to
retract, the retractor will automatically
revert back to its normal seated
passenger emergency locking usage
condition.

4-35
Safety system

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OBI3030005L

1. Driver’s front air bag

2. Passenger’s front air bag
3. Side air bag*
4. Curtain air bag*

* : if equipped

4-36
 04
WARNING How does the air bag system
operate
• Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always • Air bags are activated (able to inflate
wear the safety belts provided if necessary) only when the ignition
in order to minimize the risk and switch is placed to the ON or START
severity of injury in the event of a position.
collision or rollover. • Air bags inflate instantly in the event
• SRS and pretensioners contain of serious frontal or side collision in
explosive chemicals. order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
If scraping a vehicle without
removing SRS and pretensioners • There is no single speed at which the
from a vehicle, it may cause fire. air bags will inflate.
Before scraping a vehicle, we Generally, air bags are designed to
recommend that you contact an inflate based upon the severity of a
authorized Hyundai dealer. collision and its direction. These two
• Keep the SRS parts and wirings away factors determine whether the sensors
from water or any liquid. If the SRS produce an electronic deployment/
components are inoperative due to inflation signal.
exposure to water or liquids, it may • Air bag deployment depends on a
cause fire or severe injury. number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles or
objects which your vehicle hits in the
collision. The determining, factors are
not limited to those mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an accident.
It is much more likely that you
will simply see the deflated air
bags hanging out of their storage
compartments after the collision.

4-37
Safety system

• In order to help provide protection WARNING

in a severe collision, the air bags
must inflate rapidly. The speed of • To avoid severe personal injury or
air bag inflation is a consequence death caused by deploying air bags
of extremely short time in which a in a collision, the driver should sit as
collision occurs and the need to get far back from the steering wheel air
the air bag between the occupant bag as possible. The front passenger
and the vehicle structures before the should always move their seat as far
occupant impacts those structures. back as possible and sit back in their
This speed of inflation reduces the risk seat.
of serious or life-threatening injuries • Air bag inflates instantly in an event
in a severe collision and is thus a of a collision, passengers may be
necessary part of air bag design. injured by the air bag expansion force
However, air bag inflation can also if they are not in a proper position.
cause injuries which can include facial • Air bag inflation may cause injuries
abrasions, bruises and broken bones including facial or bodily abrasions,
because the inflation speed also injuries from broken glasses or burns.
causes the air bags to expand with a
great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances under
which contact with the steering
wheel air bag can cause fatal
injuries, especially if the occupant is
positioned excessively close to the
steering wheel.

4-38
 04
Noise and smoke Do not install a child restraint on
When the air bags inflate, they make a the front passenger’s seat
loud noise and they leave smoke and (if equipped)
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the
ignition of the air bag inflator. After the
air bag inflates, you may feel substantial
discomfort in breathing due to the
contact of your chest with both the seat
belt and the air bag, as well as from
breathing the smoke and powder. Open
your doors and/or windows as soon as
possible after impact in order to reduce
discomfort and prevent prolonged
exposure to the smoke and powder.
OYDESA2042
Though smoke and powder are non-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin Never place a rear-facing child restraint
(eyes, nose and throat, etc.). If this is in the front passenger’s seat. If the air
the case, wash and rinse with cold water bag deploys, it would impact the rear-
immediately and consult with the doctor facing child restraint, causing serious or
if the symptom persists. fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
WARNING child restraints in the front passenger’s
seat either. If the front passenger air bag
When the air bags deploy, the air bag inflates, it would cause serious or fatal
related parts in the steering wheel injuries to the child.
are very hot. To prevent injury, do not
touch the air bag storage area’s internal
components immediately after an air
bag has inflated.

4-39
Safety system

WARNING Air bag warning and indicator

• NEVER use a rearward facing child Air bag warning light
restraint on a seat protected by an
ACTIVE AIR BAG in front of it, DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
• Never put a child restraint in the
front passenger’s seat. If the front
passenger air bag inflates, it would
cause serious or fatal injuries.

W7-147

The purpose of the air bag warning light

in your instrument panel is to alert you
of a potential problem with your air bag
- Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
When the ignition switch is turned ON,
the warning light should illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds, then go off.
Have the system checked if:
• The light does not turn on briefly when
you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.

4-40
 04
SRS components and functions The SRSCM continuously monitors all
SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require air
bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on the

instrument panel will illuminate for
about 6 seconds after the ignition switch
is turned to the ON position, after which
the air bag warning light should go out.
OBI3030006

The SRS consists of the following WARNING

components:
If any of the following conditions
(1) Driver’s front air bag module occurs, this indicates a malfunction
(2) Passenger’s front air bag module of the SRS. We recommend that the
(3) Pre-tensioner seatbelt system* system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
(4) Air bag warning light
• The light does not turn on briefly
(5) SRS control module (SRSCM) when you turn the ignition ON.
(6) Front impact Sensor • The light stays on after illuminating
(7) Side air bag modules* for approximately 6 seconds.
(8) Curtain air bag modules * • The light comes on while the vehicle
(9) Side impact sensors * is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
* : if equipped

4-41
Safety system

Driver's front air bag (1)

„ Driver's front air bag (3)

„

B240B01L B240B03L

The air bag modules are located both in A fully inflated air bag, in combination
the center of the steering wheel and in with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
the front passenger’s panel above the driver’s or the passenger’s forward
glove box. When the SRSCM detects a motion, reducing the risk of head and
sufficiently severe impact to the front of chest injury.
the vehicle, it will automatically deploy
the front air bags. After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
Driver's front air bag (2)

„ the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate other
controls.

B240B02L

Upon deployment, tear seams molded

directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of
the air bags. Further opening of the
covers then allows full inflation of the air
bags.

4-42
 04
Passenger’s front air bag

„
WARNING
• If an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise followed by a fine
dust released in the vehicle. These
conditions are normal and are
not hazardous - the air bags are
packed in this fine powder. The dust
generated during air bag deployment
may cause skin or eye irritation as
well as aggravate asthma for some
B240B05L persons. Always wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly with cold water
WARNING and a mild soap after an accident in
which the air bags were deployed.
• Do not install or place any
accessories (drink holder, cassette • The SRS can function only when the
holder, sticker, etc.) on the front ignition switch is in the ON position.
passenger’s panel above the glove • Before you replace a fuse or
box in a vehicle with a passenger’s disconnect a battery terminal, turn
air bag. Such objects may become the ignition switch to the LOCK
dangerous projectiles and cause position and remove the ignition
injury if the passenger’s air bag key. Never remove or replace the air
inflates. bag related fuse(s) when the ignition
• When installing a container of liquid switch is in the ON position. Failure to
air freshener inside the vehicle, do heed this warning will cause the SRS
not place it near the instrument air bag warning light to illuminate.
cluster nor on the instrument panel
surface.
It may become a dangerous projectile
and cause injury if the passenger’s air
bag inflates.

4-43
Safety system

Driver’s and passenger’s The purpose of the SRS is to provide

(if equipped) front air bag the vehicle’s driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
Driver’s front air bag

„ than that offered by the seat belt system
alone in case of a frontal impact of
sufficient severity.

WARNING
Always use seat belts and child
restraints – every trip, every time,
everyone! Air bags inflate with
considerable force and in the blink of
OBI3030008
an eye. Seat belts help keep occupants
in proper position to obtain maximum
Passenger’s front air bag

„ benefit from the air bag. Even with
air bags, improperly and unbelted
occupants can be severely injured
when the air bag inflates. Always follow
the precautions about seat belts, air
bags and occupant safety contained in
this manual.
To reduce the chance of serious or
fatal injuries and receive the maximum
safety benefit from your restraint
OBI3030009
system:
Your vehicle is equipped with a • Never place a child in any child or
Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System booster seat in the front seat.
and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver • ABC – Always Buckle Children in the
and passenger seating positions. back seat. It is the safest place for
The indications of the system’s presence children of any age to ride.
are the letters “AIR BAG” engraved on • Air bags can injure occupants
the air bag pad cover in the steering improperly positioned in the front
wheel and the passenger’s side front seats.
panel pad above the glove box. • Move your seat as far back as
practical from the front air bags,
The SRS consists of air bags installed while still maintaining control of the
under the pad covers in the center of the vehicle.
steering wheel and the passenger’s side • You and your passengers should
front panel above the glove box. never sit or lean unnecessarily close
to the air bags. Improperly positioned
drivers and passengers can be
severely injured by inflating air bags.

4-44
 04
• Never lean against the door or center • A child restraint system must never
console – always sit in an upright be placed in the front seat. The infant
position. or child could be severely injured or
• No objects (such as crash pad cover, killed by an air bag deployment in
cellular phone holder, cup holder, case of an accident.
perfume or stickers) should be placed • Children age 12 and under must
over or near the air bag modules always be properly restrained in the
on the steering wheel, instrument rear seat. Never allow children to
panel, windshield glass, and the front ride in the front passenger seat. If a
passenger’s panel above the glove child over 12 must be seated in the
box. Such objects could cause harm front seat, he or she must be properly
if the vehicle is in a crash severe belted and the seat should be moved
enough to cause the air bags to as far back as possible.
deploy. • For maximum safety protection in
• Do not attach any objects on the all types of crashes, all occupants
front windshield and inside mirror. including the driver should always
• Do not tamper with or disconnect wear their seat belts whether or not
SRS wiring or other components an air bag is also provided at their
of the SRS system. Doing so could seating position to minimize the
result in injury, due to accidental risk of severe injury or death in the
deployment of the air bags or by event of a crash. Do not sit or lean
rendering the SRS inoperative. unnecessarily close to the air bag
while the vehicle is in motion.
• If the SRS air bag warning light
remains illuminated while the vehicle • Sitting improperly or out of position
is being driven, we recommend can result in serious or fatal injury
that the system be inspected by an in a crash. All occupants should sit
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. upright with the seat back in an
upright position, centered on the seat
• Air bags can only be used once – cushion with their seat belt on, legs
we recommend that the system be comfortably extended and their feet
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI on the floor until the vehicle is parked
dealer. and the ignition key is removed.
• The SRS is designed to deploy the • The SRS air bag system must deploy
front air bags only when an impact is very rapidly to provide protection
sufficiently severe. Additionally, the in a crash. If an occupant is out of
air bags will only deploy once. Seat position because of not wearing a
belts must be worn at all times. seat belt, the air bag may forcefully
• Front air bags are not intended to contact the occupant causing serious
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or or fatal injuries.
rollover crashes. In addition, front air
bags will not deploy in frontal crashes
below the deployment threshold.

4-45
Safety system

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a The side air bags are designed to
collision? (Inflation and non-inflation deploy only during certain side-
conditions of the air bag) impact collisions, depending on the
There are many types of accidents crash severity, angle, speed and point
in which the air bag would not be of impact. The side air bags are not
expected to provide additional designed to deploy in all side impact
protection. situations.
These include rear impacts, the
second or third collisions in multiple WARNING
impact accidents, as well as low speed
impacts. Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies onto doors,
put their arms on the doors, stretch
Side air bag (if equipped) their arms out of the window, or
place objects between the doors and
passengers when they are seated
on seats equipped with side and/or
curtain air bags.

WARNING
• The side air bag is supplemental to
the driver’s and the passenger’s seat
belt systems and is not a substitute
for them. Therefore, your seat belts
OIB034021 must be worn at all times while the
vehicle is in motion. The air bags
deploy only in certain side impact
conditions severe enough to cause
significant injury to the vehicle
occupants.
• For best protection from the side
air bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air bag,
both front seat occupants should sit
in an upright position with the seat
belt properly fastened. The driver’s
OJK032063 hands should be placed on the
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00
from the illustration. positions. The passenger’s arms and
hands should be placed on their laps.
• Do not use any accessory seat covers.
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air
bag in each front seat. • Use of seat covers could reduce or
prevent the effectiveness of the
The purpose of the air bag is to provide
system.
the vehicle’s driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection • Do not install any accessories on the
than that offered by the seat belt alone. side or near the side air bag.

4-46
 04
• Do not place any objects over the Curtain air bag (if equipped)
air bag or between the air bag and
yourself. Also, do not attach any
objects around the area the air bag
inflates such as the door, side door
glass, front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects between the
door and the seat. They may become
dangerous projectiles if the side air
bag inflates.
• Do not put any objects between the
side air bag label and seat cushion. It
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a OQXI039024
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
• To prevent unexpected deployment
of the side air bag that may result in
personal injury, avoid impact to the
side impact sensor when the ignition
switch is on.
• If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
we recommend that the system be
serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
OQXI039025
• Inform the dealer that your vehicle is
equipped with side air bags. The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.

Curtain air bags are located along both

sides of the roof rails above the front
and rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants and
the rear outboard seat occupants in
certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and impact. The
curtain air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact situations,
collisions from the front or rear of the
vehicle or in most rollover situations.

4-47
Safety system

WARNING Why didn’t my air bag go off in a

collision? (Inflation and non-inflation
• In order for side impact and conditions of the air bag)
curtain air bags to provide the best There are many types of accidents
protection, both front seat occupants in which the air bag would not be
and both outboard rear occupants expected to provide additional
should sit in an upright position with protection.
the seat belts properly fastened. These include rear impacts, the
Importantly, children should sit in a second or third collisions in multiple
proper child restraint system in the impact accidents, as well as low speed
rear seat. impacts.
• When children are seated in the rear
outboard seats, they must be seated
in the proper child restraint system.
Make sure to put the child restraint
system as far away from the door
side as possible, and secure the child
restraint system in a locked position.
• Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillars, roof side rail.
• Do not hang other objects except
clothes, especially hard or breakable
objects. In an accident, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury.
• Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies onto doors,
put their arms on the doors, stretch
their arms out of the window, or
place objects between the doors and
passengers when they are seated
on seats equipped with side and/or
curtain air bags.
• Do not open or repair the side curtain
air bags.
• Never try to open or repair any
components of the side curtain air
bag system. We recommend that the
system be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Failure to follow the above mentioned
instructions can result in injury or death
to the vehicle occupants in an accident.

4-48
 04
Air bag inflation conditions

OBI3031007L/OBI3030010/OBI3030012/OBI3030014L

(1) SRS control module

(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor*
* : if equipped

4-49
Safety system

WARNING Air bag inflation conditions

• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags
or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air bag
deployment, which could result in
serious personal injury or death.
• If the installation location or angle
of the sensors is altered in any way,
the air bags may deploy when they
should not or they may not deploy
when they should, causing severe OBI3031023L
injury or death. Front air bags
Therefore, do not try to perform Front air bags are designed to inflate in
maintenance on or around the air certain frontal collision depending on
bag sensors. We recommend that the the crash severity, speed or angles of
system be serviced by an authorized impact of the front collision.
HYUNDAI dealer.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
• Problems may arise if the sensor bumps or objects on unimproved roads
installation angles are changed or sidewalks, air bags may deploy.
due to the deformation of the front Drive carefully on unimproved roads
bumper and body. We recommend or on surfaces not designed for vehicle
that the system be serviced by an traffic to prevent unintended air bag
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. deployment.
• Your vehicle has been designed to
absorb impact and deploy the air
bag(s) in certain collisions. Installing
aftermarket bumper guards or
replacing a bumper with non-
genuine parts may adversely affect
your vehicles collision and air bag
deployment performance.

4-50
 04
Air bag non-inflation conditions

OBI3031017L

OBI3031020L

• In certain low-speed collisions, the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat
belts in such collisions.

OQXI039025

Side air bags (if equipped)

Side air bags (side impact and/or curtain
air bags) are designed to inflate when
an impact is detected by side collision
sensors depending on the crash severity,
speed or angles of impact resulting from
a side impact collision.
Although the front air bags (driver’s and OBI3031021L

front passenger’s air bags) are designed • Front air bags are not designed to
to inflate only in frontal collisions, inflate in rear collisions, because
they also may inflate in other types of occupants are moved backward by
collisions if the front impact sensor the force of the impact. In this case,
detects a sufficient impact. Side air bags inflated air bags would not be able to
(side impact and/or curtain air bags) are provide any additional benefit.
designed to inflate only in side impact
collisions, but they may inflate in other
collisions if the side impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads
or sidewalks, air bags may deploy.
Drive carefully on unimproved roads
or on surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.

4-51
Safety system

OBI3031017L OBI3031022L

• Front air bags may not inflate in side • Just before impact, drivers often brake
impact collisions, because occupants heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
move to the direction of the collision, front portion of the vehicle causing
and thus in side impacts, frontal air it to “ride” under a vehicle with a
bag deployment would not provide higher ground clearance. Air bags
additional occupant protection. may not inflate in this “under-ride”
situation because deceleration forces
that are detected by sensor may be
significantly reduced by such “under-
ride” collisions.

OGB034038

• In a slant or angled collision, the force

of impact may direct the occupants in
a direction where the air bags would
OHI038166
not be able to provide any additional
benefit, and thus the sensors may not • Air bags do not inflate in rollover
deploy any air bags. accidents because the vehicle can not
detect rollover accident.
However, side and/or curtain air bags
may inflate when the vehicle is rolled
over after side impact collision.

4-52
 04
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance free
and so there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS air
bag warning light does not Illuminate
approximately 6sec after ignition switch
turned ON, or continuously remains
on, we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
OBI3031019L

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle We recommend that the any work on the
collides with objects such as utility SRS system, such as removing, installing
poles or trees, where the point of or repairing, or any work on the steering
impact is concentrated and the wheel, the front passenger’s panel, front
collision energy is absorbed by the seats or roof rails be performed by an
vehicle structure. authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS system may result in
serious personal injury.

WARNING
• Modification to SRS components
or wiring, including the addition
of any kind of badges to the pad
covers or modifications to the body
structure, can adversely affect SRS
performance and lead to possible
injury.
• For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one which
has been moistened with plain water.
Solvents or cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.

4-53
Safety system

• No objects should be placed over Additional safety precautions

or near the air bag modules on the • Never let passengers ride in the cargo
steering wheel, instrument panel, area or on top of a folded-down back
and the front passenger’s panel seat. All occupants should sit upright,
above the glove box, because any fully back in their seats with their seat
such object could cause harm if the belts on and their feet on the floor.
vehicle is in a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to inflate. • Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle
• If the air bags inflate, we recommend is moving. A passenger who is not
that the system be replaced by an wearing a seat belt during a crash
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. or emergency stop can be thrown
• Do not tamper with or disconnect against the inside of the vehicle,
SRS wiring, or other components of against other occupants, or out of the
the SRS system. Doing so could result vehicle.
in injury, due to accidental inflation • Each seat belt is designed to restrain
of the air bags or by rendering the one occupant. If more than one
SRS inoperative. person uses the same seat belt, they
• If components of the air bag system could be seriously injured or killed in a
must be discarded, or if the vehicle collision.
must be scrapped, certain safety • Do not use any accessories on seat
precautions must be observed. An belts. Devices claiming to improve
authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows occupant comfort or reposition the
these precautions and can give you seat belt can reduce the protection
the necessary information. Failure provided by the seat belt and increase
to follow these precautions and the chance of serious injury in a crash.
procedures could increase the risk of
personal injury. • Passengers should not place hard or
sharp objects between themselves
• If your car was flooded and has and the air bags. Carrying hard or
soaked carpeting or water on the sharp objects on your lap or in your
flooring, you shouldn’t try to start mouth can result in injuries if an air
the engine; we recommend that bag inflates.
you contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. • Keep occupants away from the air
bag covers. All occupants should sit
upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on the
floor. If occupants are too close to the
air bag covers, they could be injured if
the air bags inflate.

4-54
 04
• Do not attach or place objects on or Adding equipment to or modifying
near the air bag covers. Any object your air bag-equipped vehicle
attached to or placed on the front air If you modify your vehicle by changing
bag covers could interfere with the your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
proper operation of the air bags. front end or side sheet metal or ride
• Do not modify the front seats. height, this may affect the operation of
Modification of the front seats could your vehicle’s air bag system.
interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components in the air bags.
• Do not place items under the
front seats. Placing items under
the front seats could interfere with
the operation of the supplemental
restraint system sensing components
and wiring harnesses.
• Never hold an infant or child on
your lap. The infant or child could be
seriously injured or killed in the event
of a crash. All infants and children
should be properly restrained in
appropriate child safety seats or seat
belts in the rear seat.

WARNING
• Sitting improperly or out of position
can cause occupants to be shifted
too close to a deploying air bag,
strike the interior structure or be
thrown from the vehicle resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Always sit upright with the seatback
in an upright position, centered on
the seat cushion with your seat belt
on, legs comfortably extended and
your feet on the floor.

4-55
Safety system

Air bag warning label

OAC3039035R

Air bag warning labels are attached

to alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system. Be
sure to read all of the information about
the air bags that are installed on your
vehicle in this Owner’s Manual.

4-56
5. Instrument cluster

Instrument cluster........................................................................................... 5-2

Instrument Cluster Control.........................................................................................5-3
Gauges........................................................................................................................ 5-4
Transmission Shift Indicator.......................................................................................5-7
Warning and indicator lights..................................................................................... 5-9
LCD display messages.............................................................................................. 5-19
LCD display (cluster type B).......................................................................... 5-23
LCD display control...................................................................................................5-23
LCD display modes.................................................................................................. 5-24
User settings mode.................................................................................................. 5-26
Trip computer................................................................................................. 5-30
Cluster type A........................................................................................................... 5-30
Cluster type B........................................................................................................... 5-35

5
Instrument cluster

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Type A

„

Type B

„

OBI3040014/OBI3040001

1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Fuel gauge
4. Temperature gauge
5. Warning and light indicators

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in this chapter.

5-2
 05
Instrument Cluster Control
You can adjust the brightness of the
instrument panel illumination form the
User Settings Mode on the LCD display
when the ignition switch is on (‘Lights
 Illumination’). When the vehicle’s
parking lights or headlamps are on,
interior switch illumination intensity and
mood lamps are also adjusted.
If your vehicle is equipped with OHCR046110
additional navigation, please refer
to the infotainment system manual • The brightness of the instrument panel
separately supplied. illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches to the
WARNING maximum or minimum level, an alarm
will sound (if equipped).
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in loss
of control and lead to an accident that
may cause death, serious injury, or
property damage.

5-3
Instrument cluster

Gauges Tachometer

„Petrol engine
Speedometer • Type A
„Type A

OBI3040015
• Type B
OIB044104
„Type B

OBI3040003

„Diesel engine
OBI3040002 • Type A

The speedometer indicates the speed

of the vehicle and is calibrated in
kilometers per hour (km/h).

OBI3040016
• Type B

OBI3040004

5-4
 05
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine i Information
revolutions per minute (rpm). • The fuel tank capacity is given in
Use the tachometer to select the correct chapter 2.
shift points and to prevent lugging and/ • The fuel gauge is supplemented by
or over-revving the engine. a low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
NOTICE
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
Do not operate the engine within the pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
tachometer’s RED ZONE. This may warning light may come on earlier than
cause severe engine damage. usual due to the movement of fuel in the
tank.
Fuel Gauge
Type A

„ WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the “E
(Empty)” level.

OIB044114
NOTICE
Type B

„ Avoid driving with a very low fuel
level. Running out of fuel could cause
the engine to misfire damaging the
catalytic converter.

OBI3040005

This gauge indicates the approximate

amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank.

5-5
Instrument cluster

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Odometer

Type A

„ „Type A

OIB044113 OIB044116

Type B

„ Type B

„

OBI3040006 OIB044115

This gauge shows the temperature of the The odometer indicates the total
engine coolant when the ignition switch distance that the vehicle has been
is in the ON position. driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should be
performed.
NOTICE - Odometer range : 0 ~ 1599999
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the kilometers or 999999 miles.
normal range area toward the “130”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine. i Information
Do not continue driving with an It is forbidden to alter the odometer of
overheated engine. If your vehicle all vehicles with the intent to change
overheats, refer to “If the Engine the mileage registered on the odometer.
Overheats” in chapter 8. The alteration may void your warranty
coverage.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap or
reservoir cap when the engine is hot.
The engine coolant is under pressure
and could cause severe burns. Wait
until the engine is cool before adding
coolant to the reservoir.

5-6
 05
Outside Temperature Gauge Transmission Shift Indicator
„Type A
Dual Clutch Transmission Shift
Indicator (if equipped)
„Type A

OIB044156

Type B

„
OIB044118

Type B

„

OIB044155

This gauge indicates the current outside

air temperatures by 1°C (1°F). OIB044115
- Temperature range : - 40°C ~ 85°C
This indicator displays which
(-40°F ~ 211°F)
continuously variable transmission shift
The outside temperature on the display lever is selected.
may not change immediately like a
• Park : P
general thermometer to prevent the
driver from being inattentive. • Reverse : R
The temperature unit (from °C to °F or • Neutral : N
from °F to °C) can be changed as below • Drive : D
procedures (if equipped). • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
- User Settings Mode in the Cluster : You
can change the temperature unit in the
“Other Features – Temperature unit”.

5-7
Instrument cluster

Intelligent Variable Transmission Manual Transmission Shift Indicator

Shift Indicator (if equipped) (if equipped)
„Type A
„Type A

OIB044118 OIB044152

Type B

„ Type B

„

OIB044115 OIB044151

This indicator displays which This indicator informs which gear is

continuously variable transmission shift recommended while driving, to save
lever is selected. fuel.
• Park : P • Shifting up : ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6
• Reverse : R • Shifting down :▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5
• Neutral : N For example
• Drive : D : Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd
• Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 gear is recommended (currently the
shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to the
3rd gear is recommended (currently
the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or
6th gear).
When the system is not working
properly, the indicator is not displayed.

5-8
 05
Warning and indicator lights Seat Belt Warning Light

i Information
Make sure that all warning lights are This warning light informs the driver (or
OFF after starting the engine. If any light front passenger) that the seat belt is not
is still ON, this indicates a situation that fastened.
needs attention.
For more details, refer to the “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.
Air bag Warning Light
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• Once you set the ignition switch or the
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON This warning light illuminates:
WK-23
position. • Once you set the ignition switch or the
- It illuminates for approximately 6 Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
seconds and then goes off. position.
• When there is a malfunction with the - It illuminates for approximately 3
SRS. seconds
In this case, we recommend that you - It remains on if the parking brake is
have the vehicle inspected by an applied.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level is low.

5-9
Instrument cluster

If the brake fluid level in the reser- WARNING

voir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
location and stop your vehicle. Light
2. With the engine stopped, check the Driving the vehicle with a warning light
brake fluid level immediately and add ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake &
fluid as required (For more details, Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates
refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 9). with the parking brake released, it
Then check all brake components for indicates that the brake fluid level is
fluid leaks. If any leak on the brake low.
system is still found, the warning In this case, we recommend that you
light remains on, or the brakes do not have the vehicle inspected by an
operate properly, do not drive the authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
vehicle.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle towed to an Anti-lock Brake System
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and (ABS) Warning Light
inspected.

Dual-diagonal braking system This warning light illuminates:

Your vehicle is equipped with dual- • Once you set the ignition switch or the
diagonal braking systems. This means Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
you still have braking on two wheels position.
even if one of the dual systems should
- It illuminates for approximately 3
fail.
seconds and then goes off.
With only one of the dual systems
• When there is a malfunction with
working, more than normal pedal travel
the ABS (The normal braking system
and greater pedal pressure are required
will still be operational without the
to stop the vehicle.
assistance of the anti-lock brake
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short system).
a distance with only a portion of the
In this case, we recommend that you
brake system working.
have the vehicle inspected by an
If the brakes fail while you are driving, authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
shift to a lower gear for additional
engine braking and stop the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so.

5-10
 05
Electric Power Steering NOTICE
(EPS) Warning Light - Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
• Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
This warning light illuminates: cause damage to the emission
control systems which could effect
• Once you set the ignition switch or the drivability and/or fuel economy.
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position. • If the enhanced engine protection
system becomes activated due to
- It illuminates for approximately 3 lack of engine oil, engine power
seconds and then goes off. will be limited. If such condition
• When there is a malfunction with the continues repeatedly, the
EPS. Malfunction Indicator Lamp will
In this case, we recommend that you illuminate.
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. NOTICE
- Petrol Engine
Malfunction Indicator If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Lamp (MIL) (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine power.
This warning light illuminates: In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
• Once you set the ignition switch or the authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON possible.
position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. NOTICE
• When there is a malfunction with the - Diesel Engine
emission control system. If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
In this case, we recommend that you (MIL) blinks, some error related to the
have the vehicle inspected by an injection quantity adjustment occurs
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. which could result in loss of engine
power, combustion noise and poor
emission.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the engine control system
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

5-11
Instrument cluster

Charging System Engine Oil Pressure

Warning Light Warning Light

This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

• Once you set the ignition switch or the • Once you set the ignition switch or the
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position. position.
- It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is
started. started.
• When there is a malfunction with • When the engine oil pressure is low.
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
If there is a malfunction with either location and stop your vehicle.
the alternator or electrical charging
2. Turn the engine off and check the
system: engine oil level (For more details, refer
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe to “Engine Oil” in chapter 9). If the
location and stop your vehicle. level is low, add oil as required.
2. Turn the engine off and check the If the warning light remains on after
alternator drive belt for looseness or adding oil or if oil is not available, we
breakage. recommend that you have the vehicle
If the belt is adjusted properly, there inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
may be a problem in the electrical dealer as soon as possible.
charging system.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an i Information
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as When engine oil pressure decreases due to
possible. insufficient engine oil, etc., the Engine Oil
Pressure warning light will illuminate. In
addition, the enhanced engine protection
system which limits engine power will
be activated. If the engine oil pressure is
restored, the Engine Oil Pressure warning
light and the enhanced engine protection
system will turn off.

5-12
 05
NOTICE Low Fuel Level Warning
- Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light Light
• If the engine does not stop
immediately after the Engine Oil
Pressure Warning Light is illuminated, This warning light illuminates:
severe damage could result.
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
• If the warning light stays on while the
engine is running, it indicates that
there may be serious engine damage If the fuel tank is nearly empty, add fuel
or malfunction. In this case, as soon as possible.
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so. NOTICE
2. Turn off the engine and check the
oil level. If the oil level is low, fill - Low Fuel Level
the engine oil to the proper level. Driving with the Low Fuel Level
3. Start the engine again. If the warning light on or with the fuel level
warning light stays on after the below “E (Empty)” can cause the
engine is started, turn the engine engine to misfire and damage the
off immediately. In this case, we catalytic converter (if equipped).
recommend that you have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized Overspeed Warning Light
HYUNDAI dealer. 120
(if equipped)
km/h

This warning light blinks:

This is to prevent you from fast driving.
• When you drive the vehicle more than
120 km/h.
- This is to prevent you from driving
your vehicle with overspeed.
- The overspeed warning chime also
sound for approximately 5 seconds.

5-13
Instrument cluster

Fuel Filter Warning Light Exhaust System (DPF)

(for diesel engine) Warning Light (for diesel
engine, if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

• When water has accumulated inside • When there is a malfunction with the
the fuel filter. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) system.
In this case, remove the water from When this warning light illuminates, it
the fuel filter. may turn off after driving the vehicle:
For more details, refer to “Fuel Filter” in - at more than 60 km/h (37 mph), or
chapter 9. - above 2nd gear with 1500 ~ 2500
engine rpm for a certain time (for
about 25 minutes).
NOTICE If this warning light blinks in spite of
• When the Fuel Filter Warning Light the procedure, we recommend that you
illuminates, engine power (vehicle have the DPF system checked by an
speed & idle speed) may decrease. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If you keep driving with the warning
light on, engine parts (injector,
common rail, high pressure fuel NOTICE
pump) may be damaged. If this If you continue to drive with the DPF
occurs, we recommend that you warning light blinking for a long time,
have the vehicle inspected by an the DPF system can be damaged and
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon fuel consumption can worsen.
as possible.

Exhaust system (GPF)

warning light
(for petrol engine,
if equipped)

• This warning light illuminates, when

accumulated soot reaches a certain
amount.
• When this warning light illuminates, it
may turn off after driving the vehicle
at more than 80 km/h (50 mph) for
about 30 minutes (above 3rd gear with
1500 ~ 4000 engine RPM).

If this warning light blinks in spite

of the procedure (at this time LCD
warning message will be displayed),
we recommend that you have the
GPF system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

5-14
 05
Electronic Stability Glow Indicator Light (for
Control (ESC) Indicator diesel engine)
Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:

• When you set the ignition switch to • When the engine is being preheated
the ON position. with the ignition switch or the Engine
- It illuminates for approximately 3 Start/Stop button in the ON position.
seconds and then goes off. - The engine can be started after the
• When there is a malfunction with the glow indicator light goes off.
ESC system. - The illumination time varies
In this case, we recommend that you depending on the engine coolant
have the vehicle inspected by an temperature, air temperature, and
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. battery condition.

This indicator light blinks: If the indicator light remains on or blinks

after the engine has warmed up or while
• While the ESC is operating. driving, there may be a malfunction with
For more details, refer to “Electronic the engine preheating system.
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 6. In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light i Information
(if equipped) If the engine does not start within 10
seconds after the preheating is completed,
This indicator light illuminates: set the ignition switch or the Engine
• When you set the ignition switch to Start/Stop Button to the LOCK or OFF
the ON position. position for 10 seconds and then to the
- It illuminates for approximately ON position in order to preheat the engine
again.
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC system
by pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 6.

5-15
Instrument cluster

Door Ajar Warning Light Immobilizer Indicator

Light (with smart key)

This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for up

When a door is not close securely. to 30 seconds:
When the vehicle detects the smart key
in the vehicle properly while the Engine
Tailgate Open Warning Start/Stop button is ACC or ON.
Light - At this time, you can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This warning light illuminates:
When the tailgate is not close securely. This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
Immobilizer Indicator When the smart key is not in the vehicle.
Light (without smart key) - At this time, you can not start the
engine.

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for 2

seconds and goes off:
When the vehicle detects the
immobilizer in your key properly while When the vehicle can not detect the
the ignition switch is ON. smart key which is in the vehicle while
the Engine Start/Stop button is ON.
- At this time, you can start the engine.
In this case, we recommend that you
- The indicator light goes off after have the vehicle inspected by an
starting the engine. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5-16
 05
This indicator light blinks: High Beam Indicator
• When the battery of the smart key is Light
weak.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine. However, you can start the
engine if you press the Engine Start/
This indicator light illuminates:
Stop button with the smart key. (For • When the headlights are on and in the
more details, refer to “Starting the high beam position
Engine” in chapter 6). • When the turn signal lever is pulled
• When there is a malfunction with the into the Flash-to-Pass position.
immobilizer system.
In this case, we recommend that you Light ON Indicator Light
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Turn Signal Indicator This indicator light illuminates:

Light
When the Parking (Position) lights or
headlights are on.

This indicator light blinks:

Front Fog Indicator Light
When you turn the turn signal light on. (if equipped)

If any of the following occurs, there

may a malfunction with the turn signal
system. In this case, we recommend that This indicator light illuminates:
you have the vehicle inspected by an When the front fog lights are on.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- The indicator light does not blink but
illuminates. Rear Fog Indicator Light
(if equipped)
- The indicator light blinks more rapidly.
- The indicator light does not illuminate
at all.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the rear fog lights are on.
Low Beam Indicator
Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When the headlamps are on.

5-17
Instrument cluster

Master Warning Light Low Tire Pressure

(if equipped) Warning Light
(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates : This warning light illuminates:

• When the remaining mileage or time • When you set the ignition switch or
is 0 on the “Service Interval” in the the Engine Start/Stop button to the
cluster. ON position.
If the service interval setting is reset, - It illuminates for approximately 3
the master warning light turns off. seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires
are significantly underinflated (The
KEY OUT Indicator Light location of the underinflated tire is
(if equipped) KEY displayed on the LCD display).
OUT
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
When the Engine Start/Stop button is chapter 8.
in the ACC or ON position, if any door is
open, the system checks for the smart This warning light remains on after
key. blinking for approximately 60 seconds
or repeatedly blinks on and off at
This indicator light blinks: approximately 3 second intervals:
When the smart key is not in the vehicle • When there is a malfunction with the
and any door is open with the ignition TPMS.
switch or the Engine Start/Stop button in In this case, we recommend that you
the ACC or ON position. have the vehicle inspected by an
- At this time, if you close all doors, authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
the chime will also sound for possible.
approximately 5 seconds. For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
- The indicator will go off while the Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
vehicle is moving. chapter 8.

WARNING
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.

5-18
 05
LCD display messages Press brake pedal to start engine
(for smart key system and
Key not in vehicle Automatic transmission/Dual clutch
(for smart key system) transmission)
This warning message is displayed if the This warning message is displayed if the
smart key is not in the vehicle when you Engine Start/Stop button changes to
open or close door in the ACC position the ACC position twice by pressing the
or ON position. The warning sound is button repeatedly without depressing
heard when you close door without a the brake pedal.
smart key in vehicle.
You can start the vehicle by depressing
When attempting to start the vehicle the brake pedal.
always have the smart key with you.

Press clutch pedal to start engine

Key not detected (for smart key system and Manual
(for smart key system) transmission)
This warning message is displayed if This warning message is displayed if the
the smart key is not detected when you Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC
press the Engine Start/Stop button. position twice by pressing the button
repeatedly without depressing the clutch
Press START button with key (for pedal.
smart key system) Depress the clutch pedal to start the
This warning message is displayed if engine.
you press the Engine Start/Stop button
while the warning message “Key not Press START button again
detected” is displayed. (for smart key system)
At this time, the immobilizer indicator This message is displayed if you were
light blinks. unable to start the vehicle when the
Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
Low key battery If this occurs, attempt to start the engine
(for smart key system) by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button
This warning message is displayed if the again.
battery of the smart key is discharged If the warning message appears each
while changing the Engine Start/Stop time you press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position. button, we recommend that you have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

5-19
Instrument cluster

Shift to N to start engine Lights mode

(for smart key system and
Automatic transmission/Dual clutch
transmission) / iMT (intelligent
manual transmission))
This warning message is displayed if
you try to start the engine with the shift
button not in the N (Neutral) position.

i Information
You can start the engine with the shift
OIK047163L
lever in the N (Neutral) position.
This indicator displays which exterior
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for light is selected using the lighting
control.
smart key system and Automatic
transmission/Dual clutch
transmission)
This warning message is displayed if the
brake switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a new
one. If that is not possible, you can start
the engine by pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC
position.

5-20
 05
Wiper mode Low pressure (if equipped)

OCN7040039L OBI3040008

This indicator displays which wiper This warning message is displayed if the
speed is selected using the wiper tire pressure is low. The corresponding
control. tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Turn on FUSE SWITCH Monitoring System (TPMS)” section in
This warning message is displayed if chapter 8.
the fuse switch located on the fuse box
under the steering wheel is OFF. Heated Steering Wheel turned off
You should turn the fuse switch on. (if equipped)
For more details, refer to “Fuses” This message illuminates if the heated
Section in chapter 9. steering wheel will turn off automatically
approximately 30 minutes after the
heated steering wheel is turned on.
For more details, refer to “Heated
Steering Wheel” in chapter 5.

Low fuel
This warning message is displayed if the
fuel tank is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the low
fuel level warning light in the cluster will
come on.
It is recommended to look for the
nearest fueling station and refuel as
soon as possible.

5-21
Instrument cluster

Low engine oil (if equipped) Engine has overheated

This warning message is displayed when (if equipped)
the engine oil level should be checked. This warning message is displayed
If this warning message is displayed, when the engine coolant temperature
check the engine oil level as soon as is above 120°C (248°F). This means that
possible and add engine oil as required. the engine is overheated and may be
damaged.
Slowly pour the recommended oil little
by little into a funnel. If your vehicle is overheated, refer to
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer “Overheating” section in chapter 8.
to "Recommended lubricants and
capacities" section in chapter 2.) Check headlight (if equipped)
Do not overfill the engine oil. Make sure This warning message is displayed if the
the oil level is not above F (Full) mark on headlamps are not operating properly.
the dipstick.
In addition, if a specific lamp(turn signal
lamp etc.) is not operating properly, the
NOTICE warning message according to a specific
If the message is displayed lamp (turn signal lamp etc.) is displayed.
continuously after adding the engine A corresponding bulb may need to be
oil and travelling approximately replaced.
50~100 km after the engine warms up, Make sure to replace the burned out
we recommend that the system be bulb with a new one of the same
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI wattage rating.
dealer.
Check brake light (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if the
stop lamps are not operating properly. A
lamp may need to be replaced.
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same
wattage rating.

5-22
 05
LCD DISPLAY (CLUSTER TYPE B)
LCD display control

Type A

„
1

Type B

„

OBI3040010
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.

(1) : MODE button for changing modes

(2) , : MOVE switch for changing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

5-23
Instrument cluster

LCD display modes

Modes Symbol Explanation

This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter,

Trip
fuel economy, etc.
Computer
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Turn (TBT)

Driving - Cruise Control (CC)

Assist - Tire Pressure Monitoring System

User
In this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and etc.
Settings

- This mode displays warning messages related to the

Warning lamp malfunction, etc.
- Tire pressure information

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.

5-24
 05
Trip computer mode Driving Assist mode

OIK047124L OSU2I049039

The trip computer mode displays CC

information related to vehicle driving This mode displays the state of Cruise
parameters including fuel economy, Control.
tripmeter information and vehicle speed.
For more details, refer to “Cruise
For more details, refer to "Trip Control (CC)” in chapter 7.
Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) group

OBI3040009

Tire Pressure
OCN7060149
This mode displays information related
This group displays the state of the to Tire Pressure.
navigation.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter
8.

5-25
Instrument cluster

Master warning User settings mode

In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster, doors,
lamps, etc.
1. Driver Assistance
2. Door
3. Light
4. Convenience
5. Service Interval
6. Other
OBI3040018
7. Language
This warning light informs the driver the 8. Reset
following situations.
The information provided may differ
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System depending on which functions are
malfunction (if equipped) applicable to your vehicle.
The Master Warning Light illuminates
if one or more of the above warning
situations occur. Shift to P to edit settings/Engage
parking brake to edit settings
At this time, a Master Warning icon ( )
will appear beside the User Settings icon This warning message illuminates if
( ), on the LCD display. you try to select an item from the User
Settings mode while driving.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned • Automatic transmission / Intelligent
off and the Master Warning icon will variable transmission
disappear. For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and
moving the shift level to P(Park).
• Manual transmission
For your safety, change the User
Settings after engaging the parking
brake.

Quick guide (Help)

This mode provides quick guides for the
systems in the User Settings mode.
Select an item, press and hold the OK
button.
For more details about each system,
refer to this Owner’s Manual.

5-26
 05
User settings mode
In this mode, you can change setting of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, and so
on.

Driver Assistance (if equipped)

Items Explanation
The function assists the driver to maintain the set speed, keep a safe
Driving Assist distance with a vehicle ahead and keep the vehicle inside of the lane
while driving on the highway.
To adjust the warning volume of the driver assistance system.
Warning Volume • High / Medium / Low

Door
Items Explanation
• Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
• Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the
vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15km/h).
Auto Lock • Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the dual
clutch transmission shift lever is shifted from the P (Park) position
to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (Only when the
engine is running.)
• Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition
key is removed from the ignition switch or the Engine Star/Stop button
Auto Unlock is set to the OFF position.
• On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the dual clutch
transmission shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) position. (Only when
the engine is running.)

Light
Items Explanation

Illumination To adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination.

• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
One Touch Turn • 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when
Signal the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
For more details, refer to “Light” in chapter 5.
Ambient light • Off/Level 1/Level 2/Level 3/Level 4
brightness To adjust the brightness of the Ambient Light (cabin mood light setting).
To activate or deactivate the Ambient Light (cabin mood light setting)
Ambient Light function.
• Off: The headlight delay function will be deactivated.
Head Lamp • On: The headlight delay function will be activated.
Delay For more details, refer to “Light” in chapter 5.

5-27
Instrument cluster

Convenience
Items Explanation
• On door unlock: The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the
welcome light turns on automatically when the doors are unlocked.
Welcome • On driver approach: The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the
mirror/light welcome light turns on automatically when the vehicle is approached
with the smart key.
For more details, refer to ‘’Welcome System’’ in chapter 5.
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
Wireless For more details, refer to “Wireless cellular phone charging system” in
charging system chapter 5.
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/ Light mode.
Wiper/Lights When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode
display whenever you changed the mode.

Service interval
Items Explanation

In this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mileage
(km or mi.) and period (months).
Service Interval • Off : The service interval function will be deactivated.
• On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).

5-28
 05
Other features
Items Explanation
• Off : The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever
refueling.
• After Ignition : The average fuel economy will reset automatically
Fuel Economy whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine.
Auto Reset • After Refueling : The average fuel economy will reset automatically
when refueling.
For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.
Fuel Economy Choose the fuel economy unit. (Km/L, L/100km)
Unit
Temperature Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
Unit
Tyre pressure To select the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)
unit

Language
Items Explanation

Language Choose the language.

Reset
Items Explanation
You can reset the menus in the User Settings Mode. All menus in the
Reset User Settings Mode are reset to factory settings, except language and
service interval.

5-29
Instrument cluster

TRIP COMPUTER
Cluster type A Press the trip mode/reset button for less
than 1 second to select any mode as
Tripmeter/Trip computer follows:
Type A

„
Tripmeter A

Tripmeter B
Type B

„
Distance to empty*

Average fuel consumption*

OBI3040011

The trip computer is a microcomputer-

Instant fuel consumption*
controlled driver information system that
displays information related to driving,
when the ignition switch is in the ON Average speed*
position. All stored driving information
(except odometer & Trip A & B) resets if
the battery is disconnected. Elapsed time*

Service Reminder*

* if equipped

5-30
 05
„Type A

OQXI049117 OQXI049119

„Type B
Distance to empty
(if equipped) (km or mi.)
This mode indicates the estimated
distance to empty based on the current
fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of
fuel delivered to the engine. When the
remaining distance is below 50 km (30
miles), “---” will be displayed.
The meter’s working range is from 50 to
999 km (30 to 615 miles).
OQXI049118
Tripmeter (km or mi.)
A : Tripmeter A
B : Tripmeter B
This mode indicates the distance of
individual trips selected since the last
tripmeter reset.

The meter’s working range is from 0.0

to 9999.9 km. (0.0 to 9999.9 miles).
Pressing the trip mode/reset button for
more than 1 second, when the tripmeter
is being displayed, clears the tripmeter
to zero (0.0).

5-31
Instrument cluster

OQXI049120 OQXI049121

Average fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption

(if equipped) (l/100 km or MPG) (if equipped) (l/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the average fuel This mode calculates the instant fuel
consumption from the total fuel used consumption of the last few seconds.
and the distance since the last average
consumption reset. The total fuel used
is calculated from the fuel consumption
input. For an accurate calculation, drive
more than 300 m (0.18 miles).
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average fuel
consumption is being displayed, clears
the average fuel consumption to zero
(--.-).

5-32
 05
NOTICE
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
interrupted, the “Distance to empty”
function may not operate correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters
(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the
vehicle.
• The fuel consumption and distance to
empty may vary significantly based OQXI049122
on driving conditions, driving habits, Average speed (km/h or MPH)
and condition of the vehicle.
This mode calculates the average speed
• The distance to empty value is an of the vehicle since the last average
estimate of the available driving speed reset.
distance. This may differ from the
actual driving distance available. Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the
average speed keeps going while the
engine is running.
Pressing the RESET button for more than
1 second, when the average speed is
being displayed, clear the average speed
to zero (---).

5-33
Instrument cluster

Service reminder

OQXI049123

Elapsed time (if equipped) OBI3040012

This mode indicates the total time This mode displays the service interval
traveled since the last driving time reset. (mileage).
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the driving time keeps going while the
engine is running. Digital Speedometer
The meter’s working range is from
00:00~99:59.
Pressing the RESET button for more than
1 second, when the driving time is being
displayed, clear the driving time to zero
(00:00).

OBI3040013
This message shows the speed of the
vehicle (km/h, MPH).

5-34
 05
Cluster type B Trip modes
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system that Fuel Economy
displays information related to driving. • Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
i Information

Some driving information stored in the Accumulated Info
trip computer (for example, Average
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is • Tripmeter
disconnected. • Average Fuel Economy
• Timer


Drive Info
• Tripmeter
• Average Fuel Economy
• Timer

5-35
Instrument cluster

Manual reset
Type A

„
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the [OK] button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second
when the average fuel economy is
displayed.
Type B

„

Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average fuel
economy after refueling, select the “Fuel
OBI3040019 Econ. Reset” mode in the User Settings
To change the trip mode, toggle the menu on the LCD display.
“ , ” switch on the steering wheel. - After ignition: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
whenever it has passed 4 hours after
Fuel economy turning OFF the engine.
- After refueling: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
when driving speed exceeds 1 km/h,
after adding 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel
or more.

i Information
The average fuel economy may be
inaccurate, when the vehicle drives
shorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles) after
OAC3069039TU turning ON the Engine Start/Stop button.
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
calculated by the total driving distance • This mode displays the instant fuel
and fuel consumption since the last economy during the last few seconds
average fuel economy reset. when the vehicle speed is more than
10 km/h (6.2 mph).
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automatically.

5-36
 05
Accumulated Info display The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
To manually reset the information, press
and hold the OK button when viewing
the Accumulated driving info. The trip
distance, the average fuel economy,
and total driving time will reset
simultaneously.
The accumulated driving information will
continue to be counted while the engine
is still running (for example, when the
vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop
OAC3069041TU light).
This display shows the accumulated trip
distance (1), the average fuel economy
(2), and the total driving time (3).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalculated.

5-37
Instrument cluster

Drive Info display

OAC3069040TU

This display shows the trip distance (1),

the average fuel economy (2), and the
total driving time (3).

The information is combined for each

ignition cycle. However, when the
engine has been OFF for 4 hours or
longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To manually reset the information, press
and hold the OK button when viewing
the Drive Info. The trip distance, the
average fuel economy, and total driving
time will reset simultaneously.
The driving information will continue
to be counted while the engine is still
running (for example, when the vehicle
is in traffic or stopped at a stop light.)

i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a
minimum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalculated.

5-38
6. Convenience features

Accessing your vehicle....................................................................................6-4

Remote key ................................................................................................................ 6-4
Remote key precautions............................................................................................ 6-6
Smart key ....................................................................................................................6-7
Smart key precautions...............................................................................................6-11
Immobilizer system................................................................................................... 6-12
MT (Manual Transmission) Remote start function..................................................6-13
Door lock/unlock sound...........................................................................................6-14
Door locks .......................................................................................................6-15
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ...................................................... 6-15
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ........................................................ 6-17
Auto door lock/unlock features...............................................................................6-19
Child-protector rear door locks................................................................................6-19
steering wheel................................................................................................6-20
Electric power steering (EPS).................................................................................. 6-20
Tilt steering / Telescope steering ............................................................................ 6-21
Horn.......................................................................................................................... 6-22
Mirrors............................................................................................................ 6-23
Inside rearview mirror.............................................................................................. 6-23
Outside rearview mirror ......................................................................................... 6-24
6
Windows......................................................................................................... 6-26
Power windows ....................................................................................................... 6-26
Manual windows ..................................................................................................... 6-30
sunroof ............................................................................................................6-31
Sunshade................................................................................................................... 6-31
Tilt open/close ......................................................................................................... 6-32
Slide open/close....................................................................................................... 6-32
Automatic reversal .................................................................................................. 6-33
Resetting the sunroof.............................................................................................. 6-34
Sunroof open warning............................................................................................. 6-35
Hood ..............................................................................................................6-36
Hood.......................................................................................................................... 6-36
Tailgate.......................................................................................................................6-37
Emergency tailgate safety release.......................................................................... 6-39
Fuel filler door..........................................................................................................6-40
Lighting...........................................................................................................6-43
Exterior lights........................................................................................................... 6-43
Interior lights............................................................................................................6-48
Welcome system .....................................................................................................6-50
 Wipers and washers........................................................................................6-51
Windshield wipers ................................................................................................... 6-52
Windshield washers ................................................................................................ 6-52
Rear window wiper and washer switch ................................................................. 6-53
Manual climate control system ....................................................................6-54
Heating and air conditioning................................................................................... 6-55
System operation..................................................................................................... 6-59
System maintenance................................................................................................6-61
Automatic climate control system ...............................................................6-63
Automatic heating and air conditioning.................................................................6-64
Manual heating and air conditioning...................................................................... 6-65
System operation..................................................................................................... 6-70
System maintenance................................................................................................6-72
Windshield defrosting and defogging.......................................................... 6-73
Manual climate control system................................................................................6-73
Automatic climate control system...........................................................................6-74
Auto defogging system (only for automatic climate control system)...................6-75
Defroster................................................................................................................... 6-76
6 Storage compartment .................................................................................. 6-78
Center console storage............................................................................................ 6-78
Sliding armrest ........................................................................................................ 6-78
Glove box.................................................................................................................. 6-79
Cool box ................................................................................................................... 6-79
Interior features ........................................................................................... 6-80
Cup holder................................................................................................................6-80
Sunvisor.....................................................................................................................6-81
Power outlet .............................................................................................................6-81
USB charger ............................................................................................................. 6-82
Wireless cellular phone charging system ..............................................................6-83
Clothes hanger ........................................................................................................ 6-85
Floor mat anchor(s)..................................................................................................6-86
Cargo area cover ..................................................................................................... 6-87
6. Convenience features

Infotainment system .................................................................................... 6-88

USB port....................................................................................................................6-88
Antenna.....................................................................................................................6-88
Steering wheel audio control .................................................................................6-89
Voice recognition......................................................................................................6-91
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free...........................................................6-91
How vehicle audio works......................................................................................... 6-92
Audio (without touch screen)........................................................................6-95
System layout – control panel................................................................................. 6-95
System layout – steering wheel remote control.................................................... 6-97
Turning the system on or off....................................................................................6-99
Turning the display on or off.................................................................................. 6-100
Getting to know the basic operations................................................................... 6-100
Radio.............................................................................................................. 6-101
Turning on the radio................................................................................................ 6-101
Changing the radio mode.......................................................................................6-102
Scanning for available radio stations.....................................................................6-102
Searching for radio stations...................................................................................6-102
Saving radio stations...............................................................................................6-103
Listening to saved radio stations...........................................................................6-103
6
Media player................................................................................................. 6-104
Using the media player.......................................................................................... 6-104
Using the USB mode.................................................................................................-104
Bluetooth...................................................................................................... 6-108
Connecting Bluetooth devices.............................................................................. 6-108
Using a Bluetooth audio device............................................................................. 6-110
Using a Bluetooth phone.........................................................................................6-112
System status icons...................................................................................... 6-118
System specifications................................................................................... 6-119
USB........................................................................................................................... 6-119
Trademarks................................................................................................... 6-120
Bluetooth.................................................................................................................6-120
Convenience features

ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE

Remote key (if equipped) Unlocking
To unlock:
1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the remote key.
2. The doors will unlock. The hazard
warning lights will blink two times.

i Information
After unlocking the doors, the doors will
lock automatically after 30 seconds unless
OIB034040
a door is opened.

Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which Tailgate unlocking

you can use to lock or unlock a door
(and tailgate) and even start the engine. To unlock:
1. Door Lock 1. Press the Tailgate Unlock button (3)
on the remote key for more than one
2. Door Unlock second.
3. Tailgate Unlock 2. The hazard warning lights will blink
two times. Once the tailgate/trunk is
Locking opened and then closed, the tailgate/
trunk will lock automatically.
To lock :
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
tailgate. i Information
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on the • After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate
remote key. will lock automatically.
3. The doors will lock. The hazard • The word “HOLD” is written on the
warning lights will blink once. button to inform you that you must
4. Make sure the doors are locked by press and hold the button for more than
checking the position of the door lock one second.
button inside the vehicle.

WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children.
Unattended children could place the
key in the ignition switch and may
operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
injury or death.

6-4
 06
Start-up Mechanical key
For detailed information, refer to “Key Type A

„
Ignition Switch” in chapter 6.

NOTICE
To prevent damaging the remote key:
• Keep the remote key away from
water or any liquid and fire. If the
inside of the remote key gets damp
(due to drinks or moisture), or is
heated, the internal circuit may
OYDECO2231
malfunction, excluding the car from
the warranty. Type B

„
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
remote key.
• Protect the remote key from extreme
temperatures.

OIB044178

If the remote key does not operate

normally, you can lock or unlock the
door by using the mechanical key.

Type B
To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold
automatically.
To fold the key, fold the key manually
while pressing the release button.

NOTICE
Do not fold the key without pressing
the release button. This may damage
the key.

6-5
Convenience features

Remote key precautions i Information

The remote key will not work if any of Changes or modifications not expressly
the following occurs: approved by the party responsible
• The key is in the ignition switch. for compliance could void the user’s
• You exceed the operating distance authority to operate the equipment. If the
limit (about 10 m [30 feet]). keyless entry system is inoperative due
to changes or modifications not expressly
• The remote key battery is weak. approved by the party responsible for
• Other vehicles or objects may be compliance, it will not be covered by your
blocking the signal. manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The remote key is close to a radio NOTICE
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with Keep the remote key away from
normal operation of the remote key. electromagnetic materials that blocks
electromagnetic waves to the key
When the remote key does not work surface.
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you have
a problem with the remote key, it is Battery replacement
recommended that you contact an If the remote key is not working
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. properly, try replacing the battery with a
If the remote key is in close proximity to new one.
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals. This is especially
important when the phone is active
such as making and receiving calls, text
messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails. Avoid placing the remote key
and your mobile phone in the same
pants or jacket pocket and always try to
maintain an adequate distance between
the two devices.
OIB044180
Type A
Battery type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the cover.
2. Remove the old battery and insert the
new battery. Make sure the battery
position is correct.
3. Reinstall the rear cover of the remote
key.

6-6
 06
Smart key (if equipped)
Type A

„

OAEPH059696C
Type B
OIB044179
Battery type: CR2032
Type B

„
To replace the battery:
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the cover.
2. Using a screw driver remove the
battery cover (A).
3. Remove the old battery (B) and insert
a new battery. Make sure the battery
position is correct.
4. Reinstall the battery cover and key
cover in the reverse order of removal. OQXI049001

Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which

If you suspect your remote key might you can use to lock or unlock a door
have sustained some damage, or you (and tailgate) and even start the engine.
feel your remote key is not working
correctly, it is recommended that you 1. Door Lock
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. 2. Door Unlock
3. Tailgate Unlock
i Information 4. Panic (if equipped)

 An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
and regulation.

6-7
Convenience features

Locking Even though you press the outside

door handle button, the doors will not
lock and the chime will sound for three
seconds if any of the following occurs:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC
or ON position.
• Any door except the tailgate/trunk is
open.

WARNING
OBI3050001
Do not leave the Smart Key in your
To lock : vehicle with unsupervised children.
1. Close all doors, engine hood and Unattended children could press the
tailgate. Engine Start/Stop button and may
operate power windows or other
2. Either press the door handle button or controls, or even make the vehicle
press the Door Lock button (1) on the move, which could result in serious
smart key. injury or death.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
once.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door lock
button inside the vehicle.

i Information
The door handle button will only operate
when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m
(28~40 in.) from the outside door handle.

6-8
 06
Unlocking Tailgate unlocking
To unlock:
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the Tailgate Unlock button (3)
on the smart key for more than one
second.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
two times.
Once the tailgate is opened and then
closed, the tailgate/trunk will lock
automatically.
OBI3050001

To unlock: i Information
1. Carry the Smart Key. After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate
2. Either press the door handle button or will lock automatically after 30 seconds
press the Door Unlock button (2) on unless the tailgate is opened.
the smart key.
3. The doors will unlock. The hazard Panic button (if equipped)
warning lights will blink two times.
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for
more than one second. The horn sounds
i Information and hazard warning lights flash for about
30 seconds.
• The door handle button will only
To cancel the panic mode, press any
operate when the smart key is within 1
button on the smart key.
m (40 in.) from the outside door handle.
Other people can also open the doors
without the smart key in possession.
• After unlocking the doors, the doors
will lock automatically after 30 seconds
unless a door is opened.

6-9
Convenience features

Start-up Mechanical key

You can start the engine without If the Smart Key does not operate
inserting the key. For detailed normally, you can lock or unlock the
information, refer to the Engine Start/ door by using the mechanical key.
Stop button in chapter 6.

NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
• Keep the smart key away from water
or any liquid and fire. If the inside
of the smart key gets damp (due to
drinks or moisture), or is heated, the
internal circuit may malfunction,
excluding the car from the warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the OIB044175
smart key.
Press and hold the release button (1) and
• Protect the smart key from extreme remove the mechanical key (2). Insert
temperatures. the mechanical key into the key hole on
the door.
NOTICE To reinstall the mechanical key, put the
key into the hole and push it until a click
Always have the smart key with you sound is heard.
when leaving the vehicle. If the smart
key is placed near the vehicle, the
vehicle battery may be discharged. Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two smart keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you happen to lose your smart key,
it is recommended that you should
immediately take the vehicle and
remaining key to your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle if
necessary.

6-10
 06
Smart key precautions When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
The smart key will not work if any of the with the mechanical key. If you have
following occurs: a problem with the smart key, it is
• The smart key is close to a radio recommended that you contact an
transmitter such as a radio station, authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
military area, police station, If the smart key is in close proximity to
government offices, broadcasting your mobile phone, the signal could be
stations, transmission towers, port or blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
an airport which can interfere with operational signals. This is especially
normal operation of the smart key. important when the phone is active
• The smart key is near a mobile two such as making and receiving calls, text
way radio system or a cellular phone. messaging, and/or sending/receiving
• The smart key is close to a metal emails. Avoid placing the smart key and
product or coins your mobile phone in the same pants or
jacket pocket and always try to maintain
• Another vehicle’s smart key is being an adequate distance between the two
operated close to your vehicle. devices.
• When you connect an external device
to the multi-purpose socket or USB
port and place it near the smart key, i Information
the smart key may not be recognized/ Changes or modifications not expressly
work in some areas of the vehicle. In approved by the party responsible
this case, try moving the smart key to for compliance could void the user’s
another location to start the engine or authority to operate the equipment. If the
press the start button directly with the keyless entry system is inoperative due
smart key to start the engine. to changes or modifications not expressly
In the following situations, the frequency approved by the party responsible for
band from the smart key may be mixed compliance, it will not be covered by your
with a different frequency, which may manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
cause smart key malfunction (engine
operation, door lock function, etc.) or
the working distance of smart key may NOTICE
change. Keep the smart key away from
• The smart key is placed near the electromagnetic materials that blocks
electronic systems (woofer, cellular electromagnetic waves to the key
phone, portable wired/wireless surface.
charger, electric heating device,
electronic power bank, e-cigarettes,
etc.)

6-11
Convenience features

Battery replacement Immobilizer system

The immobilizer system protects your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
When the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position, the immobilizer system
indicator should come on briefly, then
go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the
system does not recognize the coding of
the key.
Place the ignition switch to the LOCK/
OLF044008
OFF position, then place the ignition
If the Smart Key is not working properly, switch to the ON position again.
try replacing the battery with a new one. The system may not recognize your
Battery Type: CR2032 key’s coding if another immobilizer key
To replace the battery: or other metal object (i.e., key chain) is
near the key. The engine may not start
1. Pry open the rear cover of the smart because the metal may interrupt the
key. transponder signal from transmitting
2. Remove the old battery and insert the normally.
new battery. Make sure the battery If the system repeatedly does not
position is correct. recognize the coding of the key, it is
3. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart recommended that you contact your
key. HYUNDAI dealer.
If you suspect your smart key might Do not attempt to alter this system
have sustained some damage, or you or add other devices to it. Electrical
feel your smart key is not working problems could result that may make
correctly, it is recommended that you your vehicle inoperable.
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Disclaimer :
The system is designed in such a way
i Information that it makes vehicle theft difficult if its
 n inappropriately disposed
A circuit and battery connection is
battery can be harmful to the uninterrupted.
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s)
and regulation.

6-12
 06
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a customer
unique password and should be kept
confidential.

NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an OBI3030015

important part of the immobilizer [A] : 5 notches, [B] : 0 notch

system. It is designed to give years
of trouble-free service, however you • Verify that the parking brake lever
should avoid exposure to moisture, should be pulled above 5 notches,
static electricity and rough handling. Notch can be detected as the click
Immobilizer system malfunction could sound when it is operating.
occur.

MT (Manual Transmission)
Remote start function
(if equipped)
Remote Engine Start allows you to start
your vehicle engine remotely from your
convenient place by Mobile (Blue Link
Application).
The following conditions must be met
for a vehicle to start remotely: OBI3050122
• All the vehicle doors including tailgate
and hood must be closed and Locked. • Gear shift lever must be in ‘N’ position.

6-13
Convenience features

• The vehicle should be parked on a flat Door lock/unlock sound

surface.
When a user steps out of the car, all
• Smart Key (FOB) should not be placed
doors are closed and then the user tries
inside the vehicle.
to lock or unlock the car with the remote
key or smart key, sound occurs along
Remote Engine Start will not with flashing.
operate: • Door Lock beep sound : 1 time
1. If the gear position is in other than ‘N’ • Door Unlock beep sound : 2 times
2. If the parking brake position is less
than the 5th notch condition Lock/Unlock Sound Function
3. If the vehicle is parked on a hill or an Disable / Enable:
inclination road(not on flat area) The user can disable or enable the lock/
4. If the vehicle battery is low. unlock sound using the remote key or
smart key.
• Default condition : Sound is Enabled
CAUTION (ON)
For remote start operation in Manual - Sound Disable : User must press
Transmission, the vehicle must be both lock and unlock buttons in the
parked on a flat surface. remote key or smart key together for
at least 4 seconds to deactivate the
sound (from “ON  OFF”).
- Sound Enable : User must press
both lock and unlock buttons in the
remote key or smart key together for
at least 4seconds to activate Sound
(from “ OFF  ON”).
• For a successful Activation/
De-activation of Sound, the hazard
warning lights will blink 4 times.

6-14
 06
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from Remote key
outside the vehicle
Mechanical key

OQXI049004

To lock the doors, press the Door Lock

OBI3050002 button (1) on the remote key.
To unlock the doors, press the Door
Turn the key toward the rear of the Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
vehicle to unlock and toward the front of
the vehicle to lock. Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
If you lock/unlock the driver’s door with
a key, all vehicle doors will lock/unlock When closing the door, push the door by
automatically. (If equipped with the hand. Make sure that doors are closed
central door lock system) securely.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle. i Information
When closing the door, push the door by • In cold and wet climates, door lock
hand. Make sure that doors are closed and door mechanisms may not work
securely. properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
system may stop operating temporarily
in order to protect the circuit and
prevent damage to system components.

6-15
Convenience features

Smart key
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
system may stop operating temporarily
in order to protect the circuit and
prevent damage to system components.

OAI3059062

1. Door lock
2. Door unlock

To lock the doors, press the button on

the outside door handle while carrying
the smart key with you or press the door
lock button on the smart key.
To unlock the doors, press the button on
the outside door handle while carrying
the smart key with you or press the door
unlock button on the smart key.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.

6-16
 06
Operating door locks from i Information
inside the vehicle
If a power door lock ever fails to function
With the door lock button while you are in the vehicle, try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and manual)
while simultaneously pulling on the door
handle.
Operate the other door locks and handles,
front and rear.
Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door from
outside.
OBI3050003

• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position.
• To open a door, pull the door handle
(2) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the driver’s
door is pulled when the door lock
button is in the lock position, the
button is unlocked and door opens.
• Front doors cannot be locked if the
key is in the ignition switch and any
front door is open.
• Doors cannot be locked if the smart
key is in the vehicle and any door is
open.

6-17
Convenience features

With the central door lock/unlock WARNING

switch
Do not leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
serious injury to unattended children
or animals who cannot escape from
the vehicle. Children might operate
features of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter other
harms, possibly from someone gaining
entry to the vehicle.
OBI3050004

When pressing the ( ) portion (1) of the

WARNING
switch, all vehicle doors will lock. Always secure your vehicle.
• If the key is in the ignition switch and Leaving your vehicle unlocked
any door is opened, the doors will not increases the potential risk to you or
lock even though the lock button (1) of others from someone hiding in your
the central door lock switch is pressed. vehicle.
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and To secure your vehicle, while
any door is opened, the doors will not depressing the brake, move the shift
lock even though the lock button (1) of lever to the P (Park) position (for
the central door lock switch is pressed. Intelligent Manual Transmission) or
When pressing the ( ) portion (2) of the first gear or R (Reverse, for manual
switch, all vehicle doors will unlock. transmission), engage the parking
brake, and place the ignition switch
in the LOCK/OFF position, close all
WARNING windows, lock all doors, and always
• The doors should always be fully take the key with you.
closed and locked while the vehicle is
in motion. If the doors are unlocked,
the risk of being thrown from the
vehicle in a crash will increase.
• Do not pull the inner door handle of
the driver’s or passenger’s door while
the vehicle is moving.

6-18
 06
WARNING Child-protector rear door locks
Opening a door when something is
approaching may cause damage or
injury. Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles,
bicycles or pedestrians approaching
the vehicle in the path of the door.

WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time
while the weather is very hot or cold, OBC3050012
there are risks of injuries or danger to
life. Do not lock the vehicle from the The child safety lock is provided to help
outside when someone is in the vehicle. prevent children seated in the rear from
accidentally opening the rear doors. The
rear door safety locks should be used
Auto door lock/unlock features whenever children are in the vehicle.
(if equipped) The child safety lock is located on the
Impact sensing door unlock system edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position ( ),
All doors will be automatically unlocked the rear door will not open if the inner
when an impact causes the air bags to door handle is pulled.
deploy.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a key
(or screwdriver) into the hole (1) and turn
Speed sensing door lock system it to the lock ( ) position.
All doors will be automatically locked To allow a rear door to be opened from
when the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h inside the vehicle, unlock the child
(9 mph). safety lock.

WARNING
If children accidently open the rear
doors while the vehicle is in motion,
they could fall out of the vehicle. The
rear door safety locks should always
be used whenever children are in the
vehicle.

6-19
Convenience features

STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS) i Information
The system assists you with steering The following symptoms may occur
the vehicle. If the engine is off or if during normal vehicle operation:
the power steering system becomes
inoperative, the vehicle may still be • The steering effort may be high
steered, but it will require increased immediately after placing the ignition
steering effort. switch in the ON position.
Also, the steering effort becomes This happens as the system performs
heavier as the vehicle’s speed increases the EPS system diagnostics. When
and becomes lighter as the vehicle’s the diagnostics is completed, the
speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel will return to its normal
steering wheel. condition.
Should you notice any change in the • When the battery voltage is low, you
effort required to steer during normal might have to put more steering effort.
vehicle operation, we recommend that However, it is a temporary condition so
the system be checked by an authorized that it will return to normal condition
HYUNDAI dealer. after charging the battery.
• A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the ignition switch
NOTICE is placed to the ON or LOCK/OFF
If the Electric Power Steering System position.
does not operate normally, the • Motor noise may be heard when the
warning light ( ) will illuminate on vehicle is at stop or at a low driving
the instrument cluster. The steering speed.
wheel may become difficult to control • When you operate the steering wheel
or operate. Take your vehicle to an in low temperature, abnormal noise
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and may occur. If temperature rises, the
have the system checked as soon as noise will disappear. This is a normal
possible. condition.

WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
driving. You may lose the steering
control and cause severe personal
injury, death or accidents.

6-20
 06
Tilt steering / Telescope
steering (if equipped)

WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
driving. You may lose steering control
and cause severe personal injury, death
or accidents.
OBI3050005
i Information
To change the steering wheel angle and
After adjustment, sometimes the lock- height:
release lever may not lock the steering
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
wheel.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
It is not a malfunction. This occurs when
desired angle (2) and height ((3), if
two gears are not engaged correctly. In
equipped). Move the steering wheel,
this case, adjust the steering wheel again
so it points toward your chest, not
and then lock the steering wheel.
toward your face. Make sure you can
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock
the steering wheel in place.
Push the steering wheel both up and
down to be certain it is locked in
position.

CAUTION
While adjusting the steering wheel
height, please do not push or pull it
hard since the fixture can be damaged.

6-21
Convenience features

Horn

OBC3050051R

To sound the horn, press the area

indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area is
pressed.

NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not
press on the horn with a sharp-pointed
object.

6-22
 06
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce glare from the headlights of the
Before you start driving, adjust the vehicles behind you during night driving.
rearview mirror to the center on the view
through the rear window.
Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.

WARNING Blue Link® center (if equipped)

Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in the
rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear
headrests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear window.

WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an
accident or deployment of the air bag,
do not modify the rearview mirror and
do not install a wide mirror. OQXI049073

For details, refer to the Blue Link®

WARNING Owner’s Guide, infotainment system
manual.
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. (1) SOS : Emergency assistance
This may cause loss of vehicle control (2) RSA (Road Side Assistance)
resulting in an accident.
- Flat tire
- Vehicle break down
Day/night rearview mirror
- Vehicle towing
- Emergency fuel
(3) BlueLink
- Push maps by call center
- General assistance

OBC3050054

[A] : Day, [B] :Night

Make this adjustment before you start
driving and while the day/night lever is
in the day position.

6-23
Convenience features

Outside rearview mirror Adjustion the rearview mirror

Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
hand and right-hand outside rearview
mirrors.

WARNING
Rearview mirrors
• Both right and left outside rear view
mirror are convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer
than they appear. OBI3050073L

• Use your interior rearview mirror or Manual type (if equipped)

turn your head and look to determine
the actual distance of following To adjust an outside mirror, move the
vehicles when changing lanes. control lever.

WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is
moving. This could result in loss of
control, and an accident which could
cause death, serious injury or property
damage.

NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; OBI3050006
this may damage the surface of the Electric type (if equipped)
glass.
Move the lever (1) to the L (Left) or R
• If the mirror is jammed with ice, do (Right) to select the rearview mirror you
not adjust the mirror by force. Use an would like to adjust.
approved spray de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) spray, a sponge or soft Use the mirror adjustment control (2) to
cloth with very warm water, or move position the selected mirror up, down,
the vehicle to a warm place and allow left or right.
the ice to melt.

6-24
 06
NOTICE
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting
angles, but the motor continues to
operate while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer
than necessary, the motor may be
damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the outside
rearview mirror by hand or the motor
may be damaged. OBI3050007

Electric type (if equipped)

Folding the outside rearview mirror To fold the outside rearview mirror,
press the button.
To unfold outside rearview mirror, press
the button again.
If the button is pressed, the mirror will
fold or unfold automatically.

NOTICE
The electric type outside rearview
mirror operates even though the
ignition switch is in the ACC position.
OBI3050074L
However, to prevent unnecessary
Manual type (if equipped) battery discharge, do not adjust the
To fold the outside rearview mirror, mirrors longer than necessary while the
grasp the housing of the mirror and then engine is not running.
fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.
NOTICE
Do not fold the electric type outside
rearview mirror by hand. It could cause
motor failure.

6-25
Convenience features

WINDOWS
Power windows (if equipped)

OBI3050008
(1) Driver’s door power window switch*
(2) Front passenger’s door window switch
(3) Rear door window switch (Right)
(4) Rear door window switch (Left)
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window*
(7) Power window lock switch*

* : if equipped

6-26
 06
The ignition switch must be in the Window opening and closing
ON position to be able to raise or
lower the windows. Each door has a
Power Window switch to control that
door’s window. The driver has a Power
Window Lock switch which can block
the operation of passenger windows.
The power windows will operate for
approximately 3 minutes after the
ignition switch is placed in the ACC or
OFF position. However, if the front doors
are opened, the Power Windows cannot
be operated even within the 3 minutes
OAI3059009
period.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of the
WARNING corresponding switch to the first detent
To avoid serious injury or death, do not position (5).
extend your head, arms or body outside
the windows while driving. Auto up/down Window
(if equipped) (Driver’s window)
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, power
windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if equipped)
opened (or partially opened), your
vehicle may demonstrate a wind
buffeting or pulsation noise. This
noise is normal and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following OAC3059015TU
actions. If the noise occurs with one
or both of the rear windows down, Pressing the power window switch
partially lower both front windows momentarily to the second detent
approximately 2.5 cm (one inch). position (6) completely lowers the
If you experience the noise with the driver’s window even when the switch
sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof. is released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up and release the switch
to the opposite direction of the window
movement.

6-27
Convenience features

To reset the power windows Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling
up on the power window switch for at
least one second.
If the power windows do not
operate properly after resetting, it
is recommended that the system be OIB024001
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. If a window senses any obstacle while it
is closing automatically, it will stop and
lower approximately 30 cm (12 inches) to
WARNING allow the object to be cleared.
The automatic reverse feature doesn’t If the window detects the resistance
activate while resetting the power while the power window switch is
window system. Make sure body parts pulled up continuously, the window
or other objects are safely out of the will stop upward movement then lower
way before closing the windows to approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch).
avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds
after the window is lowered by the
automatic window reverse feature,
the automatic window reverse will not
operate.

i Information
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the “Auto Up” feature is
used by fully pulling up the switch to the
second detent.

6-28
 06
WARNING Power window lock switch
Make sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before closing
the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) in
diameter caught between the window
glass and the upper window channel
may not be detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window will
not stop and reverse direction.
OBI3050009

NOTICE The driver can disable the power window

switches on the rear passengers’ doors
Do not install any accessories on the
by pressing the power window lock
windows. The automatic reverse
switch.
feature may not operate.
When the power window lock switch is
pressed:
• The driver’s master control can
operate all the power windows.
• The front passenger’s control can
operate the front passenger’s power
window.
• The rear passenger’s control cannot
operate the rear passengers’ power
window.

6-29
Convenience features

NOTICE Manual windows (if equipped)

• To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open
or close two windows or more at the
same time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver’s door and the
individual door window switch in
opposite directions at the same time.
If this is done, the window will stop
and cannot be opened or closed.
OYC046423
To raise or lower the window, turn the
window regulator handle clockwise or
WARNING counterclockwise in the right side. And
• NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle the left side is opposite direction.
with unsupervised children, when the
engine is running. WARNING
• NEVER leave any child unattended in
the vehicle. Even very young children When opening or closing the windows,
may inadvertently cause the vehicle make sure your passenger’s arms,
to move, entangle themselves in hands and body are safely out of the
the windows, or otherwise injure way.
themselves or others.
• Always double check to make
sure arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the way
before closing a window.
• Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the driver’s
door power window lock switch in
the LOCK position (pressed). Serious
injury can result from unintentional
window operation by the child.
• Do not extend your head, arms or
body outside the windows while
driving.

6-30
 06
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
If your vehicle is equipped with a Sunshade
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof control switch located
on the overhead console.

OCN7050029

Use the sunshade to block direct

OYC046018 sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
The sunroof can only be operated when
the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Open or close the sunshade by hand.
button is in the ON or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 3 minutes after the
i Information
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop The sunshade opens automatically when
button is in the ACC or LOCK/OFF the sunroof glass is opened, but the
position. sunshade does not close automatically
when the sunroof glass is closed. Also,
only the sunshade cannot be closed when
WARNING the sunroof glass is opened.
• Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade
while driving. This could result in loss NOTICE
of control and an accident that may Do not pull the sunshade up or down,
cause injury, or property damage. or apply excessive force as such action
• Do not leave the engine running may damage the sunshade or cause it
and the key in your vehicle with to malfunction.
unsupervised children. Unattended
children could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious injury.
• Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.

NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when roof
bars are installed on the vehicle or
when there is luggage on the roof.

6-31
Convenience features

Tilt open/close Slide open/close

OYC046020 OYC046019

• Push the sunroof switch upward, the To open or close the sunroof (manual
sunroof glass tilts open. slide feature), push the sunroof control
• Push the sunroof switch forward, the lever backward or forward to the first
sunroof glass automatically closes. detent position.
To open the sunroof (auto slide feature),
push the sunroof control lever backward
To stop the sunroof movement at any to the second detent position.
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction. The sunroof will slide to the
recommended open position before the
maximum slide open position.
To stop the sunroof sliding at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
To open the sunroof to the maximum
slide open position, press the lever
towards the rear of the vehicle once
again and hold it until the sunroof slide
all the way open.

i Information
The sunroof glass cannot slide open and
tilt open at the same time. You cannot tilt
the sunroof glass open while the sunroof
glass is slide open. Also, you cannot slide
the sunroof glass open while the sunroof
is tilt open. Slide open or tilt open the
sunroof glass when the sunroof glass is
completely closed.

6-32
 06
Automatic reversal NOTICE
• Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
the sunroof motor could occur.
• Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
• Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
• Using the sunroof for a long time
ODH043039
can make noise caused by dust in
If the sunroof glass senses any obstacle accumulated between the sunroof
while it is closing automatically, it will and vehicle body. Open the sunroof
reverse direction then stop at a certain and remove dust regularly using a
position. clean cloth.
The auto reverse function may not • Do not try to open the sunroof when
work if an object thin or soft is caught the temperature is below freezing
between the sliding sunroof glass and or when the sunroof is covered with
sunroof sash. snow or ice, otherwise the motor
could be damaged. In cold and wet
climates, the sunroof may not work
WARNING properly.
• Make sure heads, hands, arms or • Do not open or drive with the sunroof
any other body parts or objects are glass open immediately after rain or
out of the way before operating the washing the vehicle. Water may wet
sunroof. Body parts or objects may the interior of the vehicle.
get caught causing injuries or vehicle • Do not extend any luggage outside
damage. the sunroof while driving. Vehicle
• Never deliberately use your body damage may occur if the vehicle
parts to test the automatic reversal suddenly stops.
function. The sunroof glass may
reverse direction, but there is a risk
of injury.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof
while driving. Injuries may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.

6-33
Convenience features

Resetting the sunroof Sunroof resetting procedure:

1. It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in P
(Park).
2. Make sure the sunroof glass is in the
fully closed position. If the sunroof
glass is open, push the switch forward
until the sunroof glass is fully closed.
3. Release the switch when the sunroof
glass is fully closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the
OBI3N051123 sunroof glass moves slightly. Then
In some circumstances resetting the release the switch.
sunroof operation may need to be 5. Once again push and hold the sunroof
performed. Some instances where switch forward until the sunroof glass
resetting the sunroof may be required slides open and close. Do not release
include: the switch until the operation is
• When the 12-volt battery is either completed.
disconnected or discharged If you release the switch during
• When the sunroof fuse is replaced operation, start the procedure again
from step 2.
• If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
CLOSE operation is not functioning
properly i Information
If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle
battery is disconnected or discharged, or
the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may
not operate normally.

6-34
 06
Sunroof open warning
(if equipped)
• If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the
warning chime will sound for several
seconds and the sunroof open warning
will appear on the cluster LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.

OBI3050010

CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow
may wet the interior of the vehicle.
Also, leaving the sunroof open when
the vehicle is unattended may invite
theft.

6-35
Convenience features

HOOD
Hood
Opening the hood

OBI3050013

4. Pull out the support rod.

5. Hold the hood opened with the
OBI3050011
support rod.
1. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park,
for Intelligent Manual Transmission)
or first gear or R (Reverse, for Manual WARNING
transmission) and set the parking
brake. The support rod must be inserted
completely into the hole provided
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the whenever you inspect the engine
hood. The hood should pop open compartment. This will prevent the
slightly. hood from falling and possibly injuring
you.

OBI3050012
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, push the secondary
latch up (1) inside of the hood center
and lift the hood (2).

6-36
 06
Closing the hood Tailgate
1. Before closing the hood, check the Opening the tailgate
following:
• All filler caps in the engine
compartment must be correctly
installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other
combustible materials must
be removed from the engine
compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 30 cm from the closed OBI3050014
position) and push down to securely
lock in place. Then double check to be • The tailgate is locked or unlocked
sure the hood is secure. when all doors are locked or unlocked
with the key, remote key, smart key or
central door lock/unlock switch.
WARNING • If unlocked, the tailgate can be
opened by pressing the handle and
Always double check to be sure that the pulling it up.
hood is firmly latched before driving
away. Check there is no hood open
warning light or message displayed on
the instrument cluster. Driving with the
i Information
hood opened may cause a total loss In cold and wet climates, door lock and
of visibility, which might result in an door mechanisms may not work properly
accident. due to freezing conditions.

WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure that
all obstructions are removed from
the hood opening. Closing the hood
with an obstruction present in the
hood opening may result in property
damage or severe personal injury.
• Do not leave gloves, rags or any other
combustible materials in the engine
compartment. Doing so may cause a
heat-induced fire.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood raised. The view will be
blocked and the hood could fall or be
damaged.

6-37
Convenience features

WARNING WARNING
The tailgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near the
rear of the vehicle when opening the
tailgate.

NOTICE
Make certain that you close the tailgate
before driving your vehicle. Possible
damage may occur to the tailgate lift
cylinders and attaching hardware if the
tailgate is not closed prior to driving. OBI3050015

Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that

Closing the tailgate supports the tailgate. Be aware that
To close the tailgate, lower and push the deformation of the part may cause
down the tailgate firmly. Make sure that vehicle damage and a risk of safety
the tailgate is securely latched. accident.

WARNING
Always keep the tailgate lid completely
closed while the vehicle is in motion. If
it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust
gases containing carbon monoxide
(CO) may enter the vehicle and serious
illness or death may result.

WARNING
Rear cargo area
Occupants should never ride in the
rear cargo area where no restraints are
available. To avoid injury in the event of
an accident or sudden stops, occupants
should always be properly restrained.

6-38
 06
Emergency tailgate safety WARNING
release
• For emergencies, be fully aware
of the location of the emergency
tailgate safety release lever in the
vehicle and how to open the tailgate
if you are accidentally locked in the
luggage compartment.
• No one should be allowed to occupy
the luggage compartment of the
vehicle at any time. The luggage
compartment is a very dangerous
location in the event of a crash.
OIB047188 • Use the release lever for emergencies
only. Use with extreme caution,
Your vehicle is equipped with the especially while the vehicle is in
emergency tailgate safety release lever motion.
located on the bottom of the tailgate.
When someone is inadvertently locked
in the luggage compartment, the tailgate
can be opened by doing as follows:
1. Input the mechanical key into the hole.
2. Push the mechanical key to the right.
3. Push up the tailgate.

6-39
Convenience features

Fuel filler door WARNING

Opening the fuel filler door • Your diesel vehicle is equipped with
the specially-designed breakaway
valve inside the filler inlet to prevent
accidental fuel blending with petrol.
The fuel inlet of your diesel vehicle
cannot be fitted with a standard
petrol nozzle. Do not forcefully insert
a standard petrol nozzle into the filler
inlet of your diesel vehicle. It may
damage your vehicle.
• Some gas stations may still use
standard petrol nozzles for diesel
OBC3050027 refueling. If you find that a diesel
nozzle is narrower than the fuel
1. Turn the engine off. filler inlet diameter of your diesel
2. Ensure the driver’s door is unlocked. vehicle, we recommend you to find/
3. Push the fuel filler door gently on visit another gas station, which
the “markings” (near the 3o‘clock is equipped with standard diesel
position.) nozzles.
• Fully insert a standard diesel nozzle
into the filler inlet to open the
breakaway valve. If the nozzle is not
fully inserted into the filler inlet, it
causes diesel fuels to flow out of the
fuel tank.

i Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
OBI3050016 ice and release the door. Do not pry on the
3. Pull the fuel filler door out (1) to fully door. If necessary, spray around the door
open. with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
it counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door (3).

6-40
 06
Closing the fuel filler door • Do not get back into a vehicle
1. To install the fuel tank cap (2), turn it once you have begun refueling.
clockwise until it “clicks” once. This You can generate a buildup of
indicates that the cap is securely static electricity by touching,
tightened. rubbing or sliding against any item
or fabric capable of producing
2. Close the fuel filler door (1) and push it static electricity. Static electricity
lightly and make sure that it is securely discharge can ignite fuel vapors
closed. causing a fire. If you must re-enter
the vehicle, you should once again
WARNING eliminate potentially dangerous
static electricity discharge by
Petrol is highly flammable and touching a metal part of the vehicle,
explosive. Failure to follow these away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle
guidelines may result in SERIOUS or other petrol source, with your bare
INJURY or DEATH: hand.
• Read and follow all warnings posted • When using an approved portable
at the gas station. fuel container, be sure to place the
• Before refueling, note the location container on the ground prior to
of the Emergency Petrol Shut-Off,if refueling. Static electricity discharge
available, at the gas station. from the container can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once refueling
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you has begun, contact between your
should eliminate the potential build- bare hand and the vehicle should
up of static electricity by touching be maintained until the filling is
a metal part of the vehicle, a safe complete.
distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas source, • Use only approved portable plastic
with your bare hand. fuel containers designed to carry and
store petrol.
• Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular
phones can potentially ignite fuel
vapors and cause a fire.

6-41
Convenience features

• When refueling, always move the

shift lever to the P (Park) position i Information
(for Intelligent Manual Transmission) • Make sure to refuel your vehicle
or the first gear or R (Reverse, for according to the “Fuel Requirements”
manual transmission), set the parking suggested in the 1 chapter.
brake, and place the ignition switch • Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces
to the LOCK/OFF position. Sparks of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled
produced by electrical components on painted surfaces may damage the
related to the engine can ignite fuel paint.
vapors causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a lighter and
do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette NOTICE
in your vehicle while at a gas station, If the fuel filler cap requires
especially during refueling. replacement, use only a genuine
• Do not over-fill or top-off your HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent
vehicle tank, which can cause petrol specified for your vehicle. An incorrect
spillage. fuel filler cap can result in a serious
• If a fire breaks out during refueling, malfunction of the fuel system or
leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and emission control system.
immediately contact the manager
of the gas station and then contact
the local fire department. Follow any
safety instructions they provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and thus
subject you to the risk of fire and
burns. Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap is
venting fuel or if you hear a hissing
sound, wait until the condition stops
before completely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.

6-42
 06
LIGHTING
Exterior lights
Lighting control

OBI3050018

Headlight position ( )
OBI3050017
When the light switch is in the head light
position, the headlights, license plate
To operate the lights, turn the knob at light and instrument panel lights are
the end of the control lever to one of the turned ON.
following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) AUTO light position (if equipped)
i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON
(3) Parking light position position to turn on the headlights.
(4) Headlight position

OBI3050019

Parking light position ( )

When the light switch is in the Parking
(Position) light position, the Parking
(Position) light, license plate light and
instrument panel lights are turned ON.

6-43
Convenience features

High beam operation

OBI3050020

AUTO light position (if equipped) OBI3050021

When the light switch is in the AUTO To turn on the high beam headlight,
position, the parking (position) light and push the lever away from you. The lever
headlights will be turned ON or OFF will return to its original position.
automatically depending on the amount
of light outside the vehicle. The high beam indicator will light when
the headlight high beams are switched
Even with the AUTO light feature on.
in operation, it is recommended to
manually turn ON the lights when driving To turn off the high beam headlight, pull
at night or in a fog, or when you enter the lever towards you. The low beams
dark areas, such as tunnels and parking will turn on.
facilities.
WARNING
NOTICE Do not use high beam when there are
• Do not cover or spill anything on the other vehicles approaching you. Using
sensor (1) located on the instrument high beam could obstruct the other
panel. driver’s vision.
• Do not clean the sensor using
a window cleaner, the cleanser
may leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the AUTO light
system may not work properly.

6-44
 06
Turn signals and lane change
signals

OBI3050022

To flash the high beam headlights, pull

the lever towards you, then release the OBI3050023
lever. The high beams will remain ON as
long as you hold the lever towards you. To signal a turn, push down on the lever
for a right turn or up for a left turn in
position (A). To signal a lane change,
move the turn signal lever slightly and
hold it in position (B). The lever will
return to the OFF position when released
or when the turn is completed.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned out
and will require replacement.

NOTICE
If the turn signal indicator stays on
and does not flash, or if it flashes
abnormally, a bulb may be burned out
or have a poor electrical connection
in the circuit. The bulb may require
replacement.

6-45
Convenience features

One-touch turn signal function Battery saver function

(if equipped) The purpose of this feature is to prevent
To activate a one-touch turn signal the battery from being discharged.
function, move the turn signal lever The system automatically turns off the
slightly and then release it. The lane position lamp when the driver turns the
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. engine off and opens the driver-side
You can activate or deactivate the One door.
Touch Turn Signal function or choose With this feature, the position lamps will
the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the turn off automatically if the driver parks
User Settings Mode on the LCD display. on the side of road at night.
For more details, refer to “LCD Display If necessary, to keep the lamps on when
Modes” in chapter 4. the engine is turned off, perform the
following:
Front fog lamp (if equipped) 1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the position lamps OFF and ON
again using the light switch on the
steering column.

NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver
door, the battery saver function
does not operate and the headlight
delay function does not turn OFF
OBI3050024
automatically.
Fog lights are used to provide improved This may cause the battery to
visibility when visibility is poor due to discharge. To avoid battery discharge,
fog, rain or snow, etc. turn OFF the headlights manually from
the headlight switch before exiting the
1. Turn on the park light. vehicle.
2. Move the light switch (1) to the front
fog light position.
3. To turn off the front fog light, turn
the light switch to the front fog light
position again or turn off the Parking
(Position) light

NOTICE
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog lights
when visibility is poor.

6-46
 06
Headlamps delay function Listed below are the examples of proper
(if equipped) switch settings. For loading conditions
If you place the ignition switch in the other than those listed below, adjust the
ACC or OFF position with the headlamps switch position so that the beam level
ON, the headlamps (and/or position may be the nearest as the condition
lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. obtained according to the list.
However, with the engine off if the Loading condition Switch position
driver’s door is opened and closed, the
headlamps (and/or position lamps) are Driver only 0
turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or position lamps) Driver +
0
can be turned off by pressing the lock Front passenger
button on the remote key or smart Full passengers
key twice or turning the light switch to 1
(including driver)
the OFF or AUTO position. However, if Full passengers
you turn the light switch to the AUTO (including driver) +
position when it is dark outside, the 2
Maximum permissible
headlamps will not be turned off. loading
Driver + Maximum
3
Headlight leveling device permissible loading
(if equipped)

Low Beam Assist-Static light

(if equipped)
While driving a corner, for greater
visibility and safety, either the left or
right side Low Beam Assist-Static light
will turn on automatically. The Low
Beam Assist-Static light will turn on
when one of the following conditions
occurs.
• Vehicle speed is less than 10 km/h
OBI3050025 (6 mph) and steering wheel angle is
To adjust the headlight beam level turned approximately 80 degrees with
according to the number of the the low beam on.
passengers and loading weight in the • Vehicle speed is between 10 km/h
luggage area, turn the beam leveling (6 mph) to 90 km/h (56 mph) and
switch. steering wheel angle is turned
The higher the number of the switch approximately 35 degrees with the low
position, the lower the headlight beam beam on.
level. Always keep the headlight beam • When the vehicle is in reverse with
at the proper leveling position, or one of the conditions above satisfied,
headlights may dazzle other road users. the light opposite to the direction the
steering wheel is turned will turn on.

6-47
Convenience features

Daytime running light (DRL) Front Room Lights (if equipped)

(if equipped) Type A

„
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day, especially
after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated
lamp OFF when:
1. The headlights or front fog lights are
in the ON position.
2. The engine is turned off.
OBI3N051026

Interior lights Type B

„

NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is
turned off or the battery will discharge.

Interior light AUTO cut

The interior lights will automatically go
OBI3050026
off approximately 20 minutes after the
engine is turned off and the doors are (1) Front Map Lamp
closed. If a door is opened, the light will (2) Front Door Lamp
go off 40 minutes after the engine is
turned off. If the doors are locked by the (3) Front Room Lamp ON
remote key or smart key and the vehicle (4) Front Room Lamp OFF
enters the armed stage of the theft
alarm system, the lights will go off five
seconds later. Front map lamp:
Press either of these lens to turn the
map lamp on or off. This light produces a
Disclaimer : spot beam for convenient use as a map
The system is designed in such a way lamp at night or as a personal lamp for
that it makes vehicle theft difficult if its the driver and the front passenger.
circuit and battery connection is
uninterrupted.

6-48
 06
Front door lamp ( ): Rear lamps (if equipped)
The front or rear Type A

„
room lamps come on when the front
or rear doors are opened if the engine
is running or not. When doors are
unlocked by the remote key or smart
key, the front and rear lamps come on
for approximately 30 seconds as long as
any door is not opened. The front and
rear room lamps go out gradually after
approximately 30 seconds if the door is
closed. However, if the ignition switch
is in the ON position or all doors are OAH2048032
locked, the front and rear lamps will turn
• (1) : In the OFF position, the light stays
off. If a door is opened with the ignition
off at all times even when a door is
switch in the ACC position or the OFF
opened.
position, the front and rear lamps stay
on for about 20 minutes. • (2): In the DOOR position, the light
comes on when any door is opened
regardless of the ignition switch
Front room lamp position.
( ) : Press the button to turn ON the When doors are unlocked by the
room lamp for the front/rear transmitter, the light comes on for
seats. approximately 30 seconds as long
( ) : Press the button to turn OFF the as any door is not opened. The light
room lamp for the front/rear goes out gradually after approximately
seats. 30 seconds if the door is closed.
However, if the ignition switch is ON
or all doors are locked, the light will go
out immediately.
If a door is opened with the ignition
switch in the ACC or LOCK position,
the light stays on for about 20
minutes.
However, if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ON position, the
light stays on continuously.
• (3) : In the ON position, the light stays
on at all times.

NOTICE
Do not leave the lamp switches on for
an extended period of time when the
engine is turned off.

6-49
Convenience features

Type B

„ Welcome system

OCN7050057
Rear Interior Lamp Switch ( ): OBI3051072L
Press this button to turn the interior
lamp on and off. Welcome system helps keep the driver
visible by turning on vehicle lights when
the driver approaches the vehicle.
Luggage compartment lamp

Puddle lamp (if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in the OFF
position and the driver’s door is opened,
the puddle lamp will come ON for 30
seconds. If the driver’s door is closed
within the 30 seconds, the puddle lamp
will turn off after 15 seconds.
If the driver’s door is closed and
locked, the puddle lamp will turn off
immediately.
OBC3050032

The luggage compartment lamp comes When all the doors (and tailgate) are
on when the tailgate is opened. closed and locked, the puddle lamp will
come on for about 15 seconds if any of
NOTICE the below is performed.
The luggage compartment lamp comes • When the door unlock button is
on as long as the tailgate lid is open. To pressed on the smart key
prevent unnecessary charging system • When the button of the outside door
drain, close the tailgate lid securely handle is pressed
after using the tailgate. • When the vehicle is approached
with the smart key in possession (if
equipped)

Also if “Convenience → Welcome mirror/

light” is selected in the User Settings
mode on the LCD display.

6-50
 06
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Front windscreen wiper/washer

„ Rear windscreen wiper/washer

„

OPD047455L/OTLE045511R

A : Wiper speed control (front) C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

• MIST – Single wipe D : Rear wiper control*
• OFF – Off • HI – High wiper speed
• INT – Intermittent wipe • LO – Low wiper speed
• LO – Low wiper speed • OFF – Off
• HI – High wiper speed E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment

6-51
Convenience features

Windshield wipers Windshield washers

Operates as follows when the ignition
switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, move
the lever upward (or downward)
and release it. The wipers will
operate continuously if the lever
is held in this position.
OFF : The wiper is not in operation
INT : The wiper operates intermittently
at the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist. To OTL045280R
vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob. In the OFF position, pull the lever gently
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed. toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed. cycles. The spray and wiper operation
will continue until you release the lever.
i Information If the washer does not work, you may
need to add washer fluid to the washer
If there is heavy accumulation of snow fluid reservoir.
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
the snow and/or ice is removed before WARNING
using the windshield wipers, to ensure
proper operation. When the outside temperature is below
freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice using the defroster to prevent the
before using the wiper and washer, it may washer fluid from freezing on the
damage the wiper and washer system. windshield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an accident and
serious injury or death.

6-52
 06
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
• To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate
the wipers when the windshield is
dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper OTL045282R
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers Push the lever away from you to spray
manually. rear washer fluid and to run the rear
• To prevent possible damage to the wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper
wipers and washer system, use anti- operation will continue until you release
freezing washer fluids in the winter the lever (if equipped).
season or cold weather.

Rear window wiper and washer

switch (if equipped)

OTL045281R

The rear window wiper and washer

switches are located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever.

Turn the switch to the desired position

to operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI – High wiper speed
LO – Low wiper speed
OFF – Off

6-53
Convenience features

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OBI3050119

(1) Temperature control knob

(2) Fan speed control knob
(3) Mode selection knob
(4) Air intake control button
(recirculated air position or outside (fresh) air position)
(5) A/C (Air conditioning) button (if equipped)
(6) Rear window defroster button (if equipped)

6-54
 06
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling :
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air or recirculated air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If the air conditioning is desired, turn the system (if equipped) on.

Mode selection

(if equipped) (if equipped)

OBI3050101

6-55
Convenience features

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters and side vents.

OBI3050102 Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)

The mode selection knob controls the
direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system. Most of the air flow is directed to the
Air can be directed to the floor, floor and the windshield with a small
dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five amount directed to the side window
symbols are used to represent Face, defrosters and side vents.
Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and
Defrost air position.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Face-Level (B, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
Air flow is directed toward the upper windshield with a small amount of air
body and face. Additionally, each outlet directed to the side vents.
can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face and

the floor.

6-56
 06
Temperature control

OBI3050103

Instrument panel vents OBC3050104TU

You can adjust the direction of air The temperature will increase by turning
delivered from these vents using the the knob to the right.
vent control lever as shown. The temperature will decrease by
turning the knob to the left.

Air intake control

OBC3050105TU

This button is used to select the outside

(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.

6-57
Convenience features

Recirculation mode WARNING

  he indicator light on the
T
button illuminates when • Continued use of the climate control
the recirculated air system operation in the recirculated
position is selected. air position can cause drowsiness
With the recirculated air or sleepiness, that may cause loss
position selected, air from of vehicle control resulting in an
the passenger accident. Set the air intake control
compartment will be to the outside (fresh) air position as
drawn through the climate much as possible while driving.
control system and heated • Continued use of the climate
or cooled according to the control system operation in the
function selected. recirculated air position (without
the air conditioning selected) may
allow humidity to increase inside the
Fresh mode vehicle which may fog the glass and
 he indicator light on the
T obscure visibility.
button will turn off when • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
the outside (fresh) air conditioning or heating system on. It
position is selected. may cause serious harm or death due
With the outside (fresh) air to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
position selected, air body temperature.
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.

i Information
Prolonged use of the air conditioning with
the recirculated air position selected will
result in excessive dry air in the passenger
compartment.

6-58
 06
Fan speed control System operation
Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.

OBC3050106TU Heating
Turn the knob to the right to increase 1. Select the Floor Level mode.
the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob 2. Set the air intake control to fresh
to the left to decrease fan speed and mode.
airflow. 3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
Air conditioning (A/C) 4. Set the fan speed control to the
(if equipped) desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON
with the temperature control knob set
to heat in order to dehumidify the air
before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost mode or press the
Front Defrost mode.

Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
OBC3050107TU from entering the vehicle through the
Press the A/C button to turn the air ventilation system, temporarily set the
conditioning system on (indicator light air intake control to the recirculation
will illuminate). Press the button again to mode. Be sure to return the control
turn the air conditioning system off. to fresh mode position when the
irritation has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep the
driver alert and comfortable.
• To prevent interior fog on the
windshield, set the air intake control
to fresh mode and fan speed to
the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.

6-59
Convenience features

Air conditioning NOTICE

HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are • The refrigerant system should only
filled with R-134a refrigerant. be serviced by trained and certified
1. Start the engine. technicians to insure proper and safe
operation.
2. Push the air conditioning button.
• The refrigerant system should be
3. Select the Face Level mode. serviced in a well-ventilated place.
4. Set the air intake control to the • The air conditioning evaporator
Recirculation mode temporarily to (cooling coil) shall never be repaired
allow the cabin to cool quickly. When or replaced with one removed from
the desired temperature in the cabin a used or salvaged vehicle and new
is reached, change the air intake replacement MAC evaporators shall
control back to Fresh mode. be certified (and labeled) as meeting
5. Adjust the fan speed control and SAE Standard J2842.
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
i Information
• When using the air conditioning system,
monitor the temperature gauge closely
while driving up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures are high.
Air conditioning system operation may
cause engine overheating. Continue
to use the blower fan but turn the
air conditioning system off if the
temperature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
• When opening the windows in humid
weather, air conditioning may create
water droplets inside the vehicle. Since
excessive water droplets may cause
damage to electrical equipment, air
conditioning should only be used with
the windows closed.

6-60
 06
Air conditioning system operation tips System maintenance
• If the vehicle has been parked in direct Climate control air filter
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows for a short time to let the hot
air inside the vehicle escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from
recirculation mode to fresh mode.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows
and sunroof closed. OIK047401L
• During the air conditioning system [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
operation, you may occasionally [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
notice a slight change in engine speed [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
as the air conditioning compressor
This filter is installed behind the glove
cycles. This is a normal system
box. It filters the dust or other pollutants
operation characteristic.
that enter the vehicle through the
• Use the air conditioning system heating and air conditioning system.
every month only for a few minutes
We recommend that the climate control
to ensure maximum system
air filter be replaced by an authorized
performance.
HYUNDAI dealer according to the
• When using the air conditioning maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
system, you may notice clear water being driven in severe conditions such
dripping (or even puddling) on the as dusty or rough roads, more frequent
ground under the passenger side of climate control filter inspections and
the vehicle. This is a normal system changes are required.
operation characteristic.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
• If you operate the air conditioner we recommend the system be checked
excessively, the difference between at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield to fog i Information
up, causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection button to • Replace the filter according to the
the position and set the fan speed Maintenance Schedule.
control knob to the lowest speed • If the car is being driven in severe
setting. conditions such as dusty, rough roads,
more frequent climate control air filter
inspections and changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

6-61
Convenience features

Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also has a bad
influence on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
occur. To prevent damage, the air
conditioning system in your vehicle
should only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.

WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-134a
Since the refrigerant is
operated at very high
pressure, the air
conditioning system should
only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.

6-62
 06
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OBI3050115

1. Temperature control switch 6. Mode selection button

2. Fan speed control switch 7. Front window defroster button
3. AUTO (automatic control) button 8. Rear window defroster button
4. OFF button 9. A/C (Air conditioning) button
5. Air intake control button 10. Climate control information screen

6-63
Convenience features

Automatic heating and air To turn the automatic operation off,

conditioning select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
The Automatic Climate Control System
is controlled by setting the desired - Front windshield defrost button (Press
temperature. the button one more time to deselect
the front windshield defroster function.
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled
manually while other functions operate
automatically.
For your convenience and to improve
the effectiveness of the climate control,
use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 23°C (73°F).

OBI3050116 i Information
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by the temperature setting
you select.

OBI3050027

Never place anything near the sensor

located to ensure better control of the
heating and cooling system.

OBI3050114
2. Push the temperature control switch
to set the desired temperature. If
the temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously.

6-64
 06
Manual heating and air conditioning
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons other
than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the
order of buttons selected.
When pressing any button (or turning any knob) except the AUTO button while using
automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
 To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Press the fresh button.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.

Mode selection

OBI3050101

6-65
Convenience features

Floor/Defrost-Level
(A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters and side vents.

OBI3050113

The mode selection button controls the

direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper OBI3050109

body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air Defrost-Level (A, D)
discharged from the outlet. Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face and

the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters and side vents.

6-66
 06
Temperature control

OBI3050103
Instrument panel vents
OBI3050114
You can adjust the direction of air
delivered from these vents using the The temperature will increase by
vent control lever as shown. pushing the switch to up.
The temperature will decrease by
pushing the switch to down.
The temperature will increase or
decrease by 0.5°C (1°F) for each
incremental location. When set to the
lowest temperature setting, the air
conditioning will operate continuously.

Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Centigrade.
To change the temperature unit from °C
to °F or °F to °C :
- Automatic climate control system
Press the AUTO button for 3 seconds
while pressing the OFF button.
- Instrument cluster
Go to User Settings → Units →
Temperature Unit.
The temperature unit on both the cluster
LCD display and the climate control
screen will change.

6-67
Convenience features

Air intake control

i Information
Operating the system primarily in Fresh
mode is recommended. Use Recirculation
mode temporarily only when needed.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the A/C
ON can cause fogging of the windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C
ON in Recirculation mode may result in
excessively dry, dehumidified air in the
cabin and may promote formation of
OBI3050108 musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
The air intake control button is used to
select either Fresh mode (outside air) or WARNING
Recirculation mode (cabin air).
• Continued use of the climate control
system operation in the recirculated
Recirculated air position air position can cause drowsiness
  he indicator light on the
T or sleepiness, that may cause loss
button illuminates when of vehicle control resulting in an
the recirculated air accident. Set the air intake control to
position is selected. the outside (fresh) mode as much as
With the recirculated air possible while driving.
position selected, air from • Continued use of the climate
the passenger control system operation in the
compartment will be recirculated air position (without
drawn through the climate the air conditioning selected) may
control system and heated allow humidity to increase inside the
or cooled according to the vehicle which may fog the glass and
function selected. obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
Outside (fresh) air position conditioning or heating system on. It
 he indicator light on the
T may cause serious harm or death due
button will turn off when to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
the outside (fresh) air body temperature.
position is selected.
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.

6-68
 06
Fan speed control Air conditioning

OBI3050107 OBI3050106

Push the switch to up to increase the fan Push the A/C button to manually turn
speed and airflow. Push the switch to the system on (indicator light will
down to decrease fan speed and airflow. illuminate) and off.

NOTICE OFF mode

Operating the fan speed when the
ignition switch is in the ON position
could cause the battery to discharge.
Operate the fan speed when the engine
is running.

OBI3050117

Push the OFF button to turn off the

climate control system. You can still
operate the mode and air intake buttons
with the ignition switch in the ON
position.

6-69
Convenience features

System operation Air conditioning

Ventilation HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with R-134a refrigerant.
1. Select the Face Level mode.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
2. Push the air conditioning button.
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the 3. Select the Face Level mode.
desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the
4. Set the fan speed control to the Recirculation mode temporarily to
desired speed. allow the cabin to cool quickly. When
the desired temperature in the cabin
is reached, change the air intake
Heating control back to Fresh mode.
1. Select the Floor Level mode. 5. Adjust the fan speed control and
2. Set the air intake control to fresh temperature control to maintain
mode. maximum comfort.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON
with the temperature control knob set
to heat in order to dehumidify the air
before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost mode or press the
Front Defrost mode.

Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculation
mode. Be sure to return the control
to fresh mode position when the
irritation has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep the
driver alert and comfortable.
• To prevent interior fog on the
windshield, set the air intake control
to fresh mode and fan speed to
the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.

6-70
 06
NOTICE Air conditioning system operation tips
• The refrigerant system should only • If the vehicle has been parked in direct
be serviced by trained and certified sunlight during hot weather, open the
technicians to insure proper and safe windows for a short time to let the hot
operation. air inside the vehicle escape.
• The refrigerant system should be • After sufficient cooling has been
serviced in a well-ventilated place. achieved, switch back from the
• The air conditioning evaporator recirculation mode to the fresh mode.
(cooling coil) shall never be repaired • To help reduce moisture inside of
or replaced with one removed from the windows on rainy or humid
a used or salvaged vehicle and new days, decrease the humidity inside
replacement MAC evaporators shall the vehicle by operating the air
be certified (and labeled) as meeting conditioning system with the windows
SAE Standard J2842. and sunroof closed.
• During the air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
i Information
notice a slight change in engine speed
• When using the air conditioning system, as the air conditioning compressor
monitor the temperature gauge closely cycles. This is a normal system
while driving up hills or in heavy traffic operation characteristic.
when outside temperatures are high. • Use the air conditioning system
Air conditioning system operation may every month only for a few minutes
cause engine overheating. Continue to ensure maximum system
to use the blower fan but turn the performance.
air conditioning system off if the • When using the air conditioning
temperature gauge indicates engine system, you may notice clear water
overheating. dripping (or even puddling) on the
• When opening the windows in humid ground under the passenger side of
weather, air conditioning may create the vehicle. This is a normal system
water droplets inside the vehicle. Since operation characteristic.
excessive water droplets may cause • If you operate the air conditioner
damage to electrical equipment, air excessively, the difference between
conditioning should only be used with the temperature of the outside air and
the windows closed. that of the windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield to fog
up, causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection button to
the position and set the fan speed
control knob to the lowest speed
setting.

6-71
Convenience features

System maintenance Checking the amount of air

conditioner refrigerant and
Climate control air filter compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also has a bad
influence on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

NOTICE
OIK047401L
It is important that the correct type and
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
This filter is installed behind the glove occur. To prevent damage, the air
box. It filters the dust or other pollutants conditioning system in your vehicle
that enter the vehicle through the should only be serviced by trained and
heating and air conditioning system. certified technicians.
We recommend that the climate control
air filter be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer according to the WARNING
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is Vehicles equipped with R-134a
being driven in severe conditions such
as dusty or rough roads, more frequent Since the refrigerant is
climate control filter inspections and operated at very high
changes are required. pressure, the air
conditioning system should
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
only be serviced by trained
we recommend the system be checked
and certified technicians.
at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
i Information Venting refrigerants directly to the
• Replace the filter according to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals
Maintenance Schedule. and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.
• If the car is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty, rough roads,
more frequent climate control air filter
inspections and changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

6-72
 06
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING Manual climate control system
Do not use the or position To defog inside windshield
during cooling operation in extremely
humid weather. The difference
between the temperature of the
outside air and that of the windshield
could cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility. Set the mode selection to the
position and fan speed control to a
lower speed.

• For maximum defrosting, set the

OBI3050111
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed 1. Select desired fan speed.
control to the highest speed. 2. Select desired temperature.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while 3. Select the or position.
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position. 4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected
automatically. Additionally, the
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice air conditioning will automatically
from the windshield, rear window, operate if the mode is selected to the
outside rear view mirrors, and all side or position.
windows.
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood mode are not selected automatically,
and air inlet at the buttom of the press the corresponding button
windshield. manually.

i Information
If the engine temperature is still cold after
starting, then a brief engine warm up
period may be required for the vented air
flow to become warm or hot.

6-73
Convenience features

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control

system
To defog inside windshield

OBI3050112

1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.
OBI3050105
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot position. 1. Select desired blower speed.
3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature.
4. The outside (fresh) mode and 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
air conditioning will be selected 4. The air-conditioning will turn on
automatically. according to the detected ambient
temperature, fresh mode and higher
blower speed will be selected
automatically.
If the air-conditioning, the fresh
mode and higher blower speed are
not selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding button or knob manually.
If the position is selected, lower
blower speed is controlled to higher
blower speed.

6-74
 06
To defrost outside windshield Auto defogging system (only
for automatic climate control
system, if equipped)

OBI3050118

1. Set blower speed to the highest

position. OBC3050124
2. Set temperature to the extreme hot Auto defogging helps reduce the
(HI) position. possibility of fogging up the inside of the
3. Press the defroster button ( ). windscreen by automatically sensing the
4. The air-conditioning will turn on moisture on inside the windscreen.
according to the detected ambient The auto defogging system operates
temperature and fresh mode will be when the heater or air conditioning is on.
selected automatically. When the Auto Defogging
If the position is selected, lower System operates, the indicator
blower speed is controlled to higher will illuminate.
blower speed.
If a high amount of humidity is detected
in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging
System will be enabled.
The following steps will be performed
automatically:
Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON.
Step 2) The air intake control will change
to Fresh mode under low outside
temperature.
Step 3) The mode will be changed to
defrost to direct airflow to the
windscreen.
Step 4) The blower speed will be
increased.

6-75
Convenience features

To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging Defroster

System
Press the front windscreen defroster
button for 3 seconds when the ignition NOTICE
switch is in the ON position. To prevent damage to the conductors
When the Auto Defogging System is bonded to the inside surface of the rear
cancelled, the defrost button indicator window, never use sharp instruments
will blink 3 times. or window cleaners containing
When the Auto Defogging System is abrasives to clean the window.
reset, the defrost button indicator will
blink 6 times without a signal.
i Information
If you want to defrost and defog the
i Information front windshield, refer to “Windshield
When the air conditioning is turned on by Defrosting and Defogging” in this chapter.
the Auto defogging system, if you try to
turn off the air conditioning, the indicator
will blink 3 times and the air conditioning
will not be turned off.
To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging System,
do not select the Recirculation mode
whilst the system is operating.
When the Auto Defogging System is
operating, the blower speed adjustment
knob, the temperature adjustment knob,
and the air intake control button are all
disabled.

NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover
located at the top of the driver side
windscreen glass.
Damage to system parts could occur
and may not be covered by your vehicle
warranty.

6-76
 06
Rear window defroster
i Information
Manual climate control system

„
• If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster
automatically turns off after
approximately 20 minutes or when the
ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF
position.

OBC3050122TU
Automatic climate control system

„

OBI3050110

The defroster heats the window to

remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while engine is running.
• To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster
button located in the center facia
switch panel. The indicator on the rear
window defroster button illuminates
when the defroster is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.

6-77
Convenience features

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING Center console storage
(if equipped)
Flammable materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other flammable/
explosive materials in the vehicle.
These items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot
temperatures for extended periods.

WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage
compartment covers closed securely OBC3050034
while driving. Items inside your vehicle
are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you To open the center console storage, pull
have to stop or turn quickly, or if there up the armrest gently.
is a crash, the items may fly out of the
compartment and may cause an injury Sliding armrest (if equipped)
if they strike the driver or a passenger.

NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartment.

OBI3050062

To move the armrest forward:

Grab the front portion of the armrest (1)
then pull it forward.

To move the armrest rearward:

Grab the front portion of the armrest (1)
then push the armrest rearward.

WARNING
Do not grab the front portion of the
armrest (1) when moving the armrest
rearward. You may hurt your fingers.

6-78
 06
Glove box Cool box (if equipped)

OBI3050061 OBI3050060

To open the glove box, pull the lever and You can keep beverage cans or other
the glove box will automatically open. items cool in the glove box.
Close the glove box after use. 1. Turn on the air conditioning.
2. Turn the open/close switch of the vent
installed in the glove box to the open
WARNING position.
ALWAYS close the glove box door after 3. When the cool box is not used, turn
use. the switch to the closed position.
An open glove box door can cause
serious injury to the passenger in an WARNING
accident, even if the passenger is
wearing a seat belt. Do not put perishable food in the cool
box because it may not maintain the
necessary consistent temperature to
keep the food fresh.

i Information
• If the vent is blocked by items in the
coolbox, cooling will be reduced.
• If the climate control system’s
temperature control is in the warm
or hot position, Cold air only will flow
into the glove box.

6-79
Convenience features

INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder WARNING
Front Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a hot
vehicle. It may explode.

NOTICE
• Keep your drinks sealed while driving
to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid
spills, it may get into the vehicle’s
electrical/electronic system and
damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids,
OGB044046 do not dry the cup holder at high
Cups or small beverage cans may be temperature. This may damage the
placed in the cup holders. cup holder.

WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is in use to
prevent spilling your drink. If hot
liquid spills, you could be burned.
Such a burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
• Do not place uncovered or unsecured
cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup
holder containing hot liquid while
the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may
result in the event of sudden stop or
collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup holders.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.

6-80
 06
Sunvisor Power outlet (if equipped)
Driver's side

„ Front

„

OAI3059051I OBI3050059

Passenger's side

„
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems. The devices should
draw less than 180W (Watt) with the
engine running.

WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place
OAI3059052I your fingers or foreign objects (pin,
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light etc.) into a power outlet or touch the
through the front or side windows. power outlet with a wet hand.
To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull
it downward, unsnap it from the bracket
(1) and swing it to the side (2).
A mirror (4, if equipped) and ticket
holder (3, if equipped) are provided on
the sunvisor.

WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view
when using the sunvisor.

NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket
holder at one time. This could cause
damage to the ticket holder.

6-81
Convenience features

NOTICE USB charger (if equipped)

To prevent damage to the Power outlet: Front

„
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods
of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 180W (Watt) in
electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater OBI3050071
to the lowest operating level when Rear

„
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when plugged
into a vehicle’s power outlet. These
devices may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in other
electronic systems or devices used in
your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will go. OBI3050058
If good contact is not made, the
plug may overheat or the internal The USB charger is designed to recharge
temperature fuse may open. batteries of small size electrical devices
using a USB cable.
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/
electronic devices with the reverse The electrical devices can be recharged
current protection. The current when the Engine Start/ Stop button is in
from the battery may flow into the the ACC, ON or START position.
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system The battery charging state may be
and cause system malfunction. monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the USB
port after use.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may
get warmer during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging system.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC, which
adopts a different re-charging
method, may not be properly
re-charged. In this case, use an
exclusive charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
charging terminal either to turn ON
an audio or to play media on the
infotainment system.
6-82
 06
Wireless cellular phone charging To charge a cellular phone
system (if equipped) The wireless cellular phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
cellular phones ( ). Read the label on
the cellular phone accessory cover or
visit your cellular phone manufacturer’s
website to check whether your cellular
phone supports the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular
phone on the wireless charging unit.

1. Remove other items, including the

OBI3050057 smart key, from the wireless charging
[A] : Charging pad unit. If not, the wireless charging
process may be interrupted. Place
There is a wireless cellular phone the cellular phone on the center of
charger inside the front console. charging pad.
The system is available when all doors 2. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless
are closed, and when the ignition switch charging function in the User Settings
is in the ON position. mode on the instrument cluster. For
further information, refer to the “LCD
Display Modes” in chapter 4.

6-83
Convenience features

If your cellular phone is not charging: NOTICE

- Slightly change the position of the • The wireless cellular phone charging
cellular phone on the charging pad. system may not support certain
- Make sure the indicator light is orange. cellular phones, which are not
verified for the Qi specification ( ).
The ERROR symbol will blink/flash for • When placing your cellular phone on
10 seconds and turn off if there is a the charging mat, position the phone
malfunction in the wireless charging in the middle of the mat for optimal
system. charging performance. If your cell
phone is off to the side, the charging
In this case, temporarily stop the rate may be less and in some cases
charging process, re-attempt to the cell phone may experience higher
wirelessly charge your cellular phone heat conduction.
and then check the charging status
again. • In some cases, the wireless charging
may stop temporarily when the
The system warns you with a message Remote Key or Smart Key is used,
on the LCD display if the cellular phone either when starting the vehicle or
is still on the wireless charging unit after locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
the engine is turned OFF and the front
door is opened. • When charging certain cellular
phones, the charging indicator may
For some manufacturers’ cellular not change to green when the cell
phones, the system may not warn you phone is fully charged.
even though the cellular phone is left on
the wireless charging unit. This is due • The wireless charging process
to the particular characteristic of the may temporarily stop, when the
cellular phone and not a malfunction of temperature abnormally increases
the wireless charging. inside the wireless cellular phone
charging system. The wireless
charging process restarts, when the
CAUTION temperature falls to a certain level.
• The wireless charging process may
To prevent liquid from damaging temporarily stop when there is
the wireless cellular phone charging any metallic item, such as a coin,
system in your vehicle, be sure not to between the wireless cellular phone
spill liquid over the pad when charging charging system and a cellular
your cellular phone. phone. In this case, immediately
remove a cellular phone from the pad
and remove coin after completely
cooling down.

6-84
 06
• When charging some cellular phones Clothes hanger (if equipped)
with a self-protection feature,
the wireless charging speed may
decrease and the wireless charging
may stop.
• If the cellular phone has a thick
cover, the wireless charging may not
be possible.
• If the cellular phone is not completely
contacting the charging pad, wireless
charging may not operate properly.
• Some magnetic items (credit cards,
phone cards, passbook and tickets) OIB044031
may be damaged while using the
wireless charging process. These hangers are not designed to hold
large or heavy items.
• When any cellular phone without
a wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the WARNING
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to the
vehicle discerning compatibility of
the object placed on the charging
pad. It does not affect your vehicle or
the cellular phone in any way.
• Some cellular phones may not be
able to put on the charging pad due
to their size. In this case, wireless
charging may be limited.
• For some manufactures’ cellular
phones, the system may not warn OIB047192
you even though the cellular phone is
left on the charging pad. Do not hang other objects such
This is due to the particular as hangers or hard objects except
characteristic of the cellular phone clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp
and not a malfunction of the wireless or breakable objects in the clothes
charging. pockets. In an accident or when the
curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury.
i Information
If the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF
position, the charging also stops.

6-85
Convenience features

Floor mat anchor(s) IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was

(if equipped) manufactured with driver’s side floor
mat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, HYUNDAI recommends that
the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for
use in your vehicle be installed.

OBI3050056

ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to

attach the front floor mats to the vehicle.
The anchors on the front floor carpet
keep the floor mats from sliding forward.

WARNING
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchor(s) before driving the
vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat
on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only
a single floor mat should be installed
in each position.

6-86
 06
Cargo area cover (if equipped)

OBI3050055

Use the cargo area cover to hide items

stored in the cargo area.
The cargo area cover can be uprighted
or removed.

WARNING
• Do not place objects on the cargo
area cover. Such objects may be
thrown about inside the vehicle and
possibly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in the
luggage compartment. It is designed
for luggage only.

NOTICE
Do not put luggage on the cover since
it may be damaged or malformed.

6-87
Convenience features

INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
NOTICE Antenna
• If you install an aftermarket HID „ Type A
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand
cleaner, and air freshener from
contacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage, button
struck issues or discoloration.

USB port (if equipped) OBC3050057

Type A
The roof antenna receives both AM and
FM broadcast signals. Rotate the roof
antenna in a counterclockwise direction
to remove it. Rotate it in a clockwise
direction to reinstall it.

„ Type B

OBI3050072

You can use a USB port to plug in USB to

play music.

NOTE : Please go through USB

compatibility list in HYUNDAI India
website. OBC3050056

Type B
i Information
The shark fin antenna receives
When using a portable audio device transmitted data. (for example: AM/FM)
connected to the power outlet, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the power source of the portable audio
device.

Depending on the car model above

layout may be vary.

6-88
 06
NOTICE Steering wheel audio control
• Before entering a place with a low (if equipped)
height clearance, be sure that the
antenna is removed.
• Be sure to remove the antenna before
washing the vehicle in an automatic
car wash or it may be damaged.
• When reinstalling your antenna, it is
important that it is fully tightened
and adjusted to the upright position
to ensure proper reception. But it
could be removed when parking the
vehicle.
OBI3050053

NOTICE The steering wheel audio control

switches are installed for your
Installation of aftermarket antenna may convenience.
result in water leakage, wind noise,
rattling & improper radio operation.
We recommend to use the antenna NOTICE
available with an authorized Hyundai
dealer. Do not operate audio remote control
buttons simultaneously.

i Information
Some models do not have audio (plastic
blanking cover) system, and will not
supply radio main cable. Thus if you want
to insert an aftermarket audio or OEM
audio to listen radio broadcasting service,
we recommend to use the feeder cable
available with an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

6-89
Convenience features

VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (1) MODE ( ) (3)

• Move the VOLUME toggle switch up to Press the MODE button to select RADIO/
increase volume. MEDIA/Bluetooth Audio, etc.
• Move the VOLUME toggle switch
down to decrease volume.
MUTE ( ) (4, if equipped)
• Press the button to mute the sound.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) • Press the button again to activate the
If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is sound.
moved up or down and held for 0.8 • During a call, press to turn off the
seconds or more, it will function in the microphone.
following modes.

RADIO mode i Information

It will function as the AUTO SEEK select Detailed information for audio control
switch. It will SEEK until you release the buttons are described in the following
switch. pages in this chapter.

MEDIA mode Infotainment system (if equipped)

It will function as the FF/REW switch If your vehicle is equipped with
(except in Bluetooth audio mode). additional navigation, please refer to the
If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is infotainment system manual separately
moved up or down, it will function in the supplied.
following modes.

RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
UP/DOWN switch.

MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN
switch.

6-90
 06
Voice recognition (if equipped) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
hands-free (if equipped)

OBI3050052
OBI3050051
A wide range of infotainment functions
can be commanded with voice
recognition (1).
If your vehicle is equipped with
additional navigation, please refer to the
infotainment system manual separately
supplied.

OBI3050050

You can use the phone wirelessly

by using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone

• Audio : For detailed information, refer

to “AUDIO” in this chapter.
• Navigation : Detailed information for
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
hands-free is described in the manual
supplied separately.

Depending on the car model above

layout may be vary.

6-91
Convenience features

How vehicle audio works FM reception

FM reception

JBM002

JBM001
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts.
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast This is because AM radio waves are
from transmitter towers located around transmitted at low frequencies. These
your city. They are intercepted by the long distance, low frequency radio
radio antenna on your vehicle. This waves can follow the curvature of the
signal is then processed by the radio and earth rather than travelling straight. In
sent to your vehicle speakers. addition, they curve around obstructions
When a strong radio signal has reached resulting in better signal coverage.
your vehicle, the precise engineering
of your audio system ensures the best FM reception
possible quality reproduction. However,
in some cases the signal coming to your
vehicle may not be strong and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio stations
or the presence of buildings, bridges or
other large obstructions in the area.

JBM003

FM broadcasts are transmitted at high

frequencies and do not bend to follow
the earth’s surface. Because of this,
FM broadcasts generally begin to fade
within short distances from the station.
Also, FM signals are easily affected by
buildings, mountains, and obstructions.
This can lead to undesirable or
unpleasant listening conditions which
might lead you to believe a problem
exists with your radio.

6-92
 06
The following conditions are normal and FM reception
do not indicate radio trouble:

FM reception

OJF045311L

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals

being received from several directions
JBM004 can cause distortion or fluttering.
This can be caused by a direct and
• Fading - As your vehicle moves away reflected signal from the same station,
from the radio station, the signal will or by signals from two stations with
weaken and sound will begin to fade. close frequencies. If this occurs, select
When this occurs, we suggest that you another station until the condition has
select another stronger station. passed.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals
or large obstructions between the
transmitter and your radio can disturb Using a cellular phone or a two-way
the signal causing static or fluttering radio
noises to occur. Reducing the treble When a cellular phone is used inside
level may lessen this effect until the the vehicle, noise may be produced
disturbance clears. from the audio system. This does not
mean that something is wrong with the
audio equipment. In such a case, use
the cellular phone at a place as far as
possible from the audio equipment.

NOTICE
When using a communication system
such as a cellular phone or a radio set
inside the vehicle, a separate external
antenna must be fitted. When a cellular
phone or a radio set is used with an
internal antenna alone, it may interfere
with the vehicle’s electrical system and
adversely affect safe operation of the
vehicle.
While listening to the radio, if devices
such as laptop charger are connected
to the socket, it may generate noise.

6-93
Convenience features

WARNING
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to use a
cellular phone.

Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology

The Bluetooth® word mark and logos

are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by HYUNDAI is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.

A Bluetooth® Wireless Technology

enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.

6-94
 06
AUDIO (WITHOUT TOUCH SCREEN)
System layout – control panel

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

(1) SEEK/TRACK button (4) AUDIO button

• Change the station/track/file. • Press to display the radio/media
• While listening to the radio, mode selection window.
press and hold to search for a • When the mode selection window
station. displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
• While playing media, press and hold select the desired mode and then
to rewind or fast forward (except for press the knob.
the Bluetooth audio mode). • When the Mode popup is not
selected in [MENU/CLOCK] u
Mode popup, press the [AUDIO]
(2) MENU button/CLOCK button button on the control panel to
• Press to access the menu screen for change the mode. Each time you
the current mode. press the [AUDIO] button on the
• Press and hold to access the time control panel, the mode switches to
setup screen. radio u media in order.

(3) TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER

button
• While listening to the radio, turn to
adjust the frequency.
• While playing media, turn to search
for a track/file (except for the
Bluetooth audio mode).
• While searching by turning the
knob, press to select the current
track/file.

à The system’s actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the car model
and specification.

6-95
Convenience features

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

(5) PHONE button (8) Number buttons (1 RPT~ 4 BACK)

• Press to start connecting a mobile • While listening to the radio, press to
phone via Bluetooth. listen to a saved radio station.
• After a Bluetooth phone connection • While listening to the radio, press
is made, press to access the and hold to save the current radio
Bluetooth phone menu. station to the preset.
• In the USB/Bluetooth audio modes,
(6) FAV button press the [1 RPT] button to change
the repeat mode. Press the [2 SHFL]
• While listening to the radio, press to button to change the shuffle mode.
move to next page of the preset list.
• Press the [4 BACK] button to return
to the previous screen (except for
(7) PWR button/VOL knob the radio preset list).
• Press to turn the system on or off.
• Turn to the left or right to adjust the
system sound volume.

à The system’s actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the car model
and specification.

6-96
 06
System layout – steering wheel (4) Up/Down lever
remote control • Change the station/track/file.
• While listening to the radio, push
to listen to the previous/next saved
radio station.
• While listening to the radio, push
and hold to search for a station.
• While playing media, push and hold
to rewind or fast forward (except for
the Bluetooth audio mode).
• While playing media push to listen
to the previous/next song.

(Bluetooth® equipped model) (5) Call/Answer button

à The system’s actual appearance and • Press to start connecting a mobile
layout may differ depending on the phone via Bluetooth.
car model and specification. • After a Bluetooth phone connection
is made, press to access your call
(1) MUTE button history. Press and hold to dial the
most recent phone number. When
• Press to mute or unmute the a call comes in, press to answer the
system. call.
• During a call, press to mute or • During a call, press to switch
unmute the microphone. between the active call and the held
• While playing media, press to pause call. Press and hold to switch the
or resume playback. (if equipped) call between the system and the
mobile phone.
(2) MODE button • In 3-way call, swaps between calls.
• Press to switch between radio and
media modes. (6) Call end button
• If no media is connected, each time • When a call comes in, reject the call.
this is pressed, it toggles between • During a call, end the call.
the radio modes (FM u AM u FM).
• Press and hold to turn the system
on or off.

(3) Volume lever

• Push up or down to adjust the
volume.

6-97
Convenience features

WARNING - About driving WARNING

• Do not operate the system while - About handling the system
driving. Driving while distracted may • Do not disassemble or modify the
result in a loss of vehicle control, system. Doing so may result in an
potentially leading to an accident, accident, fire, or electric shock.
severe personal injury, or death. • Do not allow liquids or foreign
The driver’s primary responsibility substances to enter the system.
is the safe and legal operation of a Liquids or foreign substances may
vehicle, and any handheld devices, cause noxious fumes, a fire, or a
equipment, or vehicle systems which system malfunction.
divert the driver’s attention from this
responsibility should never be used • Stop using the system if it
during operation of the vehicle. malfunctions, such as no audio
output or display. If you continue
• Avoid watching the screen while using the system when it is
driving. Driving while distracted malfunctioning, it may lead to a fire,
may lead to a traffic accident. Stop electric shock, or system failure.
your vehicle in a safe location before
using functions that require multiple • Do not touch the antenna during
operations. thunder or lightning because such an
act may cause electric shock.
• Stop your vehicle first before using
your mobile phone. Using a mobile
phone while driving may lead to a
traffic accident. If necessary, use the
i Information
Bluetooth Handsfree feature to make - About operating the system
calls and keep the call as short as
possible. • Use the system with the engine running.
Using the system for a long time when
• Keep the volume low enough to hear the engine is stopped may discharge the
external sounds. Driving without the battery.
ability to hear external sounds may
lead to a traffic accident. Listening • Do not install unapproved products.
to a loud volume for a long time may Using unapproved products may cause
cause hearing damage. an error while using the system. System
errors caused by installing unapproved
products are not covered under the
warranty.

6-98
 06
i Information Turning the system on or off
- About handling the system To turn on the system, start the engine.
• Do not apply excessive force to the • If you do not want to use the system
system. Excessive pressure on the while driving, you can turn off the
screen may damage the LCD panel or system by pressing the [POWER]
the touch panel. button on the control panel. To use
• When cleaning the screen or button the system again, press the [POWER]
panel, make sure to stop the engine and button again.
use a soft and dry cloth. Wiping the
screen or buttons with a rough cloth or After you have turned off the engine, the
using solvents (alcohol, benzene, paint system will automatically turn off after a
thinner, etc.) may scratch or chemically while or as soon as you open the driver’s
damage the surface. door.
• If you attach a liquid-type air freshener • Depending on the vehicle model or
to the fan louvre, the surface of the specifications, the system may turn
louvre may become deformed due to off as soon as you turn off the engine.
the flowing air. • When you turn back on the system,
• If you want to change the position of the previous mode and settings will
the installed device, please inquire remain intact.
with your place of purchase or service
maintenance centre. Technical expertise
is required to install or disassemble the
WARNING
device. • Some functions may be disabled for
safety reasons while the vehicle is
moving. They work only when the
NOTICE vehicle stops. Park your vehicle in
• If you experience any problems with a safe location before using any of
the system, contact your place of them.
purchase or dealer. • Stop using the system if it
• Placing the audio system within an malfunctions, such as no audio
electromagnetic environment may output or display. If you continue
result in noise interference. using the system when it is
malfunctioning, it may lead to a fire,
electric shock, or system failure.

i Information
You can turn on the system when the key
ignition switch is placed in the “ACC”
or “ON” position. Using the system for
an extended period without the engine
running drains the battery. If you plan on
using the system for a long time, start the
engine.

6-99
Convenience features

Turning the display on or off Numberless items

Turn the [TUNE] knob to choose the
To prevent glare, you can turn off the
desired item, and then press the knob to
screen. The screen can be turned off only
select the item.
while the system is on.
1. On the control panel, press the
[MENU/CLOCK] button.
2. When the option selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select Display off, and then press the
knob.
• To turn the screen back on, press
any of the control panel buttons.

Getting to know the basic

operations
You can select an item or adjust the Adjusting the settings
settings by using the number buttons
and the [TUNE] knob on the control Turn the [TUNE] knob to adjust the value,
panel. and then press the knob to save changes.
Turn the [TUNE] knob to the right to
Selecting an item increase the value and turn the [TUNE]
knob to the left to decrease the value.
Numbered items
Press the corresponding number button.

6-100
 06
RADIO
Turning on the radio - Sound experience: Select the
location where sound is focused
1. On the control panel, press the in the vehicle between the driver’s
[AUDIO] button. seat and all other seats.
2. When the mode selection window - Speed dependent vol.: Set the
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to volume to be adjusted automatically
select the desired radio mode and according to your driving speed.
then press the knob.

FM/AM Mode NOTICE

• Depending on vehicle models or
specifications, available options may
vary.
• Depending on the system or
amplifier specifications applied to
your vehicle, available options may
vary.
(1) Current radio mode
• Mode popup: Set to display mode
(2) Radio station information selection window when the [AUDIO]
(3) Preset list button is pressed on the control panel.
• Bluetooth remote lock: Even if
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the Bluetooth remote control application
control panel to access the following is connected, if Set Bluetooth remote
menu options: lock is enabled. System cannot be
• Autostore: Save radio stations to the operated via smart phone application.
preset list. • Date/Time: You can change the
• Scan: The system searches for radio date and time that are shown on the
stations with strong radio signals and system display.
plays each radio station for about five - Set date: Set date to display on the
seconds. system display.
• Sound settings: You can change - Set time: Set time to display on the
the settings related to sounds, such system display.
as location where sound will be - Time format: Select to display time
concentrated and the output level for in the 12 hour format or the 24 hour
each range. format.
- Position: Select a location where - Display (Power Off): Set to display
sound will be concentrated in the the clock when the system power is
vehicle. Select Fader or Balance, off.
turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
desired position, and then press the • Language: You can change the
knob. To set sound to be centred in display language.
the vehicle, select Centre.
- Equaliser: Adjust the output level
for each sound tone mode.

6-101
Convenience features

Changing the radio mode Scanning for available radio

1. On the control panel, press the stations
[AUDIO] button. You can listen to each radio station for
2. When the mode selection window a few seconds to test the reception and
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the one you want.
select the desired radio mode and 1. From the radio screen, press the
then press the knob. [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control
• Each time you press the [MODE] panel.
button on the steering wheel, the 2. When the option selection window
radio mode switches to FM u AM displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
in order. select Scan, and then press the knob.
• The system searches for radio
NOTICE stations with strong radio signals
When the Mode popup is not selected and plays each radio station for
in [MENU/CLOCK] u Mode popup, press about five seconds.
the [AUDIO] button on the control panel 3. When you find the radio station you
to change the radio mode. want to listen to, press the [TUNE]
Each time you press the [AUDIO] button knob.
on the control panel, the radio mode • You can continue listening to the
switches to FM u AM in order. selected station.

Searching for radio stations

To search for the previous or next
available radio station, press the
[< SEEK] button / [TRACK >] button on
the control panel.
• You can also press and hold the
[< SEEK] button / [TRACK >] button
to search for frequencies quickly.
When you release the button, a radio
station with a strong signal is selected
automatically.
If you know the exact frequency of the
radio station you want to listen to, turn
the [TUNE] knob on the control panel to
change the frequency.

6-102
 06
Saving radio stations Listening to saved radio stations
You can save your favourite radio stations FM/AM Mode
and listen to them by selecting them
from the preset list. 1. Confirm the preset number for the
radio station you want to listen to.
Saving the current radio station • To view the next page of the preset
list, press the [FAV] button.
While listening to the radio, press and
hold the desired number button on the 2. On the control panel, press the
control panel. desired number button.
• The radio station you are listening to • Alternatively, Push the Up/Down
will be added to the selected number. lever on the steering wheel to
change the station.
• To save the next page of the preset
list, press the [FAV] button.

NOTICE
• You can save up to 12 radio stations
in each mode.
• If a station is already saved to the
selected preset number, the station
will be replaced by the station you
are listening to.

Using the auto save function

You can search for radio stations in your
area where there is a strong signal. The
results of your search can be saved to the
preset list automatically.
1. From the radio screen, press the
[MENU/CLOCK] button on the control
panel.
2. When the option selection window
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select Autostore, and then press the
knob.

6-103
Convenience features

MEDIA PLAYER
Using the media player • Do not connect a smartphone or
an MP3 device to the system via
You can play music stored in various multiple methods such as USB and
media storage devices, such as USB Bluetooth simultaneously. Doing
storage devices or smartphones. so may cause a distorted noise or a
1. Connect a device to the USB port in system malfunction.
your vehicle. • When the equaliser function of the
• Playback may start immediately connected device and Equaliser
depending on the device that you settings of the system are both
connect to the system. activated, the effects may interfere
2. On the control panel, press the with each other and may lead to
[AUDIO] button. sound degradation or distortion.
Deactivate the device’s equaliser
3. When the mode selection window function if possible.
displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
select the desired mode and then
press the knob. Using the USB mode
You can play media files stored in
NOTICE portable devices, such as USB storage
• To start the media player, press the devices and MP3 players. Check
[AUDIO] button on the control panel. compatible USB storage devices and
file specifications before using the USB
• You can also change the mode by
mode.
press the [MODE] button repeatedly
on the steering wheel.
Connect your USB device to the USB port
• Make sure to connect or disconnect in the vehicle.
external USB devices with the system
power turned off. • Playback starts immediately.
• When the Mode popup is not • Press the [AUDIO] button on the
selected in [MENU/CLOCK] u Mode control panel to display the mode
popup, press the [AUDIO] button selection window, turn the [TUNE]
on the control panel to change the knob to select USB and then press the
media player. knob.
Each time you press the [AUDIO]
button on the control panel, the
media mode switches to USB u
Bluetooth audio in order.
• Depending on vehicle models and
specifications, available buttons or
the appearance and layout of the
USB port in your vehicle may vary.

6-104
 06
NOTICE
• Depending on vehicle models or
specifications, available options may
vary.
• Depending on the system or
amplifier specifications applied to
your vehicle, available options may
(1) Current file number and total number vary.
of files
(2) Playback time • Song information: Select information
(3) Information about the song currently such as Folder/File or Artist/Title/
playing Album to display when playing MP3
files.
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the • Mode popup: Set to display mode
control panel to access the following selection window when the [AUDIO]
menu options: button is pressed on the control panel.
• List: Access the file list. • Bluetooth remote lock: Even if
• Folder list: Access the folder list. Bluetooth remote control application
is connected, if Set Bluetooth remote
• Information: Display information lock is enabled. System cannot be
about the song currently playing. operated via smart phone application.
• Sound settings: You can change • Date/Time: You can change the
the settings related to sounds, such date and time that are shown on the
as location where sound will be system display.
concentrated and the output level for
each range. - Set date: Set date to display on the
system display.
- Position: Select a location where
sound will be concentrated in the - Set time: Set time to display on the
vehicle. Select Fader or Balance, system display.
turn the [TUNE] knob to select the - Time format: Select to display time
desired position, and then press the in the 12 hour format or the 24 hour
knob. To set sound to be centred in format.
the vehicle, select Centre. - Display (Power Off): Set to display
- Equaliser: Adjust the output level the clock when the system power
for each sound tone mode. is off.
- Sound experience: Select the • Language: You can change the
location where sound is focused display language.
in the vehicle between the driver’s
seat and all other seats. Rewinding/Fast forwarding
- Speed dependent vol.: Set the On the control panel, press and hold the
volume to be adjusted automatically [< SEEK] button / [TRACK >] button.
according to your driving speed. • You can also push and hold the Up/
down lever on the steering wheel.

6-105
Convenience features

Restarting the current playback Searching folders

On the control panel after the song has 1. On the control panel, press the
played for 2 seconds, press the [< SEEK] [MENU/CLOCK] button.
button. 2. When the option selection window
• You can also push the Up lever on the displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
steering wheel. select the Folder list and then press
the knob.
Playing the previous or next song 3. Navigate to the desired folder in the
To play the previous song on the control Folder list and then press the [TUNE]
panel within the first 2 seconds of the knob.
current song, press the [< SEEK] button. • The first song in the selected folder
To play the next song, press the [TRACK >] will be played.
button on the control panel.
• If more than 2 seconds of playback
have elapsed, press the [< SEEK]
button on the control panel twice to i Information
play the previous song. • Start the engine of your vehicle before
connecting a USB device to your
• You can also push the Up/down lever
system. Starting the engine with a USB
on the steering wheel.
device connected to the system may
damage the USB device.
NOTICE • Be careful of static electricity when
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on connecting or disconnecting a USB
the control panel to display the mode device. A static discharge may cause a
selection window, turn the [TUNE] knob system malfunction.
to find the desired song and press the • Be careful not to let your body or
knob to play the file. external objects contact the USB port.
Doing so may cause an accident or a
Playing repeatedly system malfunction.
On the control panel, press the [1 RPT] • Do not connect and disconnect a USB
button. The corresponding mode icon connector repeatedly in a short time.
will be displayed on the screen and the Doing so may cause an error in the
playing song will be repeated. device or a system malfunction.
• Do not use a USB device for purposes
Playing in random order other than playing files. Using USB
On the control panel, press the accessories for charging or heating may
[2 SHFL] button. The shuffle play mode is cause poor performance or a system
activated or deactivated each time you malfunction.
press it. When you activate the shuffle
mode, the corresponding mode icon will
be displayed on the screen. When shuffle
is active, the available songs will be
played randomly.

NOTICE
Depending on the connected Bluetooth
device or mobile phone, repeat &
shuffle order features may not be
supported.
6-106
 06
NOTICE
• When connecting a USB storage
device, do not use an extension
cable. Connect it directly to the
USB port. If you use a USB hub or an
extension cable, the device may not
be recognized.
• Fully insert a USB connector into the
USB port. Failure to do so may cause
a communication error.
• When you disconnect a USB storage
device, a distorted noise may occur.
• The system can play only files
encoded in a standard format.
• The following types of USB devices
may not be recognised or work
correctly:
- Encrypted MP3 players
- USB devices not recognised as
removable disks
• A USB device may not be recognised
depending on its condition.
• Some USB devices may be
incompatible with your system.
• Depending on the USB device’s type,
capacity, or the format of files, USB
recognition time may be longer.
• Image and video playback are not
supported.

6-107
Convenience features

BLUETOOTH
Connecting Bluetooth devices • If Bluetooth connection is not stable,
follow these steps to try again.
Bluetooth is a short-range wireless
networking technology. Via Bluetooth, 1. Deactivate Bluetooth and
you can connect nearby mobile reactivate it on the device. Then,
devices wirelessly to send and receive reconnect the device.
data between connected devices. 2. Turn the device off and on. Then,
This enables you to use your devices reconnect it.
effectively. 3. Remove the battery from the
To use Bluetooth, you must first connect device and reinstall it. Then, turn
a Bluetooth-enabled device to your the device on and reconnect it.
system, such as a mobile phone or an 4. Unregister the Bluetooth pairing
MP3 player. Ensure that the device you on both the system and the device
want to connect supports Bluetooth. and then re-register and connect
them.
• The Bluetooth connection is
WARNING unavailable when the device’s
Park your vehicle in a safe location Bluetooth function is turned off.
before connecting Bluetooth devices. Be sure to turn on the device’s
Distracted driving can cause a traffic Bluetooth function.
accident and lead to personal injury or
death. Pairing devices with your system
For Bluetooth connections, first pair your
device with your system to add it to the
NOTICE system’s list of Bluetooth devices. You
• On your system, you can use only can register up to five devices.
Bluetooth Handsfree and Audio 1. From the control panel, press the
features. Connect a mobile device [PHONE] button, and then select
that supports both features. Phone settings u Add new device.
• Some Bluetooth devices may cause • If you are pairing a device with your
malfunctions to the audio system system for the first time, you can
or make interference noises. In this also press the Call/Answer button
case, storing the device in a different on the steering wheel.
location may resolve the problem.
2. On the Bluetooth device you want to
• Depending on the connected connect, activate Bluetooth, search
Bluetooth device or mobile for your vehicle’s system, and then
phone, some functions may not be select it.
supported.
• Check the system’s Bluetooth
• If the system is not stable due name, which is displayed in the new
to a vehicle-Bluetooth device registration pop-up window on the
communication error, delete the system screen.
paired devices and connect the
Bluetooth devices again.

6-108
 06
• If you use the automatic Bluetooth
connection function, a call may be
switched to the vehicle’s Handsfree
when you are taking on the phone
near the vehicle while the vehicle’s
engine is on. If you do not want the
system to connect with the device
automatically, deactivate Bluetooth
3. Enter or confirm the passkey to
on your device.
confirm the connection.
• When a device is connected to the
• If the passkey input screen is
system via Bluetooth, the device’s
displayed on the Bluetooth device
battery may discharge faster.
screen, enter the passkey ‘0000’
which is displayed on the system
screen. Connecting a paired device
• If the 6-digit passkey is displayed To use a Bluetooth device on your
on the Bluetooth device screen, system, connect the paired device to the
ensure that the Bluetooth passkey system. Your system can connect with
displayed on the Bluetooth device only one device at a time.
is the same as the passkey on the 1. From the control panel, press the
system screen and confirm the [PHONE] button, and then select
connection from the device. Phone settings u Paired devices.
• If there is no connected device,
NOTICE press the Call/Answer button on the
steering wheel.
• The screen image in this manual is an
example. Check your system screen 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
for the exact vehicle name and device to connect, and then press the
Bluetooth device name. knob.
• The default passkey is ‘0000’. • If another device is already
connected to your system,
• It may take a while for the system disconnect it. Select the connected
to connect with the device after device to disconnect.
you permit the system to access the
device. When a connection is made,
the Bluetooth status icon appears at NOTICE
the top of the screen. • If a connection ends because a
• You can change the permission device is out of the connection
settings via the mobile phone’s range or a device error occurs,
Bluetooth settings menu. For more the connection will be restored
information, refer to your mobile automatically when the device
phone’s user guide. enters the connection range or when
• To register a new device, repeat the error is cleared.
steps 1 to 3. • Depending on auto connection
priority, connection to a device may
take time.

6-109
Convenience features

Disconnecting a device Using a Bluetooth audio device

If you want to stop using a Bluetooth You can listen to music stored in the
device or connect another device, connected Bluetooth audio device via
disconnect your currently connected your vehicle’s speakers.
device.
1. From the control panel, press the 1. On the control panel, press the
[PHONE] button, and then select [AUDIO] button.
Phone settings u Paired devices.
2. When the mode selection window
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select your displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to
currently connected device and then select Bluetooth audio and then press
press the knob. the knob.
3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select Yes.

Deleting paired devices

If you no longer want a Bluetooth device
paired or if you want to connect a new
device when the Bluetooth device list is
full, delete paired devices.
1. From the control panel, press the (1) Information about the song currently
[PHONE] button, and then select playing
Phone settings u Delete devices.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the 1. Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button
device to delete, and then press the on the control panel to access the
knob. following a menu option.
3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select Yes. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select option
and then press the knob.
NOTICE • Sound settings: You can change
the settings related to sounds, such
• When you delete a paired device, the
as location where sound will be
Call history and Contacts stored in
concentrated and the output level
the system are also deleted.
for each range.
• To re-use a deleted device, you must
- Position: Select a location where
pair the device again.
sound will be concentrated in the
vehicle. Select Fader or Balance,
turn the [TUNE] knob to select
the desired position, and then
press the knob. To set sound to
be centred in the vehicle, select
Centre.
- Equaliser: Adjust the output level
for each sound tone mode.
- Sound experience: Select the
location where sound is focused
in the vehicle between the driver’s
seat and all other seats.

6-110
 06
- Speed dependent vol.: Set Pausing/Resuming playback
the volume to be adjusted To pause playback, press the [TUNE]
automatically according to your knob on the control panel. To resume
driving speed. playback, press the [TUNE] knob again.
• You can also press the Mute button on
NOTICE the steering wheel remote control.
• Depending on vehicle models or
specifications, available options may Playing repeatedly
vary. On the control panel, press the [1 RPT]
• Depending on the system or button. The corresponding mode icon
amplifier specifications applied to will be displayed on the screen and the
your vehicle, available options may playing song will be repeated.
vary.
Playing in random order
• Mode popup: Set to display mode On the control panel, press the
selection window when the [AUDIO] [2 SHFL] button. The shuffle play mode is
button is pressed on the control activated or deactivated each time you
panel. press it. When you activate the shuffle
• Bluetooth remote lock: Even mode, the corresponding mode icon will
if Bluetooth remote control be displayed on the screen. When shuffle
application is connected, if Set is active, the available songs will be
Bluetooth remote lock is enabled. played randomly.
System cannot be operated via
smart phone application. NOTICE
• Date/Time: You can change the Depending on the connected Bluetooth
date and time that are shown on the device or mobile phone, repeat &
system display. shuffle order features may not be
- Set date: Set date to display on supported.
the system display.
- Set time: Set time to display on
the system display.
- Time format: Select to display
time in the 12 hour format or the 24
hour format.
- Display (Power Off): Set to display
the clock when the system power
is off.
• Language: You can change the
display language.

6-111
Convenience features

NOTICE Using a Bluetooth phone

• Depending on the connected You can use Bluetooth to talk on the
Bluetooth device, mobile phone, phone hands free. View call information
or the music player you are using, on the system screen, and make or
playback controls may differ. receive calls safely and conveniently via
• Depending on the music player you the vehicle’s built-in microphone and
are using, streaming may not be speakers.
supported.
• Depending on the connected
Bluetooth device or mobile WARNING
phone, some functions may not be
supported. • Park your vehicle in a safe location
before connecting Bluetooth
• If a Bluetooth enabled phone is being devices. Distracted driving can
used to play music and it receives or cause a traffic accident and lead to
makes a phone call, the music will personal injury or death.
stop.
• Never dial a phone number or pick
• Receiving an incoming call or making up your mobile phone while driving.
an outgoing call while playing Use of a mobile phone may distract
Bluetooth audio may result in audio your attention, making it difficult to
interference. recognize external conditions and
• If you use the Bluetooth phone reducing the ability to cope with
mode while using Bluetooth audio, unexpected situations, which may
playback may not automatically lead to an accident. If necessary, use
resume after you end the call the Bluetooth Handsfree feature to
depending on the connected mobile make calls and keep the call as short
phone. as possible.
• Moving the track up/down while
playing Bluetooth audio mode may
result in pop noises with some
mobile phones.
• The Rewinding/Fast forwarding
function is not supported in the
Bluetooth audio mode.
• The playlist feature is not supported
in the Bluetooth audio mode.
• If the Bluetooth device is
disconnected, Bluetooth audio mode
will end.

6-112
 06
NOTICE Making a call
• You cannot access the Phone screen If your mobile phone is connected to the
if there is no connected mobile system, you can make a call by selecting
phone. To use the Bluetooth phone a name from your call history or contacts
function, connect a mobile phone to list.
the system. 1. On the control panel, press the
• The Bluetooth Handsfree function [PHONE] button.
may not work when you are • Alternatively, press the Call/
passing out of the cellular service Answer button on the steering
coverage area, such as when you wheel.
are in a tunnel, underground, or in a
mountainous area. 2. Select a phone number.
• Call quality may be degraded in the • To select a phone number from your
following environments: favourites list, select Favourites.
- The reception of the mobile phone • To select a phone number from your
is poor. call history, select Call history.
- The inside of the vehicle is noisy. • To select a phone number from your
contacts list that downloaded from
- The mobile phone is placed the connected mobile phone, select
near metallic objects, such as a Contacts.
beverage can.
3. To end the call, press the [2 SHFL]
• Depending on the connected mobile button on the control panel.
phone, the volume and sound quality
of the Bluetooth Handsfree may vary. • Alternatively, press the Call end
button on the steering wheel.

Registering the favourites list

You can more easily use Bluetooth to talk
on the phone hands-free by registering
phone numbers as your favourites.
1. On the Phone screen, turn the [TUNE]
knob on the control panel to select
Favourites and press the knob.
2. Select [MENU/CLOCK] u Add new
favourites.
3. Press the [1 RPT] button, and select
the desired phone number.

6-113
Convenience features

Using the favourites list Using your call history

1. From the Phone screen, turn the 1. From the Phone screen, turn the
[TUNE] knob on the control panel to [TUNE] knob on the control panel to
select Favourites, and then press the select Call history, and then press the
knob. knob.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
desired contact, and then press the desired entry, and then press the knob
knob to make a phone call. to make a phone call.

Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the
control panel to access the following control panel to access the following
menu options: menu options:
• Add new favourites: Add a frequently Download: Download your call history.
used phone number to favourites. • All calls: View all call records.
• Delete items: Delete a selected • Dialled calls: View only dialled calls.
favourites item. • Received calls: View only received
• Delete all: Delete all favourites items. calls.
• Missed calls: View only missed calls.
NOTICE
• You can register up to 20 favourites NOTICE
for each device. • Some mobile phones may not
• You must first download the contacts support the download function.
to the system to register favourites. • The call history is accessed only after
• The favourites list saved on the downloading the call history when
mobile phone is not downloaded to the mobile phone is connected to the
the system. system.
• Even if the contact information on • Calls from restricted IDs are not
the mobile phone is edited, the saved on the call history list.
favourites on the system are not • Up to 50 call records will be
automatically edited. Delete and add downloaded per individual list.
the item to favourites again.
• Call duration and time information
• When you connect a new mobile will not be displayed on the system
phone, your favourites set for the screen.
previous mobile phone will not be
displayed, but they will remain in
your system until you delete the
previous phone from the device list.

6-114
 06
• Permission is required to download NOTICE
your call history from the mobile
• Contacts can be viewed only when
phone. When you attempt to
the Bluetooth device is connected.
download data, you may need to
permit the download on the mobile • Only contacts in the supported
phone. If the download fails, check format can be downloaded and
the mobile phone screen for any displayed from the Bluetooth device.
notification or the mobile phone’s Contacts from some applications will
permission setting. not be included.
• When you download your call • Up to 2,000 contacts can be
history, any old data will be deleted. downloaded from your device.
• Some mobile phones may not
Using the contacts list support the download function.
1. From the Phone screen, turn the • Depending on the system’s
[TUNE] knob on the control panel to specifications, some of the
select Contacts, and then press the downloaded contacts may be lost.
knob. • Contacts stored both in the phone
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the and in the SIM card are downloaded.
desired group of alphanumeric With some mobile phones,
characters, and then press the knob. contacts in the SIM card may not be
3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the downloaded.
desired contact, and then press the • Special characters and figures used
knob to make a phone call. in the contact name may not be
displayed properly.
• Permission is required to download
contacts from the mobile phone.
When you attempt to download
data, you may need to permit the
download on the mobile phone. If
the download fails, check the mobile
phone screen for any notification
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the or the mobile phone’s permission
control panel to access the following a setting.
menu option:
• Depending on the mobile phone type
• Download: Download your mobile or status, downloading may take
phone contacts. longer.
• When you download your contacts,
any old data will be deleted.
• You cannot edit or delete your
contacts on the system.
• When you connect a new mobile
phone, your contacts downloaded
from the previous mobile phone
will not be displayed, but they will
remain in your system until you
delete the previous phone from the
device list.

6-115
Convenience features

Answering calls Using options during a call

When a call comes in, a notification pop- During a call, you will see the call screen
up window of the incoming call appears shown below. Press a button to perform
on the system screen. the function you want.

To answer the call, press the [1 RPT] To switch the call to your mobile phone,
button on the control panel. press the [1 RPT] button on the control
• Alternatively, press the Call/Answer panel.
button on the steering wheel. • Alternatively, press and hold the Call/
Answer button on the steering wheel.
To reject the call, press the [2 SHFL]
button on the control panel. To end the call, press the [2 SHFL] button
• Alternatively, press the Call end on the control panel.
button on the steering wheel. • Alternatively, press the Call end
button on the steering wheel.
NOTICE
Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the
• Depending on the mobile phone control panel to access the following a
type, call rejection may not be menu option:
supported.
• Microphone Volume: Adjust the
• Once your mobile phone is microphone volume or turn off the
connected to the system, the call microphone so the other party cannot
sound may be output through the hear you.
vehicle’s speakers even after you
exit the vehicle if the phone is within
the connection range. To end the
connection, disconnect the device
from the system or deactivate
Bluetooth on the device.

6-116
 06
NOTICE
• If the caller information is saved in
your contacts list, the caller’s name
and phone number will be displayed.
If the caller information is not saved
in your contacts list, only the caller’s
phone number will be displayed.
• You cannot switch to any other
screen, such as the audio screen
or the settings screen, during a
Bluetooth call.
• Depending on the mobile phone
type, call quality may vary. On some
phones, your voice may be less
audible to the other party.
• Depending on the mobile phone
type, the phone number may not be
displayed.
• Depending on the mobile phone
type, the call switching function may
not be supported.

6-117
Convenience features

SYSTEM STATUS ICONS

Status icons appear at the top of the NOTICE
screen to display the current system
• The battery level displayed on the
status.
screen may differ from the battery
Familiarise yourself with the status icons level displayed on the connected
that appear when you perform certain device.
actions or functions and their meanings.
• The signal strength displayed on the
screen may differ from the signal
strength displayed on the connected
mobile phone.
• Depending on vehicle models and
specifications, some status icons
may not be displayed.

Bluetooth
Icon Description
Battery level of connected Bluetooth
device
Mobile phone or audio device con-
nected via Bluetooth

Bluetooth call in progress

Microphone turned off during Blue-

tooth call
Downloading call history from a mo-
bile phone connected via Bluetooth
to the system
Downloading contacts from a mobile
phone connected via Bluetooth to
the system
Displayed when Bluetooth remote
control is connected via smartphone
applications

Signal strength
Icon Description
Signal strength of the mobile phone
connected via Bluetooth

6-118
 06
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
USB NOTICE
Supported audio formats • Files that are not in a supported
format may not be recognised or
• Audio file specification played, or information about them,
- WAVeform audio format such as the file name, may not be
- MPEG1/2/2.5 Audio Layer3 displayed properly.
- Windows Media Audio Ver 7.X/8.X • Only files with .mp3/.wma/.wav
extensions can be recognised by the
• Bit rates system. If the file is not in supported
- MPEG1 (Layer3): format, change the file format by
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160 using the latest encoding software.
/192/224/256/320 kbps • The device will not support files
- MPEG2 (Layer3): locked by DRM (Digital Rights
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112 Management).
/128/144/160 kbps • For MP3/WMA compression files and
- MPEG2.5 (Layer3): WAV file, differences in sound quality
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112 will occur depending on the bitrate.
/128/144/160 kbps (Music files with a higher bitrate
- WMA (High Range): have a better sound quality.)
48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps • Japanese or Simplified Chinese
• Bits Per Sample characters in folder or file names
- WAV (PCM(Stereo)): 24 bit may not be displayed properly.
- WAV (IMA ADPCM): 4 bit
Supported USB storage devices
- WAV (MS ADPCM): 4 bit
• Byte/Sector: 64 kbyte or less
• Sampling frequency
• Format system: FAT12/16/32
- MPEG1: 44100/48000/32000 Hz (recommended), exFAT/NTFS
- MPEG2: 22050/24000/16000 Hz
- MPEG2.5: 11025/12000/8000 Hz
- WMA: 32000/44100/48000 Hz
- WAV: 44100/48000 Hz
• Maximum length of folder/file names
(Based on Unicode): 40 English or
Korean characters
• Supported characters for folder/
file names (Unicode support): 2,604
Korean characters, 94 alphanumeric
characters, 4,888 Chinese characters
in common use, 986 special
characters
• Maximum number of folders: 1,000
• Maximum number of files: 5,000

6-119
Convenience features

TRADEMARKS
NOTICE Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.
• Operation is guaranteed only for a
metal cover type USB storage device
with a plug type connector. • The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned
- USB storage devices with a plastic by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use
plug may not be recognised. of such marks by HYUNDAI is under
- USB storage devices in memory licence.
card types, such as CF card or SD
cards, may not be recognised.
• USB hard disk drives may not be
recognised.
• When you use a large capacity USB
storage device with multiple logical
drives, only files stored on the first
drive will be recognised.
• If an application program is loaded
on a USB storage device, the
corresponding media files may not
play.
• Use USB 2.0 devices for better
compatibility.

Bluetooth
• Aerial power: Max 3 mW

6-120
7. Driving your vehicle

Before driving................................................................................................... 7-4

Before entering the vehicle........................................................................................7-4
Before starting.............................................................................................................7-4
Ignition switch.................................................................................................. 7-5
Key ignition switch......................................................................................................7-5
Engine Start/Stop button.......................................................................................... 7-10
Manual transmission...................................................................................... 7-15
Manual transmission operation................................................................................ 7-15
Good driving practices...............................................................................................7-17
Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT).......................................................... 7-18
Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT) operation................................................... 7-18
Dual clutch transmission................................................................................ 7-21
Dual clutch transmission operation..........................................................................7-21
Parking.......................................................................................................................7-29
Good driving practices..............................................................................................7-29
Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT).......................................................... 7-31
Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) Operation................................................... 7-31
Parking.......................................................................................................................7-35
Good driving practices..............................................................................................7-36
Braking system................................................................................................7-37
Power brakes............................................................................................................. 7-37
Disc brakes wear indicator....................................................................................... 7-37 7
Rear drum brakes......................................................................................................7-38
Parking brake.............................................................................................................7-38
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS).................................................................................. 7-40
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............................................................................ 7-41
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)..................................................................... 7-44
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)..................................................................................7-45
Emergency Stop Signal (ESS).................................................................................. 7-46
Good braking practices............................................................................................ 7-46
Special driving conditions............................................................................. 7-48
Hazardous driving conditions................................................................................. 7-48
Rocking the vehicle.................................................................................................. 7-48
Smooth cornering.................................................................................................... 7-49
Driving at night......................................................................................................... 7-49
Driving in the rain..................................................................................................... 7-49
Driving in flooded areas........................................................................................... 7-50
 Winter driving.................................................................................................. 7-51
Snow or icy conditions.............................................................................................. 7-51
Winter precautions....................................................................................................7-53
Vehicle weight................................................................................................ 7-55
Overloading...............................................................................................................7-55

7
 07
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and
death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.

If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows
immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the
oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, we recommend
that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous
practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle
out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the
vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan
control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes
located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the tailgate/trunk open:

Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the
fan control set to high.

7-3
Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering the vehicle • Stay focused on the task of driving.
Driver distraction can cause
• Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s) accidents.
and outside lights are clean and
unobstructed. • Leave plenty of space between you
and the vehicle in front of you.
• Remove frost, snow or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage. WARNING
• Check under the vehicle for any sign NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.
of leaks. Drinking or taking drugs and driving
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind is dangerous and may result in an
you if you intend to back up. accident and SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH.
Before starting Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death
• Make sure the hood, the tailgate/trunk toll each year. Even a small amount
and the doors are securely closed and of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
locked. perceptions and judgment. Just
• Adjust the position of the seat and one drink can reduce your ability to
steering wheel. respond to changing conditions and
emergencies and your reaction time
• Adjust the inside and outside rearview gets worse with each additional drink.
mirrors.
Driving while under the influence
• Verify all of the lights work. of drugs is as dangerous or more
• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that dangerous than driving under the
all passengers have fastened their influence of alcohol.
seatbelts. You are much more likely to have a
• Check the gauges and indicators in the serious accident if you drink or take
instrument panel and the messages drugs and drive. If you are drinking or
on the instrument display when the taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
ignition switch is in the ON position. with a driver who has been drinking
• Check that any items you are carrying or taking drugs. Choose a designated
are stored properly or fastened down driver or call a taxi.
securely.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following
precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
passengers must be properly belted
whenever the vehicle is moving.
For more information, refer to “Seat
Belts” in chapter 3.
• Always drive defensively. Assume
other drivers or pedestrians may be
careless and make mistakes.

7-4
 07
IGNITION SWITCH
WARNING Key ignition switch
(if equipped)
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following
precautions:
• NEVER allow children or any person
who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the ignition switch or related
parts. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur.
• NEVER reach through the steering
wheel for the ignition switch, or any
other controls, while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your hand OIB054010
or arm in this area may cause a loss
of vehicle control resulting in an WARNING
accident.
• NEVER turn the ignition switch to
the LOCK or ACC position while the
vehicle is in motion except in an
emergency. This will result in the
engine turning off and loss of power
assist for the steering and brake
systems.
This may lead to loss of directional
control and braking function, which
could cause an accident.
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever is in
the 1st gear (for manual transmission
vehicle) or N (Neutral) position (for
Automated Manual Transmission
vehicle), apply the parking brake, and
turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
Unexpected vehicle movement may
occur if these precautions are not
followed.

7-5
Driving your vehicle

Key ignition switch positions

Switch Action Notice
Position
The steering wheel locks up.
The ignition key can be removed in
LOCK (if equipped)
the LOCK position.

The steering wheel unlocks.

If difficulty is experienced turning
the ignition switch to the ACC
ACC Electrical accessories are usable.
position, turn the key while turning
the steering wheel right and left to
release tension.
This is the normal key position
when the engine has started.
Do not leave the ignition switch in
All features and accessories are
the ON position when the engine is
ON usable.
not running to prevent the battery
The warning lights can be checked
from discharging.
when you turn the ignition switch
from ACC to ON.
To start the engine, turn the
ignition switch to the START
The engine will crank until you
START position. The switch returns to the
release the key.
ON position when you let go of the
key.

7-6
 07
Starting the engine Vehicle with Intelligent Manual
Transmission :
1. Make sure the parking brake is
WARNING applied.
• Always wear appropriate shoes when 2. Depress the brake pedal fully and shift
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable the transmission into Neutral.
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, 3. Keep the brake pedal depressed while
sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere turning the ignition switch to the start
with your ability to use the brake, position.
accelerator and clutch pedals.
If you turn the ignition switch to the
• Do not start the vehicle with the start position without depressing the
accelerator pedal depressed. The brake pedal, the engine will not start,
vehicle can move and lead to an and it will be displayed on the cluster
accident. as in the following pop-up.
• Wait until the engine RPM is normal.
The vehicle may suddenly move if
the brake pedal is released when the
RPM is high.

Starting the petrol engine

Vehicle with Manual transmission:
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral). OQXI040332
3. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START When the shift lever is not placed in
position. Hold the key (maximum of P (Park) or N (Neutral), the following
10 seconds) until the engine starts and popup will be displayed on the cluster.
release it.

OBI3070018

7-7
Driving your vehicle

Vehicle with Continuously Variable Starting the diesel engine

Transmission : To start the diesel engine when the
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park) and then it has to be warmed up, before
or N (Neutral). starting to drive.
3. Depress the brake pedal. Vehicle with Manual transmission:
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START 1. Make sure the parking brake is
position. Hold the key (maximum of applied.
10 seconds) until the engine starts and 2. Make sure the shift lever is in N
release it. (Neutral).
3. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
i Information 4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position to pre-heat the engine. The
• Do not wait for the engine to warm up glow indicator light ( ) will
while the vehicle remains stationary. illuminate.
Start driving at moderate engine speeds. 5. When the glow indicator light ( )
(Steep accelerating and decelerating goes out, turn the key ignition
should be avoided.) switch to the START position. Hold the
• Always start the vehicle with your foot key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the engine starts and releases it.
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Do not race the engine while warming it
up. Vehicle with dual clutch transmission:
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position to pre-heat the engine. The
glow indicator light ( ) will
illuminate.
5. When the glow indicator light ( )
goes out, turn the key ignition switch
to the START position. Hold the key
(maximum of 10 seconds) until the
engine starts and releases it.

7-8
 07
NOTICE NOTICE
If the engine does not start within 10 Do not turn off the engine immediately
seconds after preheating is completed, after it has been subjected to a heavy
turn the ignition switch once more load. Doing so may cause severe
to the LOCK position and wait for 10 damage to the engine or turbo charger
seconds. Then turn the ignition switch unit.
to the ON position in order to preheat
the engine again.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
Starting and stopping the engine for
turbocharger intercooler • Do not hold the ignition key in the
START position for more than 10
1. Do not race or accelerate the engine seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before
immediately after starting the engine. trying again.
If the engine is cold, idle for several • Do not turn the ignition switch to
seconds before sufficient lubrication is the START position with the engine
ensured in the turbo charger unit. running. It may damage the starter.
2. After high speed or extended driving • If traffic and road conditions permit,
that requires heavy engine load, idle you may put the shift lever in the N
the engine about one minute before (Neutral) position while the vehicle
turning the engine off. is still moving and turn the ignition
This idle time will allow the switch to the START position in an
turbocharger to cool prior to shutting attempt to restart the engine.
the engine off. • Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the engine.

7-9
Driving your vehicle

Engine Start/Stop button WARNING

(if equipped)
To turn the engine off in an emergency:
Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than two seconds OR
Rapidly press and release the Engine
Start/Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you can
restart the engine without depressing
the brake pedal by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button with the shift lever in
the N (Neutral) position.
OBI3060001

Whenever the front door is opened, the WARNING

Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate
and will go off 30 seconds after the door • NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop
is closed. button while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This will
result in the engine turning off and
WARNING loss of power assist for the steering
and brake systems.
To reduce risk of serious injury or This may lead to loss of directional
death, NEVER allow children or any control and braking function, which
person who is unfamiliar with the could cause an accident.
vehicle to touch the Engine Start/Stop
button or related parts. Unexpected • Before leaving the driver’s seat,
and sudden vehicle movement can always set the parking brake, press
occur. the Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF position, and take the Smart
Key with you. Unexpected vehicle
movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• NEVER reach through the steering
wheel for the Engine Start/Stop
button or any other control while the
vehicle is in motion. The presence
of your hand or arm in this area
may cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.

7-10
 07
Engine Stop/Start button positions
Button Position Action Notice
• To turn off the engine, stop If the steering wheel is not locked
the vehicle and then press the properly when you open the
Engine Start/Stop button. driver’s door, the warning chime
OFF will sound.
• The steering wheel locks up.
(if equipped)

• Press the Engine Start/Stop • If you leave the Engine Start/

button when the button is Stop button in the ACC
in the OFF position without position for more than one
depressing the brake pedal. hour, the battery power
• Electrical accessories are will turn off automatically
usable. to prevent the battery from
discharging.
ACC • The steering wheel unlocks.
• If the steering wheel doesn’t
unlock properly, the Engine
Start/Stop button will not
work. Press the Engine Start/
Stop button while turning the
steering wheel right and left to
release tension.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop Do not leave the Engine Start/
button while it is in the ACC Stop button in the ON position
position without depressing when the engine is not running
the clutch pedal. to prevent the battery from
ON discharging.
• The warning lights can be
checked before the engine is
started.

To start the engine, depress the If you press the Engine Start/Stop
clutch and brake pedals and button without depressing the
press the Engine Start/ Stop clutch pedal, the engine does not
button with the shift lever in start and the Engine Start/Stop
START neutral. button changes as follows:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF

7-11
Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine Starting the petrol engine

Vehicle with Manual transmission:
WARNING 1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
• Always wear appropriate shoes when applied.
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, 3. Make sure the shift lever is in N
sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere (Neutral).
with your ability to use the brake, 4. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
accelerator and clutch pedals. 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed. The
vehicle can move and lead to an Vehicle with Intelligent Manual
accident. Transmission :
• Wait until the engine RPM is normal. 1. Make sure the parking brake is
The vehicle may suddenly move if applied.
the brake pedal is released when the 2. Depress the brake pedal fully and shift
RPM is high. the transmission into Neutral.
3. Keep the brake pedal depressed while
turning the ignition switch to the start
i Information
position.
• The engine will start by pressing the If you turn the ignition switch to the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when the start position without depressing the
smart key is in the vehicle. brake pedal, the engine will not start,
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, and it will be displayed on the cluster
if it is far away from the driver, the as in the following pop-up.
engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ACC or ON position, if any door is
open, the system checks for the smart
key. If the smart key is not in the
vehicle, the “ ” indicator will blink
and the warning “Key not in vehicle”
will come on, and if all doors are closed,
the chime will also sound for about 5
seconds. The indicator will turn off
while the vehicle is moving. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle when using the OQXI040332
ACC position or if the vehicle engine is
ON.

7-12
 07
When the shift lever is not placed in Starting the diesel engine
P (Park) or N (Neutral), the following To start the diesel engine when the
popup will be displayed on the cluster. engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated
and then it has to be warmed up, before
starting to drive.
Vehicle with Manual transmission:
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral).
4. Depress the clutch and brake pedal.
OBI3070018
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
6. Continue depressing the brake pedal
i Information until the glow indicator light (
goes out.
)
• Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary. 7. When the glow indicator light ( )
goes out, the engine will start.
Start driving at moderate engine speeds.
(Steep accelerating and decelerating
should be avoided.) i Information
• Always start the vehicle with your foot If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the while the engine is pre-heating, the engine
accelerator while starting the vehicle. may start.
Do not race the engine while warming it
up.
• When you start to drive, move
the shift lever after checking the
RPM(revolutions per minute) is in the
proper range (under 1000 RPM) by
depressing the clutch pedal and brake
pedal.
After releasing the parking brake, take
your foot off the clutch and depress the
accelerator slowly while starting your
vehicle.

7-13
Driving your vehicle

Starting and stopping the engine for NOTICE

turbocharger intercooler To prevent damage to the vehicle:
1. Do not race or accelerate the engine When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you
immediately after starting the engine. can’t start the engine normally. Replace
If the engine is cold, idle for several the fuse with a new one. If you are not
seconds before sufficient lubrication is able to replace the fuse, you can start
ensured in the turbo charger unit. the engine by pressing and holding
2. After high speed or extended driving the Engine Start/Stop button for 10
that requires heavy engine load, idle seconds with the Engine Start/Stop
the engine about one minute before button in the ACC position.
turning the engine off. This idle time Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
will allow the turbocharger to cool button for more than 10 seconds except
prior to shutting the engine off. when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
For your safety, always depress the
NOTICE brake and/or clutch pedal before
starting the engine.
Do not turn off the engine immediately
after it has been subjected to a heavy
load. Doing so may cause severe
damage to the engine or turbo charger
unit.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle
is still moving and press the Engine OBI3060002
Start/Stop button in an attempt to
restart the engine.
i Information
• Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the engine. If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button with the smart
key in the direction of the picture above.

7-14
 07
MANUAL TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever is
in the 1st gear when the vehicle is
parked on an uphill and in R (Reverse)
on a downhill, set the parking brake,
and place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected
vehicle movement may occur if these
The shift lever can be moved with precautions are not followed.
pressing the button (1).
The button (1) must be pressed while
moving the shift lever. To shift to R (Reverse), make sure the
OIB054001 vehicle has completely stopped, and
then move the shift lever to neutral
Manual transmission operation before moving into R (Reverse).
The manual transmission has 5 (or 6)
forward gears. The transmission is fully When you’ve come to a complete stop
synchronized in all forward gears so and it’s hard to shift into the 1st gear or
shifting to either a higher or a lower gear R (Reverse):
is easily accomplished 1. Put the shift lever in neutral and
release the clutch pedal.
2. Depress the clutch pedal, and then
shift into the first or R (Reverse) gear.

i Information
During cold weather, shifting may be
difficult until the transmission lubricant
has warmed up.

7-15
Driving your vehicle

Using the clutch (if equipped) Downshifting

The clutch pedal should be depressed all Downshift when you must slow down in
the way to the floor before: heavy traffic or drive up a steep hill to
- Starting the engine prevent engine load.
The engine will not start without Also, downshifting reduces the chance
depressing the clutch pedal. of stalling and can accelerate when you
need to increase your speed again.
- Shifting
When the vehicle is going downhill,
To start your vehicle, slowly release downshifting helps maintain safe speed
the clutch pedal and depress the by providing brake power from the
accelerator. engine and enables less wear on the
brakes.
When releasing the clutch pedal, release
it slowly. The clutch pedal should always
be released while driving. NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine,
clutch and transmission:
NOTICE • When downshifting from the 5th
To prevent unnecessary wear or gear to the 4th gear, be careful not
damage to the clutch: to inadvertently push the shift lever
• Do not rest your foot on the clutch sideways engaging the 2nd gear.
pedal while driving. A drastic downshift may cause the
engine speed to increase to the point
• Do not hold the vehicle with the
the tachometer will enter the red-
clutch on an incline, while waiting for
zone.
the traffic light, etc.
• Do not downshift more than two
• Always depress the clutch pedal
gears at a time or downshift the gear
down fully to prevent noise or
when the engine is running at high
damage.
speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such
• Do not start with the 2nd (second) a downshifting may damage the
gear engaged except when you start engine, clutch and the transmission.
on a slippery road.
• Depress the clutch pedal all the way
and be careful not to depress the
pedal again before returning to the
upright position after you release
the pedal. If you depress the pedal
before returning to the original
position repeatedly, it may cause the
clutch system failure.

7-16
 07
Good driving practices WARNING
• Never take the vehicle out of gear and To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
coast down a hill. This is extremely or DEATH:
dangerous.
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
• Don’t “ride” the brakes. This can collision, an unbelted occupant
cause the brakes and related parts to is significantly more likely to be
overheat and malfunction. seriously injured or killed than a
When you are driving down a long hill, properly belted occupant.
slow down and shift to a lower gear. • Avoid high speeds when cornering or
Engine braking will help slow down turning.
the vehicle.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
• Slow down before shifting to a lower movements, such as sharp lane
gear. This will help avoid over-revving changes or fast and sharp turns.
the engine, which can cause damage.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
• Slow down when you encounter cross increased if you lose control of your
winds. This gives you much better vehicle at highway speeds.
control of your vehicle.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
• Be sure the vehicle is completely more wheels drop off the roadway
stopped before you shift into R and the driver over steers to reenter
(Reverse) to prevent damage to the the roadway.
transmission.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
• Exercise extreme caution when driving the roadway, do not steer sharply.
on a slippery surface. Be especially Instead, slow down before pulling
careful when braking, accelerating or back into the travel lanes.
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can • HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
cause the drive wheels to lose traction posted speed limits.
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.

WARNING
Do not use the engine brake (shifting
from a higher gear to lower gear)
rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle
may slip causing an accident.

7-17
Driving your vehicle

INTELLIGENT MANUAL TRANSMISSION (iMT)

Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT) CAUTION
system use E-Clutch (Electronic Clutch)
technology. Using the E-Clutch, the • Do not press the brake pedal by
vehicle can cut engine drive off without mistake during gear shift.
pressing the clutch pedal by driver. The • The vehicle may not move or move
E-Clutch is controlled by an actuator jerkily, if proper gear is not selected
that assists the driver in changing gear. according to the speed.
Intelligent Manual Transmission • Use the 1st gear and the parking
(iMT) technology improves driving brake to avoid roll-back during hill
convenience better than conventional start.
Manual Transmission.
There is NO CLUTCH PEDAL.
The clutch is operated automatically, Intelligent Manual Transmission
while shifting gear. (iMT) operation

When the driver steps on the accelerator

and tries to shift the gear, there could
be a sense of obstruction compare to
Manual Transmission.

To start engine, press the brake pedal

and the shift lever at neutral position.

The shift lever can be moved with

pressing the button (1).
The button (1) must be pressed while
moving the shift lever.
OIB054001

The Intelligent manual transmission

(iMT) has 6 forward gears. This shift
pattern is imprinted on the shift knob.
The transmission is fully synchronized
in all forward gears so shifting to
OAC3069032TU
either a higher or a lower gear is easily
The following extreme cases may accomplished.
damage the clutch due to overheating The shift lever must be returned to the
while driving. Vehicle’s own protection neutral position before shifting into
system sounds alarm and displays R (Reverse). Push the button located
warning messages. Please shift into immediately below the shift knob
lower gear or stop the vehicle according and pull the gearshift lever to the left
to the instruction. sufficiently, and then shift into reverse
Shift into the second gear and start to (R) gear position. Make sure the vehicle
drive on a hill/drive at low speed. is completely stopped before shifting
into R (Reverse).
Stop the vehicle on a hill with the
accelerator/maintain low speed status. Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (RPM) in the red zone.
Repetitive sudden accelerations and
repetitive starts on a hill.

7-18
 07
CAUTION WARNING
• When downshifting from the fifth • Before leaving the driver’s seat,
gear to the fourth gear, caution always set the parking brake fully
should be taken not to inadvertently and shut the engine off. Then make
press the shift lever sideways in sure the transmission is shifted into
such a manner that the second the 1st gear when the vehicle is
gear is engaged. Such a drastic parked on a level or uphill grade, and
downshift may cause the engine shifted into R (Reverse) on a downhill
speed to increase to the point that grade. Unexpected and sudden
the tachometer will enter the red- vehicle movement can occur if these
zone. Such overrevving of the engine precautions are not followed in the
and transmission may possibly cause order identified.
engine damage. • Do not use the engine brake (shifting
• Do not downshift more than 2 gears from a high gear to lower gear)
or downshift the gear when the rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle
engine is running at high speed may slip causing an accident.
(5,000 RPM or higher). Such a
downshifting may damage the
engine, clutch and the transmission. Downshifting
• During cold weather, shifting may When you must slow down in heavy
be difficult until the transmission traffic or while driving up steep hills,
lubricant is warmed up. This is downshift before the engine starts to
normal and not harmful to the labor. Downshifting reduces the chance
transmission. of stalling and gives better acceleration
when you again need to increase your
• If you’ve come to a complete stop speed. When the vehicle is traveling
and it’s hard to shift into the 1st or down steep hills, downshifting helps
R(Reverse), leave the shift lever at maintain safe speed and prolongs brake
N(Neutral) position. Then shift into life.
the 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.
• Do not use the shift lever as a
handrest during driving, as this can
result in premature wear of the
transmission shift forks.
• To prevent possible damage to the
clutch system, do not start with the
2nd (second) gear engaged except
when you start on a slippery road.

7-19
Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices WARNING

• Never take the vehicle out of gear and
coast down a hill. This is extremely • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
hazardous. Always leave the vehicle unbelted occupant is significantly
in gear. more likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted
• Don’t “ride” the brakes. This can cause
occupant.
them to overheat and malfunction.
Instead, when you are driving down a • Avoid high speeds when cornering or
long hill, shift to a lower gear. When turning.
you do this, engine braking will help • Do not make quick steering wheel
slow down the vehicle. movements, such as sharp lane
• Slow down before shifting to a lower changes or fast, sharp turns.
gear. This will help avoid over-revving • The risk of rollover is greatly
the engine, which can cause damage. increased if you lose control of your
• Slow down when you encounter cross vehicle at highway speeds.
winds. This gives you much better • Loss of control often occurs if two or
control of your vehicle. more wheels drop off the roadway
• Be sure the vehicle is completely and the driver oversteers to reenter
stopped before you attempt to shift the roadway.
into reverse. The transmission can be • In the event your vehicle leaves
damaged if you do not. the roadway, do not steer sharply.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving Instead, slow down before pulling
on a slippery surface. Be especially back into the travel lanes.
careful when braking, accelerating or • Never exceed posted speed limits.
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and the vehicle to go out of control.

7-20
 07
DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

Press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

The shift lever can freely operate.

OBI3060003L

Dual clutch transmission operation

The dual clutch transmission has seven forward speeds and one reverse speed. The
individual speeds are selected automatically when the shift lever is in the D (Drive)
position.
• The dual clutch transmission can be thought of as an automatically shifting manual
transmission. It gives the driving feel of a manual transmission, yet provides the
ease of a fully automatic transmission.
• When D (Drive) is selected, the transmission will automatically shift through
the gears similar to a conventional automatic transmission. Unlike a traditional
automatic transmission, the gear shifting can sometimes be felt and heard as the
actuators engage the clutches and the gears are selected.

7-21
Driving your vehicle

• The dual clutch transmission • When you turn the engine on and off,
incorporates a dry-type dual clutch you may hear clicking sounds as the
mechanism, which allows for better system goes through a self-test. This
acceleration performance and is a normal sound for the dual clutch
increased fuel efficiency while driving. transmission.
But it differs from a conventional • During the first 1,500 km (1000 miles),
automatic transmission because you may feel that the vehicle may not
it does not incorporate a torque be smooth when accelerating at low
converter. Instead, the transition from speed. During this break-in period, the
one gear to the next is managed by shift quality and performance of your
the clutch slip, especially at lower new vehicle is continuously optimized.
speeds.
As a result, shifts are sometimes more
noticeable, and a light vibration can be WARNING
felt as the transmission shaft speed is To reduce the risk of serious injury or
matched with the engine shaft speed. death:
This is a normal condition of the dual
clutch transmission. • ALWAYS check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people,
• The dry-type clutch transfers torque especially children, before shifting a
more directly and provides a direct- vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
drive feeling which may feel different
from a conventional automatic • Before leaving the driver’s seat,
transmission. This may be more always make sure the shift lever
noticeable when launching the vehicle is in the P (Park) position, then set
from a stop or when traveling at low, the parking brake, and place the
stop-and-go vehicle speeds. ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position. Unexpected and sudden
• When rapidly accelerating from a vehicle movement can occur if these
lower vehicle speed, the engine RPM precautions are not followed.
may increase dramatically as a result
of the clutch slip as the dual clutch • Do not use aggressive engine braking
transmission selects the correct gear. (shifting from a higher gear to a lower
This is a normal condition. gear) on slippery roads. This could
cause the tires to slip and may result
• When accelerating from a stop on an in an accident.
incline, press the accelerator smoothly
and gradually to avoid any shudder
feeling or jerkiness.
• When traveling at a lower vehicle
speed, if you release the accelerator
pedal quickly, you may feel engine
braking before the transmission
changes gears. This engine braking
feeling is similar to operating a manual
transmission at low speed.
• When driving a downhill, you may
wish to move the gear shift lever to
the Manual Shift mode and downshift
to a lower gear in order to control your
speed without using the brake pedal
excessively.

7-22
 07
NOTICE DCT warning messages
• Always come to a complete stop This warning message is displayed when
before shifting into D (Drive) or R the vehicle is driven slowly on a grade
(Reverse). and the vehicle detects that the brake
• Do not put the shift lever in N pedal is not applied.
(Neutral) while driving.

WARNING
If the transmission cannot shift into
Drive or Reverse, the position indicator
D or R) on the cluster will blink. We
recommend that you contact an
authorized Hyundai dealer to have the
system checked.

OAC3069033TU

Steep grade
Driving up hills or on steep grades:
• To hold the vehicle on an incline, use
the foot brake or the parking brake.
• When in stop-and-go traffic on an
incline, allow a gap to form ahead
of you before moving the vehicle
forward. Then hold the vehicle on the
incline with the foot brake.
• If the vehicle is held on a hill by
applying the accelerator pedal
or by creeping with the brake
pedal disengaged, the clutch and
transmission may overheat which
can result in damage. At this time, a
warning message will appear on the
LCD display.
• If the LCD warning is active, the foot
brake must be applied.
• Ignoring the warnings can lead to
damage to the transmission.

7-23
Driving your vehicle

OAC3069032TU OAC3069035TU
Transmission high temperature
• Under certain conditions, such as
repeated stop-and-go launches on
steep grades, sudden take off or
acceleration, or other harsh driving
conditions, the transmission clutch
temperatures will increase excessively.
• When the clutch is overheated, the
safe protection mode engages and the
gear position indicator on the cluster
blinks with a chime. At this time,
OAC3069063TU
“Transmission temp. is high! Stop
safely” warning message will appear
on the LCD display and driving may
not be smooth.
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
engine running, apply the brakes
and shift the vehicle to P (Park) with
engine on, and allow the transmission
to cool.
• If you ignore this warning, the driving
condition may become worse. You OAC3069062TU
may experience abrupt shifts, frequent
shifts, or jerkiness. To return to the Transmission overheated
normal driving condition, stop the
vehicle and apply the foot brake or • If the vehicle continues to be driven
shift into P (Park). Then allow the and the clutch temperatures reach
transmission to cool for a few minutes the maximum temperature limit, the
with engine on, before driving off. “Trans Hot! Park with engine on”
warning will be displayed. When this
• When possible, drive the vehicle occurs the clutch is disabled until the
smoothly. clutch cools to normal temperatures.
• The warning will display a time to wait
for the transmission to cool.

7-24
 07
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe Transmission ranges
location, stop the vehicle with the The indicator in the instrument cluster
engine running, apply the brakes displays the shift lever position when the
and shift the vehicle to P (Park) with ignition switch is in the ON position.
engine on, and allow the transmission
to cool.
• When the message “Trans cooled. P (Park)
Resume driving.” appears you can Always come to a complete stop before
continue to drive your vehicle. shifting into P (Park).
• When possible, drive the vehicle To shift from P (Park), you must depress
smoothly. firmly on the brake pedal and make sure
your foot is off the accelerator pedal.
If any of the warning messages in the If you have done all of the above and
LCD display continue to blink, for your still cannot shift the lever out of P
safety, we recommend you contact an (Park), see “Shift-Lock Release” in this
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have chapter.
the system checked. The shift lever must be in P (Park) before
turning the engine off.

WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may cause you to
lose control of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the shift lever is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• When parking on an incline, block the
wheels to prevent the vehicle from
rolling down.
• For safety, always engage the parking
brake with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position except for the case of
emergency parking.

7-25
Driving your vehicle

R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.

NOTICE
+ (UP)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
may damage the transmission if you
- (DOWN)
shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle
is in motion. OBI3060004L

Manual shift mode

N (Neutral) Whether the vehicle is stationary or
The wheels and transmission are not in motion, the manual shift mode is
engaged. selected by pushing the shift lever from
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart the D (Drive) position into the manual
a stalled engine, or if it is necessary to gate. To return to D (Drive) range
stop with the engine ON. Shift into P operation, push the shift lever back into
(Park) if you need to leave your vehicle the main gate.
for any reason. In manual shift mode, moving the shift
Always depress the brake pedal when lever backwards and forwards will allow
you are shifting from N (Neutral) to you to make gearshifts rapidly.
another gear. Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to
shift up one gear.
D (Drive) Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once
to shift down one gear.
This is the normal driving position. The
transmission will automatically shift
through a 7-gear sequence, providing
the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
accelerator fully. The transmission will
automatically downshift to the next
lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).

7-26
 07
i Information Paddle shifter (if equipped)
• Only the seven forward gears can be
selected. To reverse or park the vehicle,
move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
or P (Park) position as required.
• Downshifts are made automatically
when the vehicle slows down. When
the vehicle stops, the 1st gear is
automatically selected.
• When the engine RPM approaches the
red zone the transmission will upshift
automatically. OBC3060004

• If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) The paddle shifter is functional when the
or - (Down) position, the transmission shift lever is in the D (Drive) position or
may not make the requested gear the manual shift mode.
change if the next gear is outside of
the allowable engine RPM range.
The driver must execute upshifts in With the shift lever in the D position
accordance with road conditions, taking The paddle shifter will operate when the
care to keep the engine RPMs below the vehicle speed is more than 10km/h.
red zone. Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic mode
to manual mode.
When the vehicle speed is lower than
10 km/h, if you depress the accelerator
pedal for more than 6 seconds or if you
move the shift lever from D (Drive) to
manual shift mode and move it from
manual shift mode to D (Drive) again,
the system changes from the manual
mode to the automatic mode.

With the shift lever in the manual

shift mode
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to
shift up or down one gear.

i Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled
at the same time, gear shift may not
occur.

7-27
Driving your vehicle

Shift-lock system Shift-lock release

For your safety, the dual clutch If the shift lever cannot be moved from
transmission has a shift-lock system the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)
which prevents shifting the transmission position with the brake pedal depressed,
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the continue depressing the brake, and then
brake pedal is depressed. do the following:
To shift the transmission from P (Park)
into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition
switch in the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.

OBI3060005L
1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/
OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Push the shift-lock release button.
4. Move the shift lever while pushing the
shift-lock release button.
5. Stop pushing the shift-lock release
button.
6. Depress the brake pedal, and then
restart the engine.

If you need to use the shift-lock release,

we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer immediately.

7-28
 07
Parking Good driving practices
Always come to a complete stop and • Never move the shift lever from P
continue to depress the brake pedal. (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
Move the shift lever into the P (Park) positions with the accelerator pedal
position, apply the parking brake, and depressed.
place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ • Never move the shift lever into P
OFF position. Take the Key with you (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
when exiting the vehicle.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
WARNING into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
When you stay in the vehicle with (Neutral) when driving. Doing so may
the engine running, be careful not to result in an accident because of a loss
depress the accelerator pedal for a long of engine braking and the transmission
period of time. The engine or exhaust could be damaged.
system may overheat and start a fire.
• Driving an uphill or a downhill,
The exhaust gas and the exhaust always shift to D (Drive) when
system are very hot. Keep away from driving forward or to R (Reverse)
the exhaust system components. when driving backwards, and check
Do not stop or park over flammable the gear position indicated on the
materials, such as dry grass, paper or cluster before driving. If you drive
leaves. They may ignite and cause a in the opposite direction of the
fire. selected gear, the engine will turn
off and a serious accident might be
occurred due to the degraded brake
performance.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result
in the brakes overheating, brake wear
and possibly even brake failure.
• Depressing both accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time can trigger
logic for engine power reduction to
assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle
acceleration will resume after the
brake pedal is released.
• When driving in the manual shift
mode, slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear
may not be engaged if the engine
RPMs are outside of the allowable
range.
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.

7-29
Driving your vehicle

• Exercise extreme caution when driving

on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant
is significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than a
properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
• Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast and sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
posted speed limits.

7-30
 07
INTELLIGENT VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (IVT) (IF EQUIPPED)

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever.
Press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

The shift lever can freely operate.

OBI3060003

Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) Operation

The Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT) automatically shifts depending on speed,
accelerate pedal position.
The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the
shift lever.

7-31
Driving your vehicle

WARNING Shift lever position

The indicator in the instrument cluster
To reduce the risk of serious injury or displays the shift lever position when the
death: ignition switch is in the ON position.
• ALWAYS check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, P (Park)
especially children, before shifting a
vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park).
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever To shift from P (Park), you must depress
is in the P (Park) position, then set firmly on the brake pedal and make sure
the parking brake, and place the your foot is off the accelerator pedal.
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF The shift lever must be in P (Park) before
position. Unexpected and sudden turning the engine off.
vehicle movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed.
WARNING
• When using the manual shift mode,
do not use engine braking (shifting • Shifting into P (Park) while the
from a high gear to lower gear) vehicle is in motion may cause you to
rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle lose control of the vehicle.
may slip causing an accident. • After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the shift lever is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn the
engine off.
• Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake.

i Information
The RPM (revolutions per minute) may
increase or decrease when performing the
IVT self-diagnosis.

7-32
 07
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.

NOTICE
+ (UP)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
may damage the transmission if you
- (DOWN)
shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle
is in motion. OBI3060004

Manual shift mode

N (Neutral) Whether the vehicle is stationary or
The wheels and transmission are not in motion, the manual shift mode is
engaged. selected by pushing the shift lever from
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart the D (Drive) position into the manual
a stalled engine, or if it is necessary to gate. To return to D (Drive) range
stop with the engine ON. Shift into P operation, push the shift lever back into
(Park) if you need to leave your vehicle the main gate.
for any reason. In the manual shift mode, moving the
Always depress the brake pedal when shift lever backwards and forwards will
you are shifting from N (Neutral) to allow you to select the desired range of
another gear. gears for the current driving conditions.
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once to
shift up one gear.
WARNING
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards once
Do not shift into gear unless your foot is to shift down one gear.
firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into
gear when the engine is running at high
speed can cause the vehicle to move
very rapidly. You could lose control of
the vehicle and hit people or objects.

D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position. The
transmission will automatically shift
through a 6-gear sequence, providing
the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or driving an uphill, depress the
accelerator fully. The transmission will
automatically downshift to the next
lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).

7-33
Driving your vehicle

i Information Shift-lock system

For your safety, the Intelligent Variable
• Only the eight forward gears can be Transmission (IVT) has a shift-lock
selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, system which prevents shifting the
move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) transmission from P (Park) into R
or P (Park) position as required. (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
• Downshifts are made automatically depressed.
when the vehicle slows down. When To shift the transmission from P (Park)
the vehicle stops, the 1st gear is into R (Reverse):
automatically selected.
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
• When the engine RPM approaches the
red zone, the transmission will upshift 2. Start the engine or place the ignition
automatically. switch in the ON position.
• If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) 3. Move the shift lever.
or - (Down) position, the transmission
may not make the requested gear
change if the next gear is outside of
the allowable engine RPM range.
The driver must execute upshifts in
accordance with road conditions, taking
care to keep the engine RPMs below the
red zone.
• When driving on a slippery road, push
the shift lever forward into the + (Up)
position. This causes the transmission
to shift into the 2nd gear which is better
for smooth driving on a slippery road.
Push the shift lever to the - (Down) side
to shift back to the 1st gear.
• When driving in the manual shift mode,
slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged if the engine RPMs are
outside of the allowable range.

7-34
 07
Shift-lock release Parking
If the shift lever cannot be moved from Always come to a complete stop and
the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) continue to depress the brake pedal.
position with the brake pedal depressed, Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
continue depressing the brake, and then position, apply the parking brake, and
do the following: place the ignition switch in the LOCK/
OFF position. Take the Key with you
when exiting the vehicle.

WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle with
the engine running, be careful not to
depress the accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. The engine or exhaust
system may overheat and start a fire.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust
OBI3060005 system are very hot. Keep away from
1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ the exhaust system components.
OFF position. Do not stop or park over flammable
2. Apply the parking brake. materials, such as dry grass, paper or
3. Push the shift-lock release button. leaves. They may ignite and cause a
fire.
4. Move the shift lever while pushing the
shift-lock release button.
5. Stop pushing the shift-lock release
button.
6. Depress the brake pedal, and then
restart the engine.
If you need to use the shift-lock release,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer immediately.

7-35
Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices WARNING

• Never move the shift lever from P To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other or DEATH:
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed. • ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant
• Never move the shift lever into P is significantly more likely to be
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion. seriously injured or killed than a
Be sure the vehicle is completely properly belted occupant.
stopped before you attempt to shift • Avoid high speeds when cornering or
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). turning.
• Do not move the shift lever to N • Do not make quick steering wheel
(Neutral) when driving. Doing so may movements, such as sharp lane
result in an accident because of a loss changes or fast, sharp turns.
of engine braking and the transmission
could be damaged. • The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
• Driving an uphill or a downhill, vehicle at highway speeds.
always shift to D (Drive) when
driving forward or to R (Reverse) • Loss of control often occurs if two or
when driving backwards, and check more wheels drop off the roadway
the gear position indicated on the and the driver over steers to reenter
cluster before driving. If you drive the roadway.
in the opposite direction of the • In the event your vehicle leaves
selected gear, the engine will turn the roadway, do not steer sharply.
off and a serious accident might be Instead, slow down before pulling
occurred due to the degraded brake back into the travel lanes.
performance. • HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
• Do not drive with your foot resting posted speed limits.
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result
in the brakes overheating, brake wear
and possibly even brake failure.
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.

7-36
 07
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power brakes • Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
ability to safely slow down; the
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes vehicle may also pull to one side
that adjust automatically through normal when the brakes are applied.
usage. Applying the brakes lightly will
If the engine is not running or is turned indicate whether they have been
off while driving, the power assist for affected in this way. Always test your
the brakes will not work. You can still brakes in this fashion after driving
stop your vehicle by applying greater through deep water. To dry the
force to the brake pedal than typical. brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to
The stopping distance, however, will be heat up the brakes while maintaining
longer than with power brakes. a safe forward speed until brake
When the engine is not running, the performance returns to normal.
reserve brake power is partially depleted Avoid driving at high speeds until the
each time the brake pedal is applied. brakes function correctly.
Do not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted. Disc brakes wear indicator
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control When your brake pads are worn and new
on slippery surfaces. pads are required, you will hear a high
pitched warning sound from your front
or rear brakes. You may hear this sound
WARNING come and go or it may occur whenever
you depress the brake pedal.
Take the following precautions:
Please remember some driving
• Do not drive with your foot resting conditions or climates may cause a
on the brake pedal. This will create brake squeal when you first apply (or
abnormal high brake temperatures, lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal
excessive brake lining and pad wear, and does not indicate a problem with
and increased stopping distances. your brakes.
• When descending a long or steep
hill, shift to a lower gear and avoid
continuous application of the brakes. NOTICE
Applying the brakes continuously To avoid costly brake repairs, do not
will cause the brakes to overheat and continue to drive with worn brake pads.
could result in a temporary loss of
braking performance.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete
front or rear axle sets.

7-37
Driving your vehicle

Rear drum brakes

Your rear drum brakes do not have
wear indicators.Therefore, have the rear
brake linings inspected if you hear a rear
brake rubbing noise. Also have your rear
brakes inspected each time you change
or rotate your tires and when you have
the front brakes replaced.

Parking brake OAI3069007

To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Slightly pull up the parking brake lever.
While pressing the release button (1),
lower the parking brake (2).

If the parking brake does not release

or does not release all the way, we
recommend that the system be checked
OAI3069006 by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Always set the parking brake before
leaving the vehicle, to apply: WARNING
Firmly depress the brake pedal. • Whenever leaving the vehicle or
Pull up the parking brake lever as far as parking, always come to a complete
possible. stop and continue to depress the
brake pedal. Move the shift lever into
the 1st gear (for manual transmission
WARNING vehicle) or N (Neutral) position (for
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY Automated Manual Transmission
or DEATH, do not operate the parking vehicle), then apply the parking
brake while the vehicle is moving brake, and place the ignition switch
except in an emergency situation. It in the LOCK/OFF position.
could damage the brake system and Vehicles with the parking brake not
lead to an accident. fully engaged are at risk for moving
inadvertently and causing injury to
yourself or others.

7-38
 07
• NEVER allow anyone who is Parking brake warning light
unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch  heck the Parking Brake
C
the parking brake. If the parking Warning Light by placing the
brake is released unintentionally, ignition switch to the ON
serious injury may occur. position (do not start the
• Only release the parking brake when engine).
you are seated inside the vehicle with This light will be illuminated when the
your foot firmly on the brake pedal. parking brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the WK-23
START or ON position.
NOTICE Before driving, be sure the parking brake
• Do not apply the accelerator pedal is released and the Brake Warning Light
while the parking brake is engaged. is OFF.
If you depress the accelerator pedal If the Parking Brake Warning Light
with the parking brake engaged, it remains on after the parking brake is
will make warning sounds. Damage released while the engine is running,
to the parking brake may occur. there may be a malfunction in the
• Driving with the parking brake on brake system. Immediate attention is
can overheat the braking system and necessary.
cause premature wear or damage to If at all possible, cease driving the
brake parts. Make sure the parking vehicle immediately. If that is not
brake is released and the Brake possible, use extreme caution while
Warning Light is off before driving. operating the vehicle and only continue
to drive the vehicle until you can reach a
safe location.

7-39
Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Using ABS

To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
WARNING do not attempt to modulate your brake
pressure and do not try to pump your
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or brakes. Depress your brake pedal as
an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) hard as possible.
system will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous driving When you apply your brakes under
maneuvers. Even though vehicle conditions which may lock the wheels,
control is improved during emergency you may hear sounds from the brakes,
braking, always maintain a safe or feel a corresponding sensation in the
distance between you and objects brake pedal. This is normal and it means
ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should your ABS is active.
always be reduced during extreme ABS does not reduce the time or
road conditions. The braking distance distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
for vehicles equipped with ABS or ESC Always maintain a safe distance from the
may be longer than for those without vehicle in front of you.
these systems in the following road
conditions. ABS will not prevent a skid that results
from sudden changes in direction, such
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds as trying to take a corner too fast or
during the following conditions: making a sudden lane change. Always
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered drive at a safe speed for the road and
roads. weather conditions.
• On roads where the road surface is ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.
pitted or has different surface height. Always steer moderately when braking
• Tire chains are installed on your hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
vehicle. movement can still cause your vehicle
to veer into oncoming traffic or off the
The safety features of an ABS or ESC road.
equipped vehicle should not be tested
by high speed driving or cornering. This On loose or uneven road surfaces,
could endanger the safety of yourself operation of the anti-lock brake system
or others. may result in a longer stopping distance
than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
ABS is an electronic braking system that The ABS warning light ( ) will stay
helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows on for several seconds after the ignition
the driver to steer and brake at the same switch is in the ON position. During
time. that time, the ABS will go through self-
diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with your
ABS. We recommend that you contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.

7-40
 07
WARNING Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) (if equipped)
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and
stays on, you may have a problem with
the ABS. Your power brakes will work
normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, we recommend that
you contact your HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.

NOTICE
When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and apply
OBI3060006
your brakes continuously, the ABS will
be active continuously and the ABS The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
warning light ( ) may illuminate. Pull system helps to stabilize the vehicle
your vehicle over to a safe place and during cornering maneuvers.
turn the engine off. ESC checks where you are steering and
Restart the engine. If the ABS warning where the vehicle is actually going.
light is off, then your ABS system is ESC applies braking pressure to any one
normal. of the vehicle’s brakes and intervenes in
Otherwise, you may have a problem the engine management system to assist
with your ABS system. We recommend the driver with keeping the vehicle on
that you contact an authorized the intended path. It is not a substitute
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. for safe driving practices. Always adjust
your speed and driving to the road
conditions.
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle WARNING
because of a drained battery, the ABS
warning light ( ) may turn on at the Never drive too fast for the road
same time. This happens because of the conditions or too quickly when
low battery voltage. It does not mean your cornering. The ESC system will not
ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery prevent accidents.
recharged before driving the vehicle. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet
surfaces can result in severe accidents.

7-41
Driving your vehicle

ESC operation ESC OFF condition

ESC ON condition To cancel ESC operation :
When the ignition switch is in the
ON position, the ESC and the ESC
OFF indicator lights illuminate for
approximately three seconds and goes
off, then the ESC is turned on. • State 1
Type A

„
When operating
When the ESC is in
operation, the ESC indicator
light blinks:

• When you apply your brakes under

conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in
the brake pedal. This is normal and it OAC3069064TU
means your ESC is active. Type B

„
• When the ESC activates, the engine
may not respond to the accelerator as
it does under routine conditions.
• If the Cruise Control was in use when
the ESC activates, it automatically
disengages. The Cruise Control can be
reengaged when the road conditions
allow. See “Cruise Control System”
later in this chapter 7 (if equipped).
• When moving out of the mud or OSU2I069038
driving on a slippery road, the engine
RPM (revolutions per minute) may Press the ESC OFF button briefly.
not increase even if you press the The ESC OFF indicator light and/or
accelerator pedal deeply. This is to message “Traction control disabled”
maintain the stability and traction of will illuminate and a warning chime will
the vehicle and does not indicate a sound. In this state, the traction control
problem. function of ESC (engine management) is
disabled, but the brake control function
of ESC (braking management) still
operates.

7-42
 07
• State 2 Indicator lights
Type A

„ „ESC indicator light (blinks)

OTD059012
„ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

OAC3069065TU OTD059013
Type B

„ When the ignition switch is in the
ON position, the ESC indicator light
illuminates, then goes off if the ESC
system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
the ESC is operating.
If the ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning light
illuminates, we recommend that the
OSU2I069039 vehicle be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
The ESC OFF indicator light and/or when the ESC is turned off with the
message “Traction control and ESC button.
disabled” illuminates and a warning
chime sounds. In this state, both the WARNING
traction control function of ESC (engine
management) and the brake control When the ESC is blinking, this indicates
function of ESC (braking management) the ESC is active:
are disabled. Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to
If the ignition switch is placed in the accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off
LOCK/OFF position when the ESC is off, while the ESC indicator light is blinking
the ESC remains off. Upon restarting the or you may lose control of the vehicle
vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn resulting in an accident.
on again.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before
replacing tires, make sure all four tires
and wheels are the same size. Never
drive the vehicle with different sized
wheels and tires installed.

7-43
Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF usage Vehicle Stability Management

When Driving (VSM) (if equipped)
The ESC OFF mode should only be used The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in is a function of the Electronic Stability
snow or mud, by temporarily stopping Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the
operation of the ESC, to maintain wheel vehicle stays stable when accelerating
torque. or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and
To turn the ESC off while driving, press rough roads where traction over the four
the ESC OFF button while driving on a tires can suddenly become uneven.
flat road surface.
WARNING
NOTICE
Take the following precautions when
To prevent damage to the transmission: using the Vehicle Stability Management
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to (VSM):
spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, • ALWAYS check the speed and the
and parking brake warning lights distance to the vehicle ahead. The
are displayed. The repairs would not VSM is not a substitute for safe
be covered by the vehicle warranty. driving practices.
Reduce engine power and do not spin
• Never drive too fast for the road
the wheel(s) excessively while these
conditions. The VSM system will not
lights are displayed.
prevent accidents. Excessive speed
• When operating the vehicle on in bad weather, slippery and uneven
a dynamometer, make sure the roads can result in severe accidents.
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).

i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS
or standard brake system operation.

7-44
 07
VSM operation Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
When operating (if equipped)
When you apply your brakes under The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
conditions which may activate the ESC, helps prevent the vehicle from rolling
you may hear sounds from the brakes, backwards when starting a vehicle from
or feel a corresponding sensation in the a stop on a hill. The system operates the
brake pedal. This is normal and it means brakes automatically for approximately
your VSM is active. 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2
seconds or when the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
i Information
The VSM does not operate when:
WARNING
• Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline Always be ready to depress the
• Driving in reverse. accelerator pedal when starting off on
an incline. The HAC activates only for
• The ESC OFF indicator light is on. approximately 2 seconds.
• The EPS (Electric Power Steering)
warning light ( ) is on or blinks.
i Information
WARNING • The HAC does not operate when the
shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the ESC indicator light ( ) or the • The HAC activates even when the ESC
EPS warning light ( ) stays on (Electronic Stability Control) is off.
or blinks, your vehicle may have a However, it does not activate, when the
malfunction with the VSM system. ESC does not operate normally.
When the warning light illuminates
we recommend that the vehicle be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.

NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before
replacing tires, make sure all four tires
and wheels are the same size. Never
drive the vehicle with different sized
tires and wheels installed.

7-45
Driving your vehicle

Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) Good braking practices

The Emergency Stop Signal system
alerts the driver behind by blinking the
stop light when the vehicle is braked WARNING
rapidly and severely. Whenever leaving the vehicle or
The system is activated when: parking, always come to a complete
• The vehicle suddenly stops (vehicle stop and continue to depress the brake
speed is over 55 km/h and the vehicle pedal. Move the shift lever into the 1st
deceleration at greater than 7 m/s2) gear (for manual transmission vehicle)
or N (Neutral) position (for Automated
• The ABS is activating
Manual Transmission vehicle), then
When the vehicle speed is under 40 apply the parking brake, and place
km/h and the ABS deactivates or the the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
sudden stop situation is over, the stop position.
light blinking will stop. Instead, the
Vehicles with the parking brake not
hazard warning flasher will turn on
fully engaged are at risk for moving
automatically.
inadvertently and causing injury to
The hazard warning flasher will turn off yourself or others.
when the vehicle speed is over 10 km/h
after the vehicle has stopped. Also, it will
turn off when the vehicle is driven at low Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
speed for some time. You can turn it off brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
manually by pushing the hazard warning driven through standing water or if it is
flasher switch. washed. Your vehicle will not stop as
quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes
may cause the vehicle to pull to one
CAUTION side.
The Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
system will not work if the hazard lightly until the braking action returns to
warning flasher is already on. normal, taking care to keep the vehicle
under control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal, stop
as soon as it is safe to do so and we
recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
pedal pressure can result in the brakes
overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.

7-46
 07
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
the vehicle from rolling forward.

7-47
Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous driving conditions To prevent transmission wear, wait until
the wheels stop spinning before shifting
When hazardous driving conditions are gears. Release the accelerator pedal
encountered such as water, snow, ice, while shifting, and press lightly on the
mud or sand: accelerator pedal while the transmission
Drive cautiously and allow extra distance is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in
for braking. forward and reverse directions causes
Avoid sudden movements in braking or a rocking motion that may free the
steering. vehicle.
If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use
second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid NOTICE
spinning the drive wheels.
If the tires spin at high speed, the tires
can explode and you or others may be
WARNING injured. Do not attempt this procedure
if people or objects are anywhere near
Downshifting with an Automated the vehicle.
manual transmission while driving The vehicle can overheat causing an
on slippery surfaces can cause an engine compartment fire or other
accident. The sudden change in tire damage. Spin the wheels as little as
speed could cause the tires to skid. Be possible and avoid spinning the wheels
careful when downshifting on slippery at speeds over 56 km/h (35 mph) as
surfaces. indicated on the speedometer.

Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip

material under the drive wheels to
NOTICE
provide traction when stalled in ice, If you are still stuck after rocking the
snow, or mud. vehicle a few times, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating, possible damage
Rocking the vehicle to the transmission, and tire damage.
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to See “Towing” in chapter 8.
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first
turn the steering wheel to the right
and left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between the 1st and R (Reverse,
for manual transmission vehicle) or
R (Reverse) and a forward gear (for
Automated manual transmission
vehicle). Try to avoid spinning the
wheels, and do not race the engine.

7-48
 07
Smooth cornering Driving in the rain
Avoid braking or gear changing in Rain and wet roads can make driving
corners, especially when roads are wet. dangerous. Here are a few things to
Ideally, corners should always be taken consider when driving in the rain or on
under gentle acceleration. slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following
Driving at night distance. A heavy rainfall makes
it harder to see and increases the
Night driving presents more hazards distance needed to stop your vehicle.
than driving in the daylight. Here are • Replace your windshield wiper blades
some important tips to remember: when they show signs of streaking or
• Slow down and keep more distance missing areas on the windshield.
between you and other vehicles, as it • Be sure your tires have enough tread.
may be more difficult to see at night, If your tires do not have enough tread,
especially in areas where there may making a quick stop on wet pavement
not be any street lights. can cause a skid and possibly lead to
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare an accident. See “Tire replacement” in
from other driver’s headlights. chapter 9.
• Keep your headlights clean and • Turn on your headlights to make it
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly easier for others to see you.
aimed headlights will make it much • Driving too fast through large puddles
more difficult to see at night. can affect your brakes. If you must go
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights through puddles, try to drive through
of oncoming vehicles. You could be them slowly.
temporarily blinded, and it will take • If you believe your brakes may be wet,
several seconds for your eyes to apply them lightly while driving until
readjust to the darkness. normal braking operation returns.

Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the water.
The best advice is SLOW DOWN when
the road is wet. The risk of hydroplaning
increases as the depth of tire tread
decreases, refer to “Tire replacement” in
chapter 9.

7-49
Driving your vehicle

Driving in flooded areas

Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.

7-50
 07
WINTER DRIVING
Snow or icy conditions i Information
You need to keep sufficient distance Do not install studded tires without first
between your vehicle and the vehicle in checking local and municipal regulations
front of you. for possible restrictions against their use.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid
acceleration, sudden brake applications,
and sharp turns are potentially Tire chains
very hazardous practices. During
deceleration, use engine braking to the
fullest extent. Sudden brake applications
on snowy or icy roads may cause skids
to occur.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to
carry include tire chains, tow straps or
OBI3060007L
chains, a flashlight, emergency flares,
sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, thinner than other types of tires, they
a blanket, etc. may be damaged by mounting some
types of tire chains on them. Therefore,
the use of snow tires is recommended
Snow tires instead of tire chains. Do not mount
tire chains on vehicles equipped with
WARNING aluminum wheels; if unavoidable use
a wire type chain. If tire chains must
Snow tires should be equivalent in size be used, Use wire-type chains with a
and type to the vehicle’s standard tires. thickness of less than 0.59 in (15 mm)
Otherwise, the safety and handling of and install the tire chain after reviewing
your vehicle may be adversely affected. the instructions provided with the tire
chains. Damage to your vehicle caused
by improper tire chain use is not covered
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.
make sure to use radial tires of the same
size and load range as the original tires.
Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle’s handling in
all weather conditions. The traction
provided by snow tires on dry roads
may not be as high as your vehicle’s
original equipment tires. Check with
the tire dealer for maximum speed
recommendations.
We recommend you use snow tires
when road temperature is below 45°F
(7°C).

7-51
Driving your vehicle

WARNING Chain Installation

When installing tire chains, follow the
The use of tire chains may adversely manufacturer’s instructions and mount
affect vehicle handling: them as tightly possible. Drive slowly
• Drive less than 30 km/h (20 mph) (less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) with
or the chain manufacturer’s chains installed. If you hear the chains
recommended speed limit, contacting the body or chassis, stop and
whichever is lower. tighten them. If they still make contact,
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps, slow down until the noise stops. Remove
holes, sharp turns, and other road the tire chains as soon as you begin
hazards, which may cause the vehicle driving on cleared roads.
to bounce. When mounting snow chains, park
• Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel the vehicle on level ground away from
braking. traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard
Warning Flasher and place a triangular
emergency warning device behind the
i Information vehicle (if available). Always place the
vehicle in N (Neutral), apply the parking
• Install tire chains on the front tires. brake and turn off the engine before
It should be noted that installing installing snow chains.
tire chains on the tires will provide
a greater driving force, but will not
prevent side skids. NOTICE
• Do not install tire chains without When using tire chains:
first checking local and municipal • Wrong size chains or improperly
regulations for possible restrictions installed chains can damage your
against their use. vehicle’s brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels.
• Use SAE “S” class or wire chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to prevent contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km
(0.3~0.6 miles).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels. If
unavoidable, use a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 15 mm (0.59
in) wide to prevent damage to the
chain’s connection.

7-52
 07
Winter precautions Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant Inspect your spark plugs as described
in chapter 8 and replace them if
Your vehicle is delivered with high necessary. Also check all ignition wiring
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the and components to be sure they are not
cooling system. It is the only type of cracked, worn or damaged in any way.
coolant that should be used because it
helps prevent corrosion in the cooling
system, lubricates the water pump and To keep locks from freezing
prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or To keep the locks from freezing, squirt
replenish your coolant in accordance an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine
with the maintenance schedule in into the key opening. If a lock is covered
chapter 8. Before winter, have your with ice, squirt it with an approved
coolant tested to assure that its freezing de-icing fluid to remove the ice. If the
point is sufficient for the temperatures lock is frozen internally, you may be able
anticipated during the winter. to thaw it out by using a heated key.
Handle the heated key with care to avoid
Check battery and cables injury.
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the Use approved window washer anti-
battery and cables as described in freeze in system
chapter 8. The level of charge in your To keep the water in the window washer
battery can be checked by an authorized system from freezing, add an approved
HYUNDAI dealer or a service station. window washer anti-freeze solution in
accordance with instructions on the
Change to “winter weight” oil if container. Window washer anti-freeze is
necessary available from an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do
In some climates, it is recommended not use engine coolant or other types
that a lower viscosity “winter weight” of anti-freeze as these may damage the
oil be used during cold weather. See paint finish.
chapter 2 for recommendations. If you
aren’t sure what weight oil you should
use, we recommend that you consult
with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-53
Driving your vehicle

Don’t let your parking brake freeze Don’t place foreign objects
Under some conditions, your parking or materials in the engine
brake can freeze in the engaged compartment
position. This is most likely to happen Placement of foreign objects or
when there is an accumulation of snow materials which prevent cooling of the
or ice around or near the rear brakes or engine, in the engine compartment,
if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk may cause a failure or combustion. The
the parking brake may freeze, apply manufacturer is not responsible for the
it only temporarily while you put the damage caused by such placement.
shift lever in N (for Automated Manual
Transmission) or in the first or reverse
gear (for manual transmission) and block
the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
roll. Then release the parking brake.

Don’t let ice and snow accumulate

underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and
interfere with the steering. When driving
in severe winter conditions where this
may happen, you should periodically
check underneath the car to be sure the
movement of the front wheels and the
steering components is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipment

Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate
emergency equipment. Some of the
items you may want to carry include tire
chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight,
emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper
cables, window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.

7-54
 07
VEHICLE WEIGHT
Two labels on your driver’s door sill show GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
how much weight your vehicle was This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Cargo Weight plus passengers.
Information Label and the Certification
Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
yourself with the following terms for This is the maximum allowable weight
determining your vehicle’s weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including
ratings, from the vehicle’s specifications all options, equipment, passengers
and the Certification Label: and cargo). The GVWR is shown on
the Certification Label located on the
driver’s door sill.
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all Overloading
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional
equipment. WARNING
The Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
Vehicle Curb Weight and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
This is the weight of your new vehicle (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the
when you picked it up from your dealer Certification Label attached to the
plus any aftermarket equipment. driver’s (or front passenger’s) door.
Exceeding these ratings can cause an
accident or vehicle damage. You can
Cargo Weight calculate the weight of your load by
This figure includes all weight added to weighing the items (and people) before
the Base Curb Weight, including cargo putting them in the vehicle. Be careful
and optional equipment. not to overload your vehicle.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)

This is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

This is the maximum allowable weight
that can be carried by a single axle (front
or rear). These numbers are shown on
the Certification Label. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

7-55
9. Emergency situations

Hazard warning flasher................................................................................... 9-2

In case of an emergency while driving........................................................... 9-2
If the engine stalls while driving............................................................................... 9-2
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing.......................................................... 9-2
If you have a flat tire while driving............................................................................ 9-3
If the engine will not start............................................................................... 9-3
If the engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly................................................ 9-3
If the engine turns over normally but doesn’t start................................................. 9-3
Jump starting...................................................................................................9-4
If the engine overheats.................................................................................... 9-7
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS).......................................................9-9
Check tire pressure.................................................................................................... 9-9
Tire pressure monitoring system..............................................................................9-10
Low tire pressure telltale...........................................................................................9-11
Low tire pressure position telltale and tire pressure telltale...................................9-11
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator........................... 9-12
Changing a tire with TPMS....................................................................................... 9-12
If you have a flat tire.......................................................................................9-14
Jack and tools ...........................................................................................................9-14
Removing and storing the spare tire.......................................................................9-14
Changing tires .......................................................................................................... 9-15
Jack label...................................................................................................................9-19
Towing............................................................................................................9-20
Towing service.......................................................................................................... 9-20
Removable towing hook........................................................................................... 9-21
Emergency towing................................................................................................... 9-22
Emergency commodity................................................................................. 9-24
First aid kit................................................................................................................ 9-24
Triangle reflector...................................................................................................... 9-24 9
Emergency situations

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY

WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls while driving
• Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, we recommend
that you contact an authorized
OAI3079001 HYUNDAI dealer.
The hazard warning flasher serves as
a warning to other drivers to exercise If the engine stalls at a
extreme caution when approaching, crossroad or crossing
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
repairs are being made or when the crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a lever to the N (Neutral) position and then
roadway. push the vehicle to a safe location.
To turn the hazard warning flasher on • If your vehicle has a manual
or off, press the hazard warning flasher transmission not equipped with a
button with the ignition switch in any ignition lock switch, the vehicle can
position. The button is located in the move forward by shifting to the
crash pad garnish panel. 2(second) or 3(third) gear and then
turning the starter without depressing
All turn signal lights will flash the clutch pedal.
simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.

9-2
 09
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT
If you have a flat tire while START
driving
If the engine doesn’t turn over
If a tire goes flat while you are driving: or turns over slowly
• Take your foot off the accelerator
• Be sure the gear is in N (Neutral). The
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
engine starts only when the shift lever
while driving straight ahead. Do not
is in N (Neutral).
apply the brakes immediately or
attempt to pull off the road as this • Check the battery connections to be
may cause loss of vehicle control sure they are clean and tight.
resulting in an accident. When the • Turn on the interior light. If the light
vehicle has slowed to such a speed dims or goes out when you operate
that it is safe to do so, brake carefully the starter, the battery is drained.
and pull off the road. Drive off the Do not push or pull the vehicle to start
road as far as possible and park on it. This could cause damage to your
firm, level ground. If you are on a vehicle.
divided highway, do not park in the
median area between the two traffic See instructions for “Jump Starting”
lanes. provided in this chapter.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press
the hazard warning flasher button, WARNING
move the shift lever into N (Neutral,
for Automated manual transmission) Push or pull starting the vehicle may
or neutral (for manual transmission cause the catalytic converter to
vehicle), apply the parking brake, and overload which can lead to damage to
place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ the emission control system.
OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the If the engine turns over normally
side of the vehicle that is away from but doesn’t start
traffic. • C
heck the fuel level and add fuel if
• When changing a flat tire, follow the necessary.
instructions provided later in this If the engine still does not start, we
chapter. recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

9-3
Emergency situations

JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if done If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting eyes with clean water for at least 15
procedure in this section to avoid serious minutes and get immediate medical
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in attention. If acid gets on your skin,
doubt about how to properly jump start thoroughly wash the area. If you
your vehicle, we strongly recommend feel pain or a burning sensation, get
that you have a service technician or medical attention immediately.
towing service do it for you. • When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
WARNING cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH opposite corners.
to you or bystanders, always follow • Do not attempt to jump start your
these precautions when working near vehicle if your battery is frozen.
or handling the battery: • NEVER attempt to recharge the
Always read and follow battery when the vehicle’s battery
instructions carefully when cables are connected to the battery.
handling a battery. • The electrical ignition system works
Wear eye protection designed with high voltage. NEVER touch these
to protect the eyes from acid components with the engine running
splashes. or when the ignition switch is in the
Keep all flames, sparks, or ON position.
smoking materials away from • Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper
the battery. cables to touch. It may cause sparks.
Hydrogen is always present in • The battery may rupture or explode
battery cells, is highly when you jump start with a low or
combustible, and may explode frozen battery.
if ignited. • Never attempt jump start if you
Keep batteries out of reach of observe cracks, leaks or other
children. damage on Battery.

 atteries contain sulfuric acid

B
which is highly corrosive. Do
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.

9-4
 09
CAUTION Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough
• Improper jump starting procedure that the jumper cables will reach, but
can result in battery explosion and do not allow the vehicles to touch.
acid burn hazard.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the
• Loosely connected battery cables engine compartment at all times, even
could damage the electronic control when the vehicles are turned off.
units.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such
• To disconnect battery terminals as radios, lights, air conditioning,
wait for at least 2 minutes to allow etc. Put the vehicles in N (Neutral,
discharge of high voltage or it could for Automated manual transmission
lead to personal injury. vehicle) or neutral (for manual
• While disconnecting, always transmission vehicle), and set the
disconnect the -VE terminal first and parking brakes. Turn both vehicles
while connecting, always connect the OFF.
-VE terminal last.
Jumper Cables

NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply (-)
(+)
(battery or jumper system) to jump (-)
Jumper Terminal
start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your (+)
vehicle by push-starting. Booster Battery

i Information
4. Connect the jumper cables in
OBI3090046L

 n inappropriately disposed
A the exact sequence shown in the
battery can be harmful to the illustration. First connect one jumper
environment and human health. cable to the red, positive (+) jumper
Pb Dispose the battery according to terminal of your vehicle (1).
your local law(s) or regulation. 5. Connect the other end of the jumper
cable to the red, positive (+) battery/
jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable to
the black, negative (-) battery/chassis
ground of the assisting vehicle (3).

9-5
Emergency situations

7. Connect the other end of the second Disconnect the jumper cables in the
jumper cable to the black, negative (-) exact reverse order you connected
chassis ground of your vehicle (4). them:
Do not allow the jumper cables to 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
contact anything except the correct black, negative (-) chassis ground of
battery or jumper terminals or the your vehicle (4).
correct ground. Do not lean over the 2. Disconnect the other end of the
battery when making connections. jumper cable from the black, negative
8. Start the engine of the assisting (-) battery/chassis ground of the
vehicle and let it run at approximately assisting vehicle (3).
2,000 RPM for a few minutes. Then 3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
start your vehicle. from the red, positive (+) battery/
jumper terminal of the assisting
If your vehicle will not start after a vehicle (2).
few attempts, it probably requires 4. Disconnect the other end of the
servicing. In this event, please seek jumper cable from the red, positive (+)
qualified assistance. If the cause of your jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
battery discharging is not apparent,
we recommend that your vehicle be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

WARNING
Never connect Jumper Cable directly to
the negative (-) terminal of discharged
Battery (Your Vehicle Battery), or an
Explosion may occur.

9-6
 09
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates 4. Check for coolant leaking from the
overheating, you experience a loss of radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the air conditioning had been in use, it
the engine may be overheating. If this is normal for cold water to be draining
happens, you should: from it when you stop.)
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it 5. If the engine coolant is leaking
is safe to do so. out, stop the engine immediately
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral, and we recommend that you call
for Automated manual transmission an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
vehicle) or neutral (for manual assistance.
transmission vehicle) and set the
parking brake. If the air conditioning is WARNING
ON, turn it OFF.
3. If the engine coolant is running out NEVER remove the radiator
under the vehicle or steam is coming cap or the drain plug while
out from the hood, stop the engine. the engine and radiator are
Do not open the hood until the coolant hot. Hot coolant and steam
has stopped running or the steaming may blow out under
has stopped. If there is no visible pressure, causing serious injury.
loss of engine coolant and no steam, Turn the engine off and wait until the
leave the engine running and check engine cools down. Use extreme care
to be sure the engine cooling fan is when removing the radiator cap. Wrap
operating. If the fan is not running, a thick towel around it, and turn it
turn the engine off. counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure
is released from the cooling system.
WARNING When you are sure all the pressure
While the engine is running, has been released, press down on the
keep hands, clothing and cap, using a thick towel, and continue
tools away from the moving turning counterclockwise to remove it.
parts such as the cooling
fan and drive belt to
prevent serious injury.

9-7
Emergency situations

6. If you cannot find the cause of the

overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir
to bring the fluid level in the reservoir
up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert
for further signs of overheating.
If overheating happens again,
we recommend that you call an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.

NOTICE
• Serious loss of coolant indicates a
leak in the cooling system and we
recommend the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks
in the engine. To prevent damage,
add engine coolant slowly in small
quantities.

9-8
 09
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)
Check tire pressure

OBI3080002

OSU2I049054

• You can check the tire pressure in the

Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the “User settings mode” in
chapter 4.
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 minutes
later after driving.
• If tire pressure is not displayed when
the vehicle is stopped, “Drive to
OSU2I049052 display” message will appear. After
(1) Low tire pressure telltale / driving, check the tire pressure.
TPMS malfunction indicator • The displayed tire pressure values may
(2) Low tire pressure position telltale and differ from those measured with a tire
tire pressure telltale (Shown on the pressure gauge.
LCD display) • You can change the tire pressure
unit in the User Settings mode on the
instrument cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the “User
settings mode” in chapter 4).

9-9
Emergency situations

Tire pressure monitoring system Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator
to indicate when the system is
WARNING not operating properly. The TPMS
malfunction indicator is combined with
Over-inflation or under-inflation can the low tire pressure telltale. When
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle the system detects a malfunction, the
handling, and lead to sudden tire telltale will flash for approximately one
failure that may cause loss of vehicle minute and then remain continuously
control resulting in an accident. illuminated. This sequence will continue
upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists. When
Each tire, including the spare (if
the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
provided), should be checked monthly
the system may not be able to detect
when cold and inflated to the inflation
or signal low tire pressure as intended.
pressure recommended by the vehicle
TPMS malfunctions may occur for
manufacturer on the vehicle placard
a variety of reasons, including the
or tire inflation pressure label. (If your
installation of replacement or alternate
vehicle has tires of a different size
tires or wheels on the vehicle that
than the size indicated on the vehicle
prevent the TPMS from functioning
placard or tire inflation pressure label,
properly. Always check the TPMS
you should determine the proper tire
malfunction telltale after replacing
inflation pressure for those tires.)
one or more tires or wheels on your
As an added safety feature, your vehicle to ensure that the replacement
vehicle has been equipped with a tire or alternate tires and wheels allow the
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) TPMS to continue to function properly.
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. i Information
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure If the TPMS indicator does not illuminate
telltale illuminates, you should stop and for 3 seconds when the ignition switch
check your tires as soon as possible, is turned to the ON position or the
and inflate them to the proper pressure. engine is running, or if it comes on after
Driving on a significantly under-inflated blinking for approximately one minute,
tire causes the tire to overheat and can we recommend that you contact an
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,
and may affect the vehicle’s handling
and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
tire pressure telltale.

9-10
 09
Low tire pressure If you drive the vehicle for about 10
minutes at speeds above 25 km/h after
telltale replacing the low pressure tire with the
spare tire, the following will happen:
• The TPMS malfunction indicator may
blink for approximately 1 minute and
Low tire pressure position then remain continuously illuminated
telltale and tire pressure telltale because the TPMS sensor is not
mounted on the spare wheel.

NOTICE
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may be illuminated if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning because
the decreased temperature leads to a
OSU2I049054 proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a
When the tire pressure monitoring warm area to a cold area or from a cold
system warning indicators are area to a warm area, or the outside
illuminated and a warning message temperature is greatly higher or lower,
displayed on the cluster LCD display, you should check the tire inflation
one or more of your tires is significantly pressure and adjust the tires to the
under-inflated. The low tire pressure recommended tire inflation pressure.
position telltale light will indicate which
tire is significantly under-inflated by
illuminating the corresponding position WARNING
light.
If either telltale illuminates, immediately Low pressure damage
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering Significantly low tire pressure makes
and anticipate increased stopping the vehicle unstable and can contribute
distances. You should stop and check to loss of vehicle control and increased
your tires as soon as possible. Inflate braking distances.
the tires to the proper pressure as Continued driving on low pressure tires
indicated on the vehicle’s placard or tire can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
inflation pressure label located on the
driver’s side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or
if the tire cannot hold the newly added
air, replace the low pressure tire with a
spare tire.

9-11
Emergency situations

TPMS (Tire Pressure Changing a tire with TPMS

Monitoring System) If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
malfunction indicator Pressure will come on. We recommend
that the flat tire be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The TPMS malfunction indicator
will illuminate after it blinks for
approximately one minute when there NOTICE
is a problem with the Tire Pressure We recommend that you use a
Monitoring System. If the system is able puncture-repairing agent approved by
to correctly detect an under inflation HYUNDAI.
warning at the same time as system
failure then it will illuminate the TPMS The sealant on the tire pressure sensor
malfunction indicator. and wheel shall be eleminated when
you replace the tire with a new one.
We recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside
the tire behind the valve stem. You
NOTICE must use TPMS specific wheels. It is
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, recommended that you have your tires
the low tire pressure position telltale serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
will not be displayed even though the dealer.
vehicle has an under-inflated tire. Even if you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
Telltale will blink or remain on until the
CAUTION low pressure tire is repaired and placed
• The TPMS malfunction indicator on the vehicle.
may be illuminated if the vehicle is After you replace the low pressure tire
moving around electric power supply with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
cables or radios transmitter such as Telltale may blink or illuminate after a
at police stations, government and few minutes because the TPMS sensor
public offices, broadcasting stations, mounted on the spare wheel is not
military installations, airports, or initiated.
transmitting towers, etc. This can Once the low pressure tire is re-inflated
interfere with normal operation of to the recommended pressure and
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System installed on the vehicle or the new TPMS
(TPMS). sensor mounted on the wheel, the TPMS
• The TPMS malfunction indicator may malfunction indicator and the low tire
illuminate if snow chains or some pressure and position telltales will turn
separately purchased devices such off within a few minutes of driving.
as notebook computers, mobile If the indicator does not turn off after a
charger, remote starter, navigation few minutes of driving, we recommend
etc. are used in the vehicle. This can that the system be checked by an
interfere with normal operation of authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).

9-12
 09
NOTICE WARNING
If original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor TPMS
on the replaced spare wheel should be • The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
initiated and we recommend that the and sudden tire damage caused by
TPMS sensor on the original mounted external factors such as nails or road
wheel be deactivated by a HYUNDAI debris.
dealer. If the TPMS sensor on the
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
original mounted wheel located in the
immediately take your foot off
spare tire carrier still activates, the
the accelerator, apply the brakes
tire pressure monitoring system may
gradually and with light force, and
not operate properly. We recommend
slowly move to a safe position off the
that the system be serviced by an
road.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

You may not be able to identify a low WARNING

tire by simply looking at it. Always use Protecting TPMS
a good quality tire pressure gauge to
measure the tire’s inflation pressure. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
Please note that a tire that is hot (from the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
being driven) will have a higher pressure (TPMS) components may interfere with
measurement than a tire that is cold. the system’s ability to warn the driver
A cold tire means the vehicle is in parked of low tire pressure conditions and/
position for at least 3 hours or driven or TPMS malfunctions. Tamper-ing
less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that period. with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Allow the tire to cool before measuring components may void the war-ranty for
the inflation pressure. Always be sure that portion of the vehicle.
the tire is cold before inflating to the
recommended pressure.

NOTICE
We recommend that you use the tire
sealant approved by HYUNDAI if your
vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. The liquid sealant
can damage the tire pressure sensors.

9-13
Emergency situations

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

WARNING Removing and storing the spare
tire
Changing a tire can be dangerous.
Follow the instructions in this section
when changing a tire to reduce the risk
of serious injury or death.

Jack and tools

OBI3081009

Turn the winged hold down bolt

counterclockwise to remove the spare
tire.
Store the spare tire in the same
compartment by turning the winged
OBI3080003
hold down bolt clockwise.
① Jack To prevent the spare tire and tools from
② Jack handle “rattling” store them in their proper
location.
③ Wheel lug nut wrench
④ Towing hook

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut

wrench, towing hook are stored in the
luggage compartment.
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.

OBI3081010
If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down
wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it
easily using the wheel lug nut wrench.
1. Put the wrench (1) inside of the tire
hold-down wing bolt.
2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the wrench.

9-14
 09
Changing tires Follow these steps to change your
vehicle’s tire:
1. Park on a level and firm surface.
WARNING 2. Move the shift lever into N (Neutral,
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack for Automated manual transmission
causing serious injury or death to you vehicle) or neutral (for manual
or those nearby. Take the following transmission vehicle), apply the
safety precautions: parking brake, and place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
• Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack. 3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
• NEVER attempt to change a tire in
the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
vehicle completely off the road on jack, jack handle, and spare tire from
level, firm ground away from traffic the vehicle.
before trying to change a tire. If you 5. Block both the front and rear of the
cannot find a level, firm place off tire diagonally opposite of the tire you
the road, call a towing service for are changing.
assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions on the
vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers
or any other part of the vehicle for
jacking support.
• Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack. OBI3081008

• Keep children away from the road 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts
and the vehicle. counterclockwise one turn each in
the order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire has
been raised off of the ground.

9-15
Emergency situations

10. Install the spare tire onto the studs of

the hub.
11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers
onto the studs with the smaller end of
the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
12. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle
counterclockwise.

OBI3081005

7. Place the jack at the designated

jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing.
The jacking positions are plates
welded to the frame with two tabs
and a raised dot. Never jack any other
position or part of the vehicle.

OBI3081007
13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug nut
until they are tight. After changing
tires, we recommend that an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten
the lug nuts to their proper torque as
soon as possible. The wheel lug nut
should be tightened to 11~13 kgf.m
(79~94 lbf.ft).
OBI3081006
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack and
turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle
until the tire clears the ground. Before
removing the wheel lug nuts, make
sure the vehicle is stable on the jack.
9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel
lug nut wrench and remove them with
your fingers. Remove the wheel from
the studs and lay it flat on the ground
out of the way. Before removing the
wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle
is stable on the jack.

9-16
 09
If you have a tire gauge, check the tire Use of compact spare tires
pressure (see “Tires and Wheels” in (if equipped)
chapter 2 for tire pressure instructions.). Compact spare tires are designed for
If the pressure is lower or higher than emergency use only. Drive carefully on
recommended, drive slowly to the the compact spare tire and always follow
nearest service station and adjust it to the safety precautions.
the recommended pressure. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is WARNING
not replaced, air may leak from the tire.
If you lose a valve cap, buy another To prevent compact spare tire failure
and install it as soon as possible. After and loss of control possibly resulting in
changing tires, secure the flat tire and an accident:
return the jack and tools to their proper • Use the compact spare tire only in an
storage locations. emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle over 80
i Information km/h (50 mph).
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s
Check the tire pressure as soon as possible maximum load rating or the load
after installing a spare tire. Adjust it to carrying capacity shown on the
the recommended pressure. sidewall of the compact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
NOTICE continuously. Repair or replace the
Your vehicle has metric threads on original tire as soon as possible to
the studs and lug nuts. Make certain avoid failure of the compact spare
during tire changing that the same tire.
nuts that were removed are reinstalled.
If you have to replace your lug nuts
make sure they have metric threads to
avoid damaging the studs and ensure
the wheel is properly secured to the
hub. We recommend that you consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.

If any of the equipment such as the jack,

lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is
damaged or in poor condition, do not
attempt to change the tire and call for
assistance.

9-17
Emergency situations

When driving with the compact spare NOTICE

tire mounted to your vehicle:
To prevent damaging the compact
• Check the tire pressure after installing spare tire and your vehicle:
the compact spare tire. The compact
• Drive slowly enough for the road
spare tire should be inflated to 420
conditions to avoid all hazards, such
kPa (60 psi).
as a potholes or debris.
• Do not take this vehicle through an
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
automatic car wash while the compact
compact spare tire diameter is
spare tire is installed.
smaller than the diameter of a
• Do not use the compact spare tire on conventional tire and reduces the
any other vehicle because this tire ground clearance approximately 25
has been designed especially for your mm (1 inch).
vehicle.
• Do not use tire chains on the compact
• The compact spare tire’s tread life spare tire. Because of the smaller
is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect size, a tire chain will not fit properly.
your compact spare tire regularly and
• Do not use the compact spare tire
replace worn compact spare tires with
on any other wheels, nor should
the same size and design, mounted on
standard tires, snow tires, wheel
the same wheel.
covers or trim rings be used with the
• Do not use more than one compact compact spare wheel.
spare tire at a time.
• Do not suddenly accelerate or
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact decelerate (0 ↔ 25 mph) (0 ↔ 40
spare tire is installed. km/h) in any driving mode. It may
cause leakage of transfer oil.
i Information
When the original tire and wheel are
repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the lug nut torque must be set correctly
to prevent wheel vibration. The correct
lug nut tightening torque is 11~13 kgf.m
(79~94 lbf.ft).

9-18
 09
Jack label
Example

„

• Type A

OHYK065010

• Type B

OHYK065011

h The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

1. Model Name 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles

2. Maximum allowable load with manual transmission or move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
3. When using the jack, set your parking on vehicles with Automated manual
brake. transmission
4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 9. The jack should be used on firm level
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is ground.
supported by a jack. 10. Jack manufacture
6. The designated locations under the 11. Production date
frame
12. Representative company and address
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base
plate of jack must be vertical under
the lifting point.

9-19
Emergency situations

TOWING
Towing service NOTICE
• Do not tow the vehicle with 4 wheels
on the ground (such as dinghy towing
behind a motorhome or other motor
vehicle) as this can seriously damage
the Transmission.

OBI3081001L

• Do not tow the vehicle with the front

wheels on the ground as this may
OBI3081011L cause damage to the vehicle and the
[A] : Dollies Transmissions.
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service. Proper
lifting and towing procedures are
necessary to prevent damage to the
vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with
OBI3081012L
the rear wheels on the ground (without
dollies) and the front wheels off the • Do not tow with sling-type
ground. If any of the loaded wheels or equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed
suspension components are damaged or equipment.
the vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly
under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used, the
front of the vehicle should always be
lifted, not the rear.

OBI3081013L

9-20
 09
When towing your vehicle in an Removable towing hook
emergency without wheel dollies:
5 Door

„
1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.

NOTICE
Failure to place the shift lever in N
(Neutral) when being towed with the
front wheels on the ground can cause
internal damage to the transmission. OBC3080018
5 Door

„

ǴN line

OBI3N081001

1. Open the tailgate/trunk, and remove

the towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the
lower part of the cover on the front
bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.

9-21
Emergency situations

Emergency towing Towing in this manner may be done

only on hard-surfaced roads for a short
Front

„ distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in good
condition.

CAUTION
The driver must be in the vehicle for
steering and braking operations when
the vehicle is being towed. Passengers
OBC3080019 other than the driver must not be in the
Front

„ vehicle.

ǴN line
Always follow these emergency towing
precautions:
• Place the ignition switch in the ACC
position so the steering wheel is not
locked.
• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
OBI3N081002
force than normal since you will have
Rear

„ reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your own to
tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other
frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check that
OBC3080020
the hook is not broken or damaged.
If towing is necessary, we recommend • Fasten the towing cable or chain
you have it done by an authorized securely to the hook.
HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow
truck service. • Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and
even force.
If towing service is not available in
an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or chain
secured to the emergency towing hook
at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
9-22
 09
NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and
vehicle components when towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not pull
from the side or at a vertical angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to pull
a vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
OBI3081014L power.
• Use a towing cable or chain less than 5 • The vehicle should be towed at a
m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red speed of 25 km/h (15 mph) or less
cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) within the distance of 20 km (12
in the middle of the cable or chain for miles). (for Manual transmission/
easy visibility. Automated manual transmission
vehicle)
• Drive carefully so the towing cable or
chain remains tight during towing. • The vehicle should be towed at a
speed of 15 km/h (10 mph) or less
• Before towing, check the Automated within the distance of 1.5 km (1
manual transmission for fluid leaks mile). (for Dual clutch transmission/
under your vehicle. If the Automated Intelligent variable transmission
manual transmission fluid is leaking, vehicle)
flatbed equipment or a towing dolly
must be used.

NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle
in a slow and gradual manner while
maintaining tension on the tow rope
or chain to start or drive the vehicle,
otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle
may be damaged.

9-23
Emergency situations

EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED)

Your vehicle is equipped with
emergency commodities to help you
respond to emergency situation.

First aid kit

Supplies for use in giving first aid such
as bandage and adhesive tape, etc. are
provided.

Triangle reflector
Place the triangle reflector on the road
to warn oncoming vehicles during
emergencies, such as when the vehicle
is parked by the roadside due to
problems.

9-24
10. Maintenance

Engine compartment..................................................................................... 10-4

Maintenance services.................................................................................... 10-6
Owner’s responsibility............................................................................................. 10-6
Owner maintenance precautions .......................................................................... 10-6
Owner maintenance ..................................................................................... 10-8
Owner maintenance schedule ............................................................................... 10-8
Scheduled maintenance service.................................................................10-10
Normal maintenance schedule - petrol engine.....................................................10-12
Maintenance under severe usage conditions - petrol engine............................. 10-16
Normal maintenance schedule - diesel engine.................................................... 10-18
Maintenance under severe usage conditions - diesel engine..............................10-21
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...........................................10-23
Engine oil.......................................................................................................10-27
Checking the engine oil level (petrol engine)........................................................ 10-27
Checking the engine oil level (diesel engine)........................................................10-29
Changing the engine oil and filter..........................................................................10-30
Engine coolant.............................................................................................. 10-31
Checking the coolant level..................................................................................... 10-31
Recommended engine coolant..............................................................................10-33
Changing the coolant.............................................................................................10-33
Brake/clutch fluid........................................................................................ 10-34
Checking the brake/clutch fluid level....................................................................10-34
Intelligent manual transmission(IMT) system actuator fluid.................... 10-36
Checking the imt system actuator fluid level........................................................10-36
Washer fluid..................................................................................................10-37
Checking the washer fluid level ........................................................................... 10-37
Parking brake............................................................................................... 10-38
Checking the parking brake...................................................................................10-38
Fuel filter (for diesel).................................................................................... 10-39
Draining water from fuel filter................................................................................10-39
Fuel filter cartridge replacement...........................................................................10-39
Air cleaner.................................................................................................... 10-40 10
Filter replacement.................................................................................................. 10-40
Climate control air filter.............................................................................. 10-42
Filter inspection.......................................................................................................10-42
Filter replacement...................................................................................................10-42
 Wiper blades ............................................................................................... 10-44
Blade inspection..................................................................................................... 10-43
Blade replacement ............................................................................................... 10-43
Battery.......................................................................................................... 10-46
For best battery service......................................................................................... 10-46
Battery capacity label ........................................................................................... 10-48
Battery recharging................................................................................................. 10-48
Reset items............................................................................................................. 10-49
Battery replacement.............................................................................................. 10-49
Tires and wheels ......................................................................................... 10-50
Tire care.................................................................................................................. 10-50
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...................................................... 10-50
Checking tire inflation pressure............................................................................. 10-51
Tire rotation ............................................................................................................10-52
Wheel alignment and tire balance .......................................................................10-53
Tire replacement.....................................................................................................10-54
Wheel replacement ................................................................................................10-55
Tire traction.............................................................................................................10-55
Tire maintenance ................................................................................................... 10-56
Tire sidewall labeling.............................................................................................. 10-56
Low aspect ratio tire .............................................................................................. 10-59
Fuses..............................................................................................................10-61
Instrument panel fuse replacement......................................................................10-62
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.................................................... 10-63
Fuse/relay panel description................................................................................. 10-64
Light bulbs.....................................................................................................10-75
Headlight, position light, turn signal light bulb replacement.............................. 10-76
Side repeater light replacement............................................................................ 10-81
Rear combination light bulb replacement............................................................ 10-81
High mounted stop light replacement................................................................. 10-85
License plate light bulb replacement................................................................... 10-85
Interior light bulb replacement............................................................................. 10-86

10
Appearance care.......................................................................................... 10-87
Exterior care............................................................................................................10-87
Interior care............................................................................................................ 10-93
Emission control system............................................................................. 10-96
Crankcase emission control system..................................................................... 10-96
Evaporative emission control system................................................................... 10-96
Exhaust emission control system...........................................................................10-97
Self regeneration mode........................................................................................10-100

10
Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Petrol Engine (Kappa 1.0 T-GDI)

„

Petrol Engine (Smartstream G1.2)

„

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBI3091047/OBC3090003R

1. Engine coolant reservoir 6. Battery

2. Engine oil filler cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir 8. Radiator cap
4. Air cleaner 9. Engine oil dipstick
5. Fuse box

10-4
 10
(Diesel) 1.5 WGT

„

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OBI3090002

1. Engine coolant reservoir 6. Battery

2. Engine oil filler cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir 8. Radiator cap
4. Air cleaner 9. Engine oil dipstick
5. Fuse box 10. Fuel filter

10-5
Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care Owner maintenance
to prevent damage to your vehicle and precautions
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection Improper or incomplete service may
procedures. Inadequate, incomplete result in problems. This chapter gives
or insufficient servicing may result in instructions only for the maintenance
operational problems with your vehicle items that are easy to perform.
that could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury.
i Information
Improper owner maintenance during the
Owner’s responsibility warranty period may affect warranty
coverage. For details, read the separate
Service Passport provided with the
i Information
vehicle. If you’re unsure about any
Maintenance Service and Record servicing or maintenance procedure, we
Retention are the owner’s responsibility. recommend that the system be serviced by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
We recommend in general that you have
your vehicle serviced by an authorized WARNING
HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance work
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been performed • Performing maintenance work on a
on your vehicle in accordance with vehicle can be dangerous. You can
the scheduled maintenance service be seriously injured while performing
charts shown on the following pages. some maintenance procedures.
You need this information to establish If you lack sufficient knowledge
your compliance with the servicing and experience or the proper tools
and maintenance requirements of your and equipment to do the work, we
vehicle warranties. recommend that the system be
Detailed warranty information is serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
provided in your Service Passport. dealer.
Repairs and adjustments required as • Working under the hood with the
a result of improper maintenance or a engine running is dangerous. It
lack of required maintenance are not becomes even more dangerous when
covered when your vehicle is covered by you wear jewelry or loose clothing.
warranty. These can become entangled in
moving parts and result in injury.
Therefore, if you must run the engine
while working under the hood, make
certain that you remove all jewelry
(especially rings, bracelets, watches,
and necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose clothing
before getting near the engine or
cooling fans.

10-6
 10
WARNING
Do not leave gloves, rags or any other
combustible material in the engine
compartment. Doing so may cause a
heat-induced fire.

NOTICE
• Do not put heavy objects or apply
excessive force on top of the engine
cover (if equipped) or fuel related
parts.
• When you inspect the fuel system
(fuel lines and fuel injection devices),
we recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not drive long time with the
engine cover (if equipped) removed.
• When checking the engine room, do
not go near fire. Fuel, washer fluid,
etc. are flammable oils that may
cause fire.
• Before touching the battery, ignition
cables and electrical wiring, you
should disconnect the battery “-”
terminal. Otherwise, you may get
an electric shock from the electric
current.
• When you remove the interior trim
cover with a flat head (-) driver, be
careful not to damage the cover.
• Be careful when you replace and
clean bulbs to avoid burns or
electrical shock.

10-7
Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule
and inspections that should be
performed at the frequencies indicated When you stop for fuel:
to help ensure safe, dependable • Check the coolant level in coolant
operation of your vehicle. reservoir.
Any adverse conditions should be • Check the windshield washer fluid
brought to the attention of your dealer level.
as soon as possible. • Look for low or under-inflated tires.
These Owner Maintenance Checks are • Check the radiator and condenser.
generally not covered by warranties and
you may be charged for labor, parts and Check if the front of the radiator and
lubricants used. condenser are clean and not blocked
with leaves, dirt or insects etc.
If any of the above parts are extremely
WARNING dirty or you are not sure of their
condition, we recommend that you
Diesel Engine
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
Never manipulate or modify the dealer.
injection system while running the
diesel engine or within 30 seconds
after turning OFF the diesel engine. The WARNING
high-pressure pump, high-pressure
Be careful when checking your engine
pipes, rail, and injectors are still subject
coolant level when the engine is hot.
to high pressure immediately after
Scalding hot coolant and steam may
stopping the diesel engine.
blow out under pressure. This could
When the fuel leakage vents out, it cause burns or other serious injury.
may cause serious body injury. Any
people, who are implanted with the
artificial cardiac pacemaker, should
remain away from the ECU or the
wiring harness by at least 30 cm,
while running the diesel engine. The
high currents of the electronic engine
control system produce a considerable
amount of magnetic fields.

10-8
 10
While operating your vehicle: At least twice a year
• Note any changes in the sound of the (i.e., every Spring and Fall):
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes • Check the radiator, heater and air
in the vehicle. conditioning hoses for leaks or
• Check for vibrations in the steering damage.
wheel. Notice any increased steering • Check the windshield washer spray
effort or looseness in the steering and wiper operation. Clean wiper
wheel, or change in its straight-ahead blades with clean cloth dampened
position. with washer fluid.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns • Check the headlight alignment.
slightly or “pulls” to one side when • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
traveling on smooth, level road. shields and clamps.
• When stopping, listen and check for • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear
unusual sounds, pulling to one side, and function.
increased brake pedal travel or “hard-
to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the At least once a year:
operation of your transmission occurs, • Clean the body and door drain holes.
check the transmission fluid level. • Lubricate the door hinges and checks,
• Check the parking brake. and hood hinges.
• Check for fluid leaks under your • Lubricate the door and hood locks and
vehicle (water dripping from the air latches.
conditioning system during or after • Lubricate the door rubber
use is normal). weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
At least monthly: • Inspect and lubricate Automated
• Check the coolant level in the engine manual transmission linkage and
coolant reservoir. controls.
• Check the operation of all exterior • Clean the battery and terminals.
lights, including the stoplights, turn • Check the brake/clutch fluid level.
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

10-9
Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of
the following conditions apply.
If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal
temperature of less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature.
• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances.
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads.
• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather.
• Driving in heavy dust conditions.
• Driving in heavy traffic area.
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road.
• Using for a towing or camping and driving with loading on the roof.
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing.
• Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration.
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
• Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-synthetic, Lower
grade spec, etc.)

For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i Information
• As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the engine oil level should
be checked on regular basis.
• The engine oil change interval for normal operating conditions is based on the use of
the recommended engine specification. If the recommended engine oil specification
is not used, then replace the engine oil according to the maintenance schedule under
severe operating conditions.

10-10
 10

10-11
10-12
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS
Maintenance

Kmsx1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE ITEM Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ENGINE BAY
Engine oil & filter *1 *2 *3 I R R R R R R R R
At first, Inspect 90,000km or 72 months after that,
Drive belt
Inspect every 30,000km or 24 month
1.0 T-GDI C C R C R C R C C
Air cleaner filter
Advanced Kappa G1.2 C C C R C C R C C
Battery condition & specific gravity I I I I I I I I I
1.0 T-GDI Replace at every 70,000 kms
Spark Plugs *10
Advanced Kappa G1.2 Replace at every 150,000 kms
Valve clearance *4 Inspect at every 90,000 kms or 108 months
Vaccum Hose - - - I - - I - I
Idler / damper pulley/Adj. Bolt Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt/chain
Brake/Clutch fluid Replace @ every 40,000 kms or 3 years
Inspect at every service;
Engine Coolant (topup & specify gravity) *5
Replace first at 100,000 Km or 60 months ; then at every 40,000 Km or 24 months
Manual transaxle fluid *6 - - - - - - I - -
Dual Clutch transaxle fluid (if equipped)*6 - - - - - - I - -
6
MT system actuator fluid (if equipped) * R R R R
Intelligent Var. transaxle fluid (if equipped)*6 - -- - - I - - -
I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace C : Clean and Replace if necessary R : Replace
 NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS
Kmsx1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE ITEM Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VEHICLE ON FLOOR
Wiper (wiper blade , washer fluid) I I I I I I I I I
Brake/Clutch (Pedal free play/Pipes/Hoses/
I I I I I I I I I
Connectors)
Fuel filler cap - I I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter I C R C R C R C R
Check AC system (refrigerant/Compressor) I I I I I I I I I
Cooling system (water pump,hoses) & leakage I I I I I I I I I
VEHICLE ON LIFT
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I
Exhaust system I I I I I I I I
Fuel filter*8 - - - - - R - - -
Fuel tank air filter Not Applicable
Front & rear suspension (linkages & ball joints) - - - - - - I - I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace C : Clean and Replace if necessary

R : Replace

10-13
10
10-14
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Maintenance

INTERVALS
Kmsx1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE ITEM Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tyre Pressure,condition & rotation - I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
iMT system clutch tube and line - I I I I I I I I
Driveshafts & boots I I I I I I I I I
Fluid leakages I I I I I I I I I
Front and rear wheel bearings & bushes Inspect if reqd.
Parking brake (disc/drum ,shoe & operation) - C C C C C C C C
Wheel Alignment & Balancing - Inspect if reqd.
FINAL CHECKS
Bolt and nuts on chasis and body I I I I I I I I I
Lubricate locks & hinges I L L L L L L L L
Check all electrical systems (Drive belts ,alterna-
I I I I I I I I I
tor)*9

Warning lights operation & GDS system check I I I I I I I I I

Ext & int. lights, horn & gauges I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace C : Clean and Replace if necessary

R : Replace TR : Tyre Rotation L : Lubricate

 NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS
Kmsx1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE ITEM Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Power window / Sunroof operation (if equipped) I I I I I I I I I

All seat belt operation I I I I I I I I I

Road test - - - I - - - - I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace C : Clean and Replace if necessary

R : Replace

10-15
10
10-16
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - PETROL ENGINE
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R:Replace or change

Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition

1.0 T-GDi every 5,000km (3,000miles) or 6 months

A, B, C, D, E, F,
Engine oil and engine oil filter R
Advanced G, H, I, J , K, L
every 7,500km (5,000miles) or 6 months
Kappa G1.2

Air cleaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E

Spark plugs R Replace more frequently depending on the condition A,B,F,G,H,I,K

Manual transmission fluid

C, D, E, F, G,
(Intelligent manual transmission fluid) R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
H, I,
(if equipped)
Dual clutch transmission fluid C, D, E, F, G,
R Every 120,000 km (80,000miles)
(if equipped) H, I, J

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G
 Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition

Front suspension ball joints I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H

Drum brakes and linings I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G,
Driveshaft and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
H, I, J

Climate control air filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E

Severe driving conditions

A : Repeated short distance driving F : Driving in heavy traffic area
B : Extensive idling G : Driving in mountainous areas
C : Driving in dusty, rough roads H : Towing a trailer
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing
cold weather J : Driving with high speed and rapid accelation
E : Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine K : Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition
L : Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semi-
synthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)

10-17
10
10-18
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS
Kmsx1,000
Maintenance

1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE ITEM Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ENGINE BAY
Engine oil & filter *1 *2 *3 I R R R R R R R R
At first, inspect every 80,000km (50,000miles) or 48months :
Drive belt
after that, inspect every 20,000km (12,500miles) or 12months
Air cleaner filter - C R C R C R C R
Battery condition & specific gravity I I I I I I I I I
Valve clearance*4 Inspect at every 90,000 kms or 108 months
Hoses (Vaccum/ EGR / VGT/ WGT) - I I I I I I I I
Idler / damper pulley/Adj. Bolt Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt/chain
Brake/Clutch fluid Inspect @ Every service ; Replace @ every 45,000 km or 3 years
Inspect at every service;
Engine Coolant (topup & specify gravity) *5
Replace first at 100,000 Km or 60 months ; then at every 40,000 Km or 24 months
Manual transaxle fluid *6 - - - - - - I - I

Dual Transmission fluid (if equipped) *6 No Check ; No Service reqd.

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace C : Clean and Replace if necessary

R : Replace
 NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS
Kmsx1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE ITEM Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
VEHICLE ON FLOOR
Wiper (wiper blade , washer fluid) I I I I I I I I I
Brake/Clutch (Pedal free play/Pipes/Hoses/
I I I I I I I I I
Connectors)
Fuel filler cap - I I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter I C R C R C R C R
Check AC system (refrigerant/Compressor) I I I I I I I I I
Cooling system (water pump,hoses) & leakage I I I I I I I I I
VEHICLE ON LIFT
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I
Exhaust system (leakages & damages) I I I I I I I I I
Fuel filter*8 I I R I R I R I R
Fuel tank air filter (If equipped) - - R - R - R - R
Front & rear suspension (linkages & ball joints) I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace C : Clean and Replace if necessary
R : Replace

10-19
10
10-20
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS
Kmsx1,000
Maintenance

1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE ITEM Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Tyre Pressure,condition & rotation - I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I I
Vaccum Hose (For WGT/EGR Bypass Valve)) I I I I I I I I
Driveshafts & boots I I I I I I I I I
Fluid leakages I I I I I I I I I
Front and rear wheel bearings & bushes Inspect if reqd.
Parking brake (disc/drum ,shoe & operation) - C C C C C C C C
Wheel Alignment & Balancing - Inspect if reqd.
FINAL CHECKS
Bolt and nuts on chasis and body I I I I I I I I I
Lubricate locks & hinges I L L L L L L L L
Check all electrical systems (Drive belts ,alterna-
I I I I I I I I I
tor)*9
Warning lights operation & GDS system check I I I I I I I I I
Ext & int. lights, horn & gauges I I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace C : Clean and Replace if necessary

R : Replace TR : Tyre Rotation L : Lubricate

 NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS
Kmsx1,000 1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Months 2 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
MAINTENANCE ITEM Years - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Sunroof operation (if equipped) I C C C C C C C C

All seat belt operation I I I I I I I I I

Road test - - - I - - - - I

I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace

R : Replace

10-21
10
10-22
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - DIESEL ENGINE
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
Maintenance

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R:Replace or change

Maintenance
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition
operation
A, B, C, D, E,
Engine oil and engine oil filter R Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months
F, G, H, I, J, K, L

Air cleaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E

C, D, E, F,
Manual transmission fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
G, H, I, J, K

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G

Front suspension ball joints I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H

Intelligent variable transmission fluid A, C, D, E, F,

R Every 100,000 km (60,000 miles)
(if equipped) G, H, I, K,J
 Maintenance
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition
operation

Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F,
Driveshaft and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition
G, H, I, K

Climate control air filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E

Severe driving conditions

A :Repeated short distance driving G : Driving in mountainous areas
B : Extensive idling H : Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the roof
C : Driving in dusty, rough roads I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very J : Driving in very cold weather
cold weather K : Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration
E : Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
F : Driving in heavy traffic area

10-23
10
Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter Fuel lines, fuel hoses and
The engine oil and filter should be connections
changed at the intervals specified in Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
the maintenance schedule. If the car connections for leakage and damage.
is being driven in severe conditions, We recommend that the fuel lines, fuel
more frequent oil and filter changes are hoses and connections be replaced by
required. an authoized HYUNDAI dealer.

Drive belts WARNING

Inspect all drive belts for evidence Diesel Engine
of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary. Never manipulate or modify the
Drive belts should be checked injection system while running the
periodically for proper tension and diesel engine or within 30 seconds
adjusted as necessary. after turning OFF the diesel engine. The
high-pressure pump, high-pressure
pipes, rail, and injectors are still subject
NOTICE to high pressure immediately after
When you are inspecting the belt, place stopping the diesel engine.
the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or When the fuel leakage vents out, it
ACC position. may cause serious body injury. Any
people, who are implanted with the
artificial cardiac pacemaker, should
Fuel filter remain away from the ECU or the
A clogged filter can limit the speed wiring harness by at least 30 cm,
at which the vehicle may be driven, while running the diesel engine. The
damage the emission system and cause high currents of the electronic engine
multiple issues such as hard starting. control system produce a considerable
If an excessive amount of foreign amount of magnetic fields.
matter accumulates in the fuel tank, the
filter may require replacement more Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
frequently.
After installing a new filter, run the The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
engine for several minutes, and check be inspected at those intervals specified
for leaks at the connections. in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
We recommend that the fuel filter be correctly replaced.
replaced by an authoized HYUNDAI
dealer.

10-24
 10
Vacuum crankcase ventilation Valve clearance (For 1.0 T-GDi)
hoses (if equipped) Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or
Inspect the surface of hoses for engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
evidence of heat and/or mechanical We recommend that the system be
damage. Hard and brittle rubber, serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and dealer.
excessive swelling indicate deterioration.
Particular attention should be paid to
examine those hose surfaces nearest to Cooling system
high heat sources, such as the exhaust Check cooling system components, such
manifold. as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
Inspect the hose routing to assure that connections for leakage and damage.
the hoses do not come in contact with Replace any damaged parts.
any heat source, sharp edges or moving
component which might cause heat
damage or mechanical wear. Inspect Coolant
all hose connections, such as clamps The coolant should be changed at the
and couplings, to make sure they are intervals specified in the maintenance
secure, and that no leaks are present. schedule.
Hoses should be replaced immediately if
there is any evidence of deterioration or
damage. Manual transmission fluid
(if equipped)
Air cleaner filter Inspect the manual transmission fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
We recommend that the air cleaner filter
be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. Automated manual transmission
fluid (if equipped)
Spark plugs Inspect the Automated manual
Make sure to install new spark plugs of transmission fluid according to the
the correct heat range. maintenance schedule.
When assembling parts, be sure to
wipe out foreign substances inside
and outside of the boot bottom of the
ignition coil and the insulator of the
spark plug with a soft cloth to prevent
contamination of the spark plug
insulator.

WARNING
Do not disconnect and inspect spark
plugs when the engine is hot. You may
burn yourself.

10-25
Maintenance

NOTICE NOTICE
The use of non-specified fluid The use of non-specified fluid (even
(even marked as compatible with marked as compatible with genuine)
genuine) could result in shift quality could result in shift quality deteriora-
deterioration and vibrations, tion and vibrations, and eventual
eventually, the transmission failure. transmission failure. Use only specified
Use only specified Automated Intelligent Variable Transmission
manual transmission fluid. (Refer (IVT) fluid. (Refer to “Recommended
to “Recommended lubricants and lubricants and capacities” in chapter 8.)
capacities” in chapter 2.)

Intelligent VariableTransmission
(IVT) Fluid (if equipped)
Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT)
Fluid should not be checked under
normal usage conditions. But, the
Intelligent Variable Transmission (IVT)
Fluid should be changed under severe
usage conditions. We recommend that
OHCA079112
the Intelligent Variable Transmission
(IVT) Fluid changed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer according to the
maintenance schedule. (Refer to
“Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions” in this chapter.)

i Information
Intelligent variable transmission (IVT)
fluid color is basically light amber. As the
vehicle is driven, the intelligent variable
transmission (IVT) fluid will begin to
look darker. This is a normal condition
and you should not judge the need to
replace the fluid based upon the changed
color.

10-26
 10
Brake hoses and lines Steering gear box, linkage &
Visually check for proper installation, boots/lower arm ball joint
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any With the vehicle stopped and engine
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or off, check for excessive free-play in the
damaged parts immediately. steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Brake/clutch fluid (if equipped) Check the dust boots and ball joints
for deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Check brake/clutch fluid level in the Replace any damaged parts.
brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between “MIN” (Minimum) and
“MAX” (Maximum) marks on the side of Drive shafts and boots
the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake/ Check the drive shafts, boots and
clutch fluid conforming to DOT 4. clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged parts
Parking brake and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever and Air conditioning refrigerant
cables. (if equipped)
Check the air conditioning lines and
Rear brake drums and linings connections for leakage and damage.
(if equipped)
Check the rear brake drums and linings
for scoring, burning, leaking fluid,
broken parts, and excessive wear.

Brake pads, calipers and discs

Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for
fluid leakage.

Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.

10-27
Maintenance

ENGINE OIL
Engine oil is used for lubricating, Petrol Engine (1.0 T-GDi)

„
cooling, and operating various hydraulic
components in the engine. Engine oil
consumption while driving is normal,
and it is necessary to check and refill the
engine oil regularly. Also, check and refill
the oil level within the recommended
maintenance schedule to prevent
deterioration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below
procedure
OBI3090003

Petrol Engine (Smartstream G1.2)

„
Checking the engine oil level
(Petrol Engine)
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the lovel
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set. if possible, block the
wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and warm
the engine up until the coolant OBC3090009
temperature reaches a constant
normal temperature. 6. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level.
4. Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to return
to the oil pan.
5. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it
fully.

10-28
 10
Petrol Engine (1.0 T-GDi)

„ NOTICE
To prevent damage to you engine:
• Do not spill engine oil when adding or
changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled
oil immediately.
• The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle and it will be stabilized after
driving 4,000 miles (6,000 km).
• The engine oil consumption can be
OBI3090004 affected by driving habits, climate
Petrol Engine (Smartstream G1.2)

„ conditions, traffic conditions,
oil quality, etc. Therefore, it is
recommended that you inspect the
engine oil level regularly and refill it if
necessary.

OBC3090013

7. If the oil level is below L, add enough

oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do not
overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil from

being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to “Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in chapter 2.)

10-29
Maintenance

Checking the engine oil level

(Diesel Engine)

OBI3090007

7. If the level is in the D range, add

OBI3090006
enough engine oil to bring the level up
the range.
Range Required action
Recommend to contact Use only the specified engine oil.
A an authorized HYUNDAI (Refer to “Recommended lubricants
dealer. and capacities” in chapter 2.)
B Do not refill engine oil.
You may add engine oil NOTICE
as long as the oil level
C
does not go above the C
To prevent damage to your engine:
range. • Do not spill engine oil when adding or
changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled
You must add oil and
oil immediately.
D make sure that the oil
level is in the C Range. • The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer’s vehicle and it will be stabilized after
precautions. driving 6,000 km (4,000 miles).
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level • The engine oil consumption can be
ground in P (Park) with the parking affected by driving habits, climate
brake set. if possible, block the conditions, traffic conditions,
wheels. oil quality, etc. Therefore, it is
3. Turn the engine on and allow the recommended that you inspect the
engine to reach normal operating engine oil level regularly and refill it if
temperature. necessary.
4. Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 5 minutes for the oil to return
to the oil pan.
5. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it
fully.
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. The level should be in the C
range.

10-30
 10
Changing the engine oil and i Information
filter
When the oil pressure is low due to
insufficient engine oil, the Engine
Oil Pressure ( ) warning light will
illuminate. In addition, the enhanced
engine protection system, which limits
the engine’s power is activated and the
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ( ) will
illuminate when the vehicle is driven in
this state continuously. When oil pressure
is restored, the Engine Oil Pressure
warning light will turn off and the engine
power will no longer be limited.

• We recommend that the engine oil

and filter be replaced by an authorized CAUTION
HYUNDAI dealer.
The engine oil is very hot immediately
• If the maintenance schedule to after the vehicle has been driven and
replace engine oil is exceeded, can cause burns during replacement.
the engine oil performance may Replace the engine oil after the engine
deteriorate, and the engine condition oil has cooled down.
may be affected. Therefore, replace
the engine oil according to the
maintenance schedule. WARNING
• To keep the engine in optimal Used engine oil may cause skin
condition, use the recommended irritation or cancer if left in contact
engine oil and filter. If the with the skin for prolonged periods
recommended engine oil and filter are of time. Used engine oil contains
not used replace it according to the chemicals that have caused cancer in
maintenance schedule under severe laboratory animals. Always protect your
usage conditions. skin by washing your hands thoroughly
• The purpose of the maintenance with soap and warm water as soon as
schedule for engine oil replacement possible after handling used oil.
is to prevent oil deterioration and it is
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check
and refill engine oil regularly.

10-31
Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level
has a reservoir filled with year-round Petrol Engine (1.0 T-GDi)

„
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled
at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season, and
before traveling to a colder climate.

NOTICE
• Do not drive with no engine coolant.
It may cause water pump failure and OBI3090008
engine seizure, etc. Check the condition and connections
• When the engine overheats from of all cooling system hoses and
low engine coolant, suddenly adding heater hoses. Replace any swollen or
engine coolant may cause cracks deteriorated hoses.
in the engine. To prevent damage, The coolant level should be filled
add engine coolant slowly in small between F (Full) and L (Low) marked on
quantities. the side of the coolant reservoir when
the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water.
Bring the level to F (Full), but do
not overfill. If frequent additions are
required, we recommend that the
system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

10-32
 10
Petrol Engine (1.0 T-GDi)

„ • Turn the engine off and wait until it
cools down. Use extreme care when
removing the radiator cap. Wrap
a thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure
is released from the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on the
cap, using a thick towel, and continue
turning counterclockwise to remove
OBI3090009 it.
Petrol Engine (Smartstream G1.2)

„ • Even if the engine is not operating,
do not remove the radiator cap
or the drain plug while the engine
and radiator are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may still blow out under
pressure, causing serious injury.

WARNING
The electric motor (cooling
fan) is controlled by engine
OBC3090006
coolant temperature,
refrigerant pressure and
WARNING vehicle speed. It may
Removing radiator cap sometimes operate even when the
engine is not running. Use extreme
caution when working near the blades
of the cooling fan so that you are not
injured by a rotating fan blades. As the
engine coolant temperature decreases,
• Never attempt to remove the radiator the electric motor will automatically
cap while the engine is operating or shut off. This is a normal condition.
hot. Doing so might lead to cooling
system and engine damage and could
result in serious personal injury from
escaping hot coolant or steam.

10-33
Maintenance

Recommended engine coolant WARNING

• Use only soft (distilled) water in the Radiator cap
coolant mixture.
• The engine in your vehicle has Do not remove the radiator
aluminum engine parts and must be cap when the engine and
protected by an ethylene-glycol-based radiator are hot. Scalding
coolant to prevent corrosion and hot coolant and steam
freezing. may blow out under pressure causing
serious injury.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant. Changing the coolant
• Do not use a solution that contains We recommend that the coolant be
more than 60% antifreeze or less than replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
35% antifreeze, which would reduce dealer.
the effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the

NOTICE
following table. Put a thick cloth or fabric around the
radiator cap before refilling the coolant
Mixture Percentage
Ambient in order to prevent the coolant from
(volume)
Temperature overflowing into engine parts such as
Antifreeze Water the alternator.
-15°C (5°F) 35 65
-25°C (-13°F) 40 60 WARNING
-35°C (-31°F) 50 50 Coolant
-45°C (-49°F) 60 40 • Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed on
the windshield and may cause loss
of vehicle control or damage to paint
and body trim.

10-34
 10
BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID
Checking the brake/clutch fluid WARNING
level
Loss of brake fluid
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

i Information
Before removing the brake/clutch filter
cap, read the warning on the cap.
OBC3090016R

Check the fluid level in the reservoir WARNING

periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX (Maximum) and MIN Clean the filler cap before removing.
(Minimum) marks on the side of the Use only DOT 4 brake/clutch fluid from
reservoir. a sealed container.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding the brake/clutch fluid, clean
the area around the reservoir cap
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch fluid
contamination. If the level is low, add
the fluid to the MAX (Maximum) level.
The level will fall with accumulated
mileage. This is a normal condition
associated with the wear of the brake
linings and/or clutch disc (if equipped).
If the fluid level is excessively low, we
recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants or
capacities” in chapter 2.)
Never mix different types of fluid.

10-35
Maintenance

WARNING
Brake/clutch fluid
When changing and adding the brake/
clutch fluid, handle it carefully. Do not
let it come in contact with your eyes. If
the brake/clutch fluid come in contact
with your eyes, immediately flush them
with a large quantity of fresh tap water.
Have your eyes examined by a doctor
as soon as possible.

NOTICE
Do not allow the brake/clutch fluid to
contact the vehicle’s body paint, as
paint damage will result.
The brake/clutch fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time should never be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
properly disposed. Don’t put in the
wrong kind of fluid. A few drops of
mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in
your brake/clutch system can damage
brake/clutch system parts.

10-36
 10
INTELLIGENT MANUAL TRANSMISSION(IMT) SYSTEM ACTU-
ATOR FLUID
Checking the iMT system CAUTION
actuator fluid level
Do not allow iMT system actuator fluid
In normal driving conditions, the to contact the vehicle’s body paint, as
actuator fluid level does not go down paint damage will result.
rapidly.
The iMT system actuator fluid, which
However, oil consumption rate may has been exposed to open air for an
rise as vehicle mileage increases, and extended time should never be used
leakage in actuator related parts may as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It
result in increased consumption of the should be properly disposed.
iMT system actuator oil. Regularly check
and make sure the iMT system actuator Don’t put in the wrong kind of fluid. A
oil fluid level is between MIN and MAX few drops of mineral based oil, such as
marks. engine oil, in your iMT system actuator
can damage iMT system actuator parts.
If the oil level is below MIN mark, have
the vehicle checked by a professional
workshop. We recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer/
service partner.
Use only the specified iMT system
actuator fluid. (Refer to Recommended
lubricants or capacities.) Never mix
different types of fluid.

NOTICE
Loss of iMT system actuator fluid
In the event the iMT system actuator
requires frequent additions of fluid,
have the system inspected by a
professional workshop.
We recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE
iMT system actuator fluid
When changing and adding iMT system
actuator fluid, handle it carefully.
Do not let it come in contact with your
eyes.
If iMT system actuator fluid should
come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a large
quantity of fresh tap water.
Have your eyes examined by a doctor
as soon as possible.

10-37
Maintenance

WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid level WARNING
Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed on
the windshield and may cause loss
of vehicle control or damage to the
paint and body trim.
• Windshield washer fluid agents
OBI3090038 contain some amounts of alcohol
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid and can be flammable under certain
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain circumstances. Do not allow sparks
water may be used if washer fluid is not or flame come in contact with the
available. washer fluid or the washer fluid
reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or
However, use washer solvent with occupants could occur.
antifreeze characteristics in cold
climates to prevent freezing. • Windshield washer fluid is poisonous
to humans and animals. Do not drink
and avoid coming in contact with
the windshield washer fluid. Serious
injury or death could occur.

10-38
 10
PARKING BRAKE
Checking the parking brake

OAI3069006

Check the stroke of the parking brake by

counting the number of “clicks’’ heard
while fully applying it from the released
position.
Also, the parking brake alone should
securely hold the vehicle on a fairly
steep grade. If the stroke is more or less
than specified, we recommend that the
system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Stroke : 5~7 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg
(44 lbs, 196 N).

10-39
Maintenance

FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL)

Draining water from fuel filter Fuel filter cartridge replacement
The fuel filter for diesel engine plays an
important role of separating water from
fuel and accumulating the water in its
bottom.
If water accumulates in the fuel filter,
the warning light comes on when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
If this warning light turned
on, we recommend that the
system be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. OBI3090010

When replacing the fuel filter cartridge,

NOTICE we recommend that you use parts
If the water accumulated in the fuel for replacement from an authorized
filter is not drained at proper times, HYUNDAI dealer.
damages to the major parts such as the
fuel system can be caused by water
permeation in the fuel filter.

10-40
 10
AIR CLEANER
Filter replacement

OBC3090019

OBC3090018

The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for

inspection using compressed air.
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it.
Otherwise, water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.

OBC3090020

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching

clips and open the cover.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
5. Check that the cover is firmly
installed.

10-41
Maintenance

i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the element
more often than the usual recommended
intervals (refer to “Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions” in this chapter).

NOTICE
• Do not drive with the air cleaner filter
removed. This will result in excessive
engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter,
be careful that dust or dirt does not
enter the air intake, or damage may
result.
• Use HYUNDAI genuine parts or the
equivalent specified for your vehicle.
Use of non-genuine parts could
damage the air flow sensor.

10-42
 10
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter inspection
If the vehicle is operated in the severely
air-polluted cities or on dusty rough
roads for a long period, it should be
inspected more frequently and replaced
earlier. When you, the owner, replace
the climate control air filter, replace it
performing the following procedure,
and be careful to avoid damaging other
components.
Replace the filter according to the OBI3090011
maintenance Schedule.
2. Push in both sides of the glove box as
shown. This will ensure that the glove
Filter replacement box stopper pins will get released
from its holding location allowing the
glove box to hang.

OBI3050061

1. Open the glove box.

OBI3090012
3. Remove the climate control air filter
cover by pushing or pressing the clip
(1) on right side.

10-43
Maintenance

ODH073012

4. Clean the climate control air filter.

5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.

NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter
in the correct direction with the arrow
symbol () facing downwards.
Otherwise, the climate control effects
may decrease, possibly with a noise.

10-44
 10
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, do not attempt
to move the wipers manually.

1JBA5122 NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
i Information could result in wiper malfunction and
Commercial hot waxes applied by failure.
automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield

or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers. Common sources
of contamination are insects, tree sap,
and hot wax treatments used by some
commercial car washes. If the blades
are not wiping properly, clean both the
window and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
do not use petrol, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.

10-45
Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade

OLMB073021

OLMB073020

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plastic
locking clip.

NOTICE
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
OLMB073022

2. Compress the clip and slide the blade

assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.

10-46
 10
Rear window wiper blade
(if equipped)

OLMB073023

1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate the

wiper blade assembly (1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly.

OLMB073024
3. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the slot
in the wiper arm until it clicks into
place.
4. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, we recommend
that the wiper blade be replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

10-47
Maintenance

BATTERY
For best battery service i Information - For batteries
marked with UPPER and
LOWER

OBI3090013

• Keep the battery securely mounted.

OHYK077011
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections If your vehicle is equipped with a battery
clean, tight, and coated with marked with LOWER (MIN) and UPPER
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. (MAX) on the side, you should check the
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the electrolyte level.
battery immediately with a solution of The electrolyte level should be between
water and baking soda. LOWER (MIN) and UPPER (MAX).
• If the vehicle is not going to be used Be careful not to spill distilled (or
for an extended time, disconnect the de-mineralized) water over the battery
negative terminal cable of the battery surface or other adjacent components.
to prevent discharge. Also, do not overfill the battery cells.
If not, it may corrode the battery or other
components. Finally, securely close the
cell cap. However, we recommend you to
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for better battery service.

NOTICE
If the Electrolyte level is Low, add
distilled (or demineralized) water.
Never add sulfuric acid or other
electrolyte.

10-48
 10
WARNING I f any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
Battery dangers with clean water for at least
Always read the following 15 minutes and get
instructions carefully when immediate medical
handling a battery. attention. If electrolyte gets
on your skin, thoroughly
wash the contacted area. If
you feel a pain or a burning
Keep lighted cigarettes and sensation, get medical
all other flames or sparks attention immediately.
away from the battery.  ear eye protection when
W
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide
ventilation when working in
Hydrogen, a highly an enclosed space.
combustible gas, is always
present in battery cells and An inappropriately
may explode if ignited. disposed battery can be
harmful to the environment
and human health. Dispose
 eep batteries out of the
K the battery according to
reach of children because your local law(s) or
batteries contain highly regulation.
corrosive SULFURIC ACID.
Do not allow battery acid to  he battery contains lead.
T
contact your skin, eyes, Do not dispose of it after
clothing or paint finish. use. Please return the
battery to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer to be
recycled.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
cause battery acid to leak, resulting
in personal injury. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables are
connected.
• The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage. Never touch these
components with the engine running
or the ignition switched on.
Failure to follow the above warnings
can result in serious bodily injury or
death.

10-49
Maintenance

NOTICE Battery recharging

If you connect unauthorized electronic Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
devices to the battery, the battery may calcium-based battery.
be discharged. Never use unauthorized
devices. • If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlights or interior lights were left
Battery capacity label on while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
„Example
for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at
20-30A for two hours.

WARNING
Recharging battery
When recharging the battery, observe
OQXI079062
the following precautions:
❈ The actual battery label in the vehicle • The battery must be removed from
may differ from the illustration. the vehicle and placed in an area with
good ventilation.
1. CMF45L-DIN : The HYUNDAI model • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
name of battery flame near the battery.
2. 12V : The nominal voltage • Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
3. 45Ah(20HR) : The nominal capacity (in rate if the battery cells begin
Ampere hours) gassing (boiling) violently or if the
4. RC 80min : The nominal reserve temperature of the electrolyte of any
capacity (in min.) cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).
5. CCA410 : The cold-test current in • Wear eye protection when checking
amperes by SAE the battery during charging.
6. 410A : The cold-test current in • Disconnect the battery charger in the
amperes by EN following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from the
negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the
positive battery terminal.

10-50
 10
WARNING
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last when
the battery is disconnected.

Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery
has been discharged or the battery has
been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window
(See chapter 5)
• Climate control system
(See chapter 5)
• Audio (See chapter 5)

Battery replacement
Replacing a Battery required
precautionary measures.
We recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

10-51
Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS

Tire care WARNING
For proper maintenance, safety and Tire underinflation
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire Severe underinflation (70 kPa (10 psi) or
inflation pressures and stay within more) can lead to severe heat build-up,
the load limits and weight distribution causing blowouts, tread separation and
recommended for your vehicle. other tire failures that can result in the
loss of vehicle control leading to severe
injury or death. This risk is much higher
Recommended cold tire on hot days and when driving for long
inflation pressures periods at high speeds.
All tire pressures (including the spare)
should be checked when the tires are NOTICE
cold. “Cold Tires” means the vehicle has
not been driven for at least three hours • Underinflation also results in
or driven less than 1.6 km (one mile). excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy. Wheel
Recommended pressures must be deformation also is possible. Keep
maintained for the best ride, top vehicle your tire pressures at the proper
handling, and minimum tire wear. levels. If a tire frequently needs
For recommended inflation pressure, refilling, we recommend that the
refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 2. system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Overinflation produces a harsh ride,
excessive wear at the center of the
tire tread, and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.

NOTICE
• Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pressures
by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not
release air from warm tires to adjust
OAI3019023 the pressure or the tires will be
All specifications (sizes and pressures) underinflated.
can be found on a label attached to the • Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
driver’s side center pillar. valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a new one
as soon as possible.

10-52
 10
WARNING Checking tire inflation pressure
Tire Inflation Check your tires once a month or more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the spare
Overinflation or underinflation can tire.
reduce tire life, adversely affect
vehicle handling, and lead to sudden
tire failure. This could result in loss of How to check
vehicle control and potential injury. Use a good quality gage to check
tire pressure. You can not tell if your
NOTICE tires are properly inflated simply by
looking at them. Radial tires may look
Tire pressure properly inflated even when they’re
Always observe the following: underinflated.
• Check tire pressure when the tires Check the tire’s inflation pressure when
are cold. (After vehicle has been the tires are cold. - “Cold” means your
parked for at least three hours or vehicle has been sitting for at least three
hasn’t been driven more than 1.6 km hours or driven no more than 1.6 km (1
(one mile) since startup.) mile).
• Check the pressure of your spare tire Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
each time you check the pressure of stem. Press the tire gage firmly onto the
other tires. valve to get a pressure measurement. If
• Never overload your vehicle. Be the cold tire inflation pressure matches
careful not to overload a vehicle the recommended pressure on the tire
luggage rack if your vehicle is and loading information label, no further
equipped with one. adjustment is necessary. If the pressure
is low, add air until you reach the
• Worn, old tires can cause accidents. recommended amount.
If your tread is badly worn, or if your
tires have been damaged, replace If you overfill the tire, release air by
them. pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gage. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on the
valve stems. They help prevent leaks by
keeping out dirt and moisture.

10-53
Maintenance

WARNING Tire rotation

To equalize tread wear, it is
• Inspect your tires frequently for recommended that the tires be rotated
proper inflation as well as wear and every 10,000 km (6,200 miles) or sooner
damage. Always use a tire pressure if irregular wear develops.
gauge.
During rotation, check the tires for
• Tires with too much or too little correct balance.
pressure wear unevenly causing poor
handling, loss of vehicle control, When rotating tires, check for uneven
and sudden tire failure leading to wear and damage. Abnormal wear
accidents, injuries, and even death. is usually caused by incorrect tire
The recommended cold tire pressure pressure, improper wheel alignment,
for your vehicle can be found in this out-of-balance wheels, severe braking
manual and on the tire label located or severe cornering. Look for bumps
on the driver’s side center pillar. or bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
• Worn tires can cause accidents. these conditions. Replace the tire if
Replace tires that are worn, show fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
uneven wear, or are damaged. be sure to bring the front and rear tire
• Remember to check the pressure pressures to specification and check lug
of your spare tire. HYUNDAI nut tightness.
recommends that you check the Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 2.
spare every time you check the
pressure of the other tires on your
vehicle.

10-54
 10
With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)

„
WARNING
• Do not use the compact spare tire for
tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics that could result
in death, severe injury or property
damage.
CBGQ0706

Without a spare tire

„ Wheel alignment and tire
balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned
and balanced carefully at the factory to
give you the longest tire life and best
overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have
your wheels aligned again. However,
if you notice unusual tire wear or your
vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
CBGQ0707 alignment may need to be reset.
Directional tires (if equipped)

„ If you notice your vehicle vibrating when
driving on a smooth road, your wheels
may need to be rebalanced.

NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage
your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use
only approved wheel weights.

CBGQ0707A

Disc brake pads should be inspected for

wear whenever tires are rotated.

i Information
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from front
to rear and not from right to left.

10-55
Maintenance

Tire replacement WARNING

Tread wear indicator Replacing tires
To reduce the chance or serious or fatal
injuries from an accident caused by tire
failure or loss of vehicle control:
• Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged.
Worn tires can cause loss of braking
effectiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Do not drive your vehicle with too
OEN076053
little or too much pressure in your
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear tires. This can lead to uneven wear
indicator will appear as a solid band and tire failure.
across the tread. This shows there is • When replacing tires, never mix
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread left radial and bias-ply tires on the
on the tire. Replace the tire when this same car. You must replace all tires
happens. (including the spare) if moving from
Do not wait for the band to appear radial to bias-ply tires.
across the entire tread before replacing • It is best to replace all four tires at the
the tire. same time. If that is not possible, or
necessary, then replace the two front
or two rear tires as a pair. Replacing
NOTICE just one tire can seriously affect your
When replacing the tires, recheck and vehicle’s handling.
tighten the wheel nuts after driving • Using tires and wheels other than
about 1,000 km (620 miles). If the the recommended sizes could cause
steering wheel shakes or the vehicle unusual handling characteristics and
vibrates while driving, the tire might poor vehicle control, resulting in a
be out of balance so align the tire serious accident.
balance. If the problem is not solved,
• Wheels that do not meet HYUNDAI’s
we recommend that you contact an
specifications may fit poorly and
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
result in damage to the vehicle or
unusual handling and poor vehicle
control.
• The works by comparing the speed of
the wheels. Tire size can affect wheel
speed. When replacing tires, all 4
tires must use the same size originally
supplied with the vehicle. Using tires
of a different size can cause the ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System) and ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) to work
irregularly. (if equipped)

10-56
 10
Compact spare tire replacement Wheel replacement
(if equipped)
When replacing the metal wheels for any
A compact spare tire has a shorter tread reason, make sure the new wheels are
life than a regular size tire. Replace equivalent to the original factory units in
it when you can see the tread wear diameter, rim width and offset.
indicator bars on the tire. The replaced
compact spare tire should be the same
size and design tire as the one provided WARNING
with your new vehicle and should be
mounted on the same compact spare A wheel that is not the correct size may
tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not adversely affect wheel and bearing life,
designed to be mounted on a regular braking and stopping abilities, handling
size wheel, and the compact spare tire characteristics, ground clearance,
wheel is not designed to mount a regular body-to-tire clearance, snow chain
size tire. clearance, speedometer and odometer
calibration, headlight aim and bumper
height.

Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive
on worn tires, tires that are improperly
inflated or on slippery road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when tread
wear indicators appear. Slow down
whenever there is rain, snow or ice on
the road, to reduce the possibility of
losing control of the vehicle.

10-57
Maintenance

Tire maintenance 1. Manufacturer or brand name

In addition to proper inflation, correct Manufacturer or Brand name is shown.
wheel alignment helps decrease tire
wear. If you find a tire worn unevenly, 2. Tire size designation
have your dealer check the wheel
alignment. A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
When you have new tires installed, information when selecting replacement
make sure they are balanced. This will tires for your car. The following explains
increase vehicle ride comfort and tire what the letters and numbers in the tire
life. Additionally, a tire should always size designation mean.
be rebalanced if it is removed from the
wheel. Example of tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator
Tire sidewall labeling could vary depending on your vehicle.)
1 185/65R15 88 H
5,6
7 185 - Tire width in millimeters.
65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
4
height as a percentage of its width.
2 R - Tire construction code (Radial).
3 15 - Rim diameter in inches.
88 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum load
1
I030B04JM the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
This information identifies and describes speed rating chart in this section for
the fundamental characteristics of additional information.
the tire and also provides the tire
identification number (TIN) for safety
standard certification. The TIN can be
used to identify the tire in case of a
recall.

10-58
 10
Wheel size designation 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Wheels are also marked with important Identification Number)
information that you need if you ever Any tires that are over 6 years old,
have to replace one. The following based on the manufacturing date,
explains what the letters and numbers in (including the spare tire) should be
the wheel size designation mean. replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of
Example wheel size designation: the wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
5.0JX14 The DOT Code is a series of numbers
on a tire consisting of numbers and
English letters. The manufacturing date
5.0 - Rim width in inches. is designated by the last four digits
J - Rim contour designation. (characters) of the DOT code.
14 - Rim diameter in inches
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
Tire speed ratings The front part of the DOT means a plant
The chart below lists many of the code number, tire size and tread pattern
different speed ratings currently being and the last four numbers indicate week
used for passenger car tires. The speed and year manufactured.
rating is part of the tire size designation For example:
on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol DOT XXXX XXXX 2221 represents that the
corresponds to that tire’s designed tire was produced in the 22th week of
maximum safe operating speed. 2021.
Speed Rating Maximum Speed
Symbol WARNING
S 180 km/h (112 mph)
Tire age
T 190 km/h (118 mph)
Tires degrade over time, even when
H 210 km/h (130 mph) they are not being used.
V 240 km/h (149 mph) Regardless of the remaining tread, it is
W 270 km/h (168 mph)
recommended that tires generally be
replaced after six (6) years of normal
Y 300 km/h (186 mph) service. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process. Failure to
follow this warning could cause sudden
tire failure, which could lead to a loss
of control and an accident involving
serious injury or death.

10-59
Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and material 7. Uniform tire quality grading

The number of layers or plies of Quality grades can be found where
rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire applicable on the tire sidewall between
manufacturers also must indicate the tread shoulder and maximum chapter
materials in the tire, which include steel, width.
nylon, polyester, and others. The letter For example:
“R” means radial ply construction; the
letter “D” means diagonal or bias ply TREAD wear 200
construction; and the letter “B” means TRACTION AA
belted-bias ply construction. TEMPERATURE A

5. Maximum permissible inflation Tread wear

pressure The tread wear grade is a comparative
This number is the greatest amount rating based on the wear rate of the tire
of air pressure that should be put in when tested under controlled conditions
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum on a specified government test course.
permissible inflation pressure. Refer to For example, a tire graded 150 would
the Tire and Loading Information label wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well
for recommended inflation pressure. on the government course as a tire
graded 100.
6. Maximum load rating The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
This number indicates the maximum
of their use, however, and may depart
load in kilograms and pounds that can
significantly from the norm due to
be carried by the tire. When replacing
variations in driving habits, service
the tires on the vehicle, always use a
practices and differences in road
tire that has the same load rating as the
characteristics and climate.
factory installed tire.
These grades are molded on the side-
walls of passenger vehicle tires. The
tires available as standard or optional
equipment on your vehicle may vary
with respect to grade.

10-60
 10
Traction - AA, A, B & C WARNING
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades Tire temperature
represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet The temperature grade for this tire is
pavement measured under controlled established for a tire that is properly
conditions on specified government inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. speed, underinflation or excessive
A tire marked C may have poor traction loading, either separately or in
performance. combination, can cause heat build-up
and sudden tire failure. This can cause
WARNING loss of vehicle control and serious
injury or death.
The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include Low aspect ratio tire
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, (if equipped)
or peak traction characteristics. Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided for
Temperature -A, B & C sporty looks.
The temperature grades are A (the Because the low aspect ratio tires are
highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s optimized for handling and braking, it
resistance to the generation of heat may be more uncomfortable to ride in
and its ability to dissipate heat when and there is more noise compare with
tested under controlled conditions on a normal tires.
specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause
the material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum required
by law.

10-61
Maintenance

NOTICE NOTICE
Because the sidewall of the low aspect • It is not easy to recognize the tire
ratio tire is shorter than the normal, the damage with your own eyes. But,
wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio if there is the slightest hint of tire
tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow damage, even though you cannot see
the instructions below. the tire damage with your own eyes,
- When driving on a rough road or have the tire checked or replaced
off road, drive cautiously because because the tire damage may cause
tires and wheels may be damaged. air leakage from the tire.
And after driving, inspect tires and • If the tire is damaged by driving
wheels. on a rough road, off road, pothole,
- When passing over a pothole, speed manhole, or curb stone, it will not be
bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive covered by the warranty.
slowly so that the tires and wheels • You can find out the tire information
are not damaged. on the tire sidewall.
- If the tire is impacted, we
recommend that you inspect the tire
condition or contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000km.

10-62
 10
FUSES
„Blade type
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the
engine and all switches off, and then
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
Normal Blown the same rating.
„Cartridge type
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.
Avoid using the system involved and
we recommend that all inspect an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Normal Blown
„Multi fuse

i Information
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type
for lower amperage rating, cartridge
type, and multi fuse for higher amperage
ratings.

Normal Blown WARNING

OTA070039 NEVER replace a fuse with anything but
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected another fuse of the same rating.
from electrical overload damage by • A higher capacity fuse could cause
fuses. damage and possibly cause a fire.
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one • Do not install a wire or aluminum
located in the driver’s side panel bolster, foil instead of the proper fuse -
the other in the engine compartment. even as a temporary repair. It may
If any of your vehicle’s lights, cause extensive wiring damage and
accessories or controls do not work, possibly a fire.
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a
fuse has blown, the element inside the NOTICE
fuse will be melted or broken.
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because
it may cause a short circuit and damage
the system.

10-63
Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse

replacement

OBI3090016

5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.

OBI3090014 Use the removal tool provided in the
1. Turn the vehicle off. engine compartment fuses panel.
2. Turn all other switches OFF. 6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in
3. Open the fuse panel cover. the instrument panel fuse panels (or in
4. Refer to the label on the inside of the engine compartment fuse panel).
the fuse panel cover to locate the 7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
suspected fuse location. and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips.If it fits loosely, we recommend
that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

In an emergency, if you do not have

a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not need
for operating the vehicle, such as the
cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses
are undamaged, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced with the
same rating.

10-64
 10
Engine compartment panel fuse Multi fuse (Main fuse)
replacement

OBI3090017

OBI3090018 If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

removed as follows:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling up. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert the 4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine above.
compartment fuse panel. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one of
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, the same rating.
and make sure it fits tightly in the 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
clips. If it fits loosely, we recommend removal.
that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
If the multi fuse is blown, we
recommend that you consult an
NOTICE authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely
install the fuse panel cover. You may
hear a clicking sound if the cover is
securely latched. If it is not securely
latched, electrical failure may occur
from water contact.

10-65
Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description i Information

Inner fuse panel Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle.
It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OBI3090015

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you

can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.

ICU

„

OBI3090019

10-66
 10
Inner Compartment Fuse Panel (ICU)
Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
rating
HEATED
10A RR HEATED MIRROR, ECU
MIRROR
SAFETY
25A SAFETY ECU
P/WINDOW
P/WINDOW
25A POWER WINDOW MOTOR
RH
DCT/ECLUTCH/TCU, S_MODE_SW/ATM_LEVER,
TCU2 10A
INHIBITOR SW

MODULE 8 10A MUT/VDMS/MOOD_LAMP_UNIT

MEMORY 10A CLUSTER, FATC, MTC

AMP 25A EXT. AMP

SUNROOF 15A SUNROOF MOTOR

P/WINDOW
25A POWER WINDOW MOTOR
LH

SENSOR7 10A FUEL_WATER_SNSR, GLOW_RLY_UNIT

MODULE 2 10A O/S MIRR SW, AMP, IBU,AUDIO

MULTIMEDIA 20A AUDIO

AIR BAG 10A ACU

POWER
15A POWER OUTLET
OUTLET

10-67
Maintenance

Inner Compartment Fuse Panel (ICU)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
rating
A/C 3 7.5A MTC,FATC,ECU

DOOR LOCK 20A DOOR ACTUATOR

AT_LEVER_IND, HLLD, ‘SEAT_EXTN_DRV, ‘AUDIO, AMP,

MODULE 5 10A
‘MTC/FATC, ECM_MIRR, ‘WIRELESS CHARGER

ABS 3 10A ABS (ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)

BRAKE
7.5A STOP SWITCH
SWITCH

START1 7.5A START RLY

CLUSTER 10A CLUSTER

MODULE 4 10A C_PAD_SW(ESC SW)

IBU 2 15A IBU (INTEGRATED BODY CONTROL UNIT)

AMP, O_S_MIRR_SW, AUDIO/AVN, IBU(BCM), VDMS,

ACC 1 10A
REAR USB, USB_CHARGER

MODULE 7 10A MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH

WASHER 15A M/F (WASHER PWR)

MODULE 6 7.5A IBU

10-68
 10
Inner Compartment Fuse Panel (ICU)
Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
rating
IBU 1 10A IBU (INTEGRATED BODY CONTROL UNIT)

AIR BAG IND 10A CLUSTER

A/C 2 7.5A MTC, FATC, ECU

WIPER RR 15A REAR WIPER MOTOR

ECU 4 10A ECU

MDPS 2 10A MDPS

10-69
Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle.
It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

OBI3090016

Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you

can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.

OBI3090020

10-70
 10
Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (1.0 T-GDi)
Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
ALT 150A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F3, Fuse - F32/F33/F34/F35

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

DCT1 40A TCU

E-CLUTCH1 40A Electronic Clutch Module

DCT2 40A TCU

ECU1 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1)

[With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1, ACC Relay)

IG1 30A
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch

FUEL PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.6)

ECU3 15A ECU

ECU2 15A ECU

A/CON 1 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

DCT4 40A Smart Gear Actuator

ICU Junction Block

BATT4 40A
(Power Window Relay, Fuse - F3/F10/F11)

BATT1 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS1, IPS3, IPS5, IPS7, IPS8, IPS11)

ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F21/F25/F29,

BATT3 40A
Long Term Load Latch Relay)

DCT3 15A TCU

E-CLUTCH2 15A Electronic Clutch Module

HORN 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11, RLY.12)

10-71
Maintenance

Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (1.0 T-GDi)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
BATT2 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS2, IPS4, IPS6, IPS9, IPS10)
E/R Junction Block (RLY.9).
IG2 40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay)
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
C/FAN 60A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3

ECU5 20A ECU

E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/3),
SENSOR 1 10A Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust),
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
SENSOR 2 10A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)

RR DEFOG 40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)

ABS 1 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

ABS 2 30A ABS/ESP Control Module

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)

WIPER 2 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor, IBU

SENSOR8 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 6)

SENSOR3 10A RCV Control Solenoid Valve

ECU6 15A ECU

WIPER 1 25A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor

10-72
 10
Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (Smartstream G1.2)
Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
ALT 125A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F3, Fuse - F32/F33/F34/F35

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

ECU1 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1)

[With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1, ACC Relay)

IG1 30A
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch

FUEL PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.6)

ECU3 15A ECU/PCU

ECU2 15A ECU/PCU

A/CON 1 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

ICU Junction Block

BATT4 40A
(Power Window Relay, Fuse - F3/F10/F11)

BATT1 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS1, IPS3, IPS5, IPS7, IPS8, IPS11)

ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F21/F25/F29,

BATT3 40A
Long Term Load Latch Relay)

HORN 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11, RLY.12)

BATT2 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS2, IPS4, IPS6, IPS9, IPS10)
E/R Junction Block (RLY.9).
IG2 40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay)
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch
C/FAN 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2)

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4

10-73
Maintenance

Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (Smartstream G1.2)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
ECU5 20A ECU/PCU
E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/3),
Front Wheel Sensor RH,
SENSOR 1 10A Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust),
Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
Variable Intake Solenoid Valve
SENSOR 2 10A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)

RR DEFOG 40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)

ABS 1 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

ABS 2 30A ABS/ESP Control Module

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)

WIPER 2 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor, IBU

E/R Junction Block (RLY. 6),

INJECTOR1 15A
Injector #1-1/#2-1/#3-1/#4-1
E/R Junction Block (RLY. 6),
INJECTOR2 15A
Injector #1-2/#2-2/#3-2/#4-2

ECU6 15A ECU

WIPER 1 25A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor

10-74
 10
Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (1.5 WGT)
Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
GLOW 100A Glow Relay Unit

ALT 180A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F3, Fuse - F32/F33/F34/F35

MDPS 80A MDPS Unit

ECU1 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1)

[With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1, ACC Relay)

IG1 30A
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch

FUEL PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.6)

ECU2 15A ECU

A/CON 1 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

FUEL HEATER 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.14)

ICU Junction Block

BATT4 40A
(Power Window Relay, Fuse - F3/F10/F11)

BATT1 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS1, IPS3, IPS5, IPS7, IPS8, IPS11)

ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F21/F25/F29,

BATT3 40A
Long Term Load Latch Relay)

HORN 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11, RLY.12)

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

BATT2 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS2, IPS4, IPS6, IPS9, IPS10)
E/R Junction Block (RLY.9).
IG2 40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay)
[W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch

10-75
Maintenance

Engine Compartment Fuse Panel (1.5 WGT)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
C/FAN 50A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2)

SENSOR 6 15A PM Sensor

ECU5 20A ECU

E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/3),
SENSOR 1 10A Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust),
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
SENSOR 2 10A Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)

SENSOR 3 10A COOLING FAN, A/CON COMPRESSOR

RR DEFOG 40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)

ABS 1 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

ABS 2 30A ABS/ESP Control Module

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)

WIPER 2 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor, IBU

SENSOR 4 10A Inlet Metering Valve, E/R Junction Block (RLY. 6)

Air Flow Sensor, EGR Cooling Bypass Solenoid Valve,

SENSOR 5 10A
WGR Vacuum Modulator

WIPER 1 25A E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5), Front Wiper Motor

10-76
 10
LIGHT BULBS
We recommend that you consult an NOTICE
authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult
with one of the same wattage rating.
to replace vehicle light bulbs because
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
other parts of the vehicle must be
fuse or electric wiring system.
removed before you can get to the bulb.
This is especially true for removing the
headlight assembly to get to the bulb(s). i Information
Removing/installing the headlight
The headlight and tail lamp lenses could
assembly can result in damage to the
appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after
vehicle.
driving or the vehicle is driven at night
in wet weather. This condition is caused
WARNING by temperature difference between the
lamp inside and outside and, it does not
Prior to replacing a light, depress the indicate a problem with your vehicle.
foot brake, move the shift lever into the When moisture condenses in the lamp,
N (Neutral, for Automatic transmission it will be removed after driving with the
vehicle) or neutral (for manual headlight on. The removable level may
transmission vehicle), apply the parking differ depending on lamp size, lamp
brake, place the ignition switch in the position and environmental condition.
LOCK/OFF position, and take the key However, if moisture is not removed, we
with you when leaving the vehicle to recommend that your vehicle is inspected
avoid sudden movement of the vehicle by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
and to prevent possible electric shock.
Be aware the bulbs may be hot and may
burn your fingers.

10-77
Maintenance

Headlight, Position Light,

Turn signal Light bulb
replacement
Type A

OLMB073042L

WARNING
• Handle halogen bulbs with care.
Halogen bulbs contain pressurized
OBI3090023 gas that will produce flying pieces
of glass that could cause injuries if
(1) Headlight(Low/High) broken.
(2) Turn signal light • Wear eye protection when changing
(3) Position light(if equipped) a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down
(4) Daytime running light (if equipped) before handling it.
(5) Fog light
• Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If

N line
Ǵ the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids.
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb
to overheat and burst when lit.
• A bulb should be operated only when
installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately and
carefully dispose of it.
OBI3N091001

(1) Headlight(Low/High)
(2) Turn signal light
i Information
We recommend that the headlight aiming
(3) Position light(if equipped) be adjusted after an accident or after the
(4) Fog light headlight assembly is reinstalled.

*1 : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlight

10-78
 10
Headlight (Low/High) & Position ● N-Line
Light
1. Turn the front wheel inwards.

OBI3N091048

2. Remove retainers available on under

cover bottom area in the respective
OAC3089042TU side of headlight for bulb A/S.
3. Remove Wheel guard clips (B),
bumper cover bolt (A) and bumper
upper cover blot (C1) & retainer (C2).

OAC3089043TU

OBC3090038

4. Pushing the Wheel guard aside & pull

front bumper near fender to unlock
front bumper with bumper bracket
near to headlight.
5. Remove the headlight bulb cover by
turning it counter-clockwise from bulb
assembly.
OBC3090055 6. Remove the bulb from the headlight
assembly.
7. Install a new headlight bulb and snap
the headlight bulb retaining wire into
position by aligning the wire with the
groove on the bulb.
8. Connect the headlight bulb socket
connector.
9. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.

10-79
Maintenance

10. Install the wheel guard in the reverse Front Fog light

„
order.

OBI3090025

Fog light (if equipped)

OBC3090057 1. Remove the under cover by rotating
the screws and bolts.
Turn signal light
2. Reach your hand into the back of the
1. Open the hood. front bumper.
2. Remove the turn signal light by 3. Disconnect the power connector from
turning it counterclockwise. the socket.
3. Remove the socket from the 4. Remove the bulb-socket from
assembly by turning the socket the housing by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the the socket align with the slots on the
assembly. housing.
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into 5. Install the new bulb-socket into the
the socket and rotating it until it locks housing by aligning the tabs on the
into place. socket with the slots in the housing.
5. Install the socket in the assembly by Push the socket into the housing and
aligning the tabs on the socket with turn the socket clockwise.
the slots in the assembly. 6. Connect the power connector to the
Push the socket into the assembly and socket.
turn the socket clockwise. 7. Reinstall the front bumper under
6. Install the turn signal light or low cover.
beam assist-static light bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.

Day running light (if equipped)

If the LED lamp does not operate,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. The LED lamps cannot be
replace as a single unit because it is an
integrated unit. The LED lamp has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.

10-80
 10
Type B Headlight, Position light, Daytime
running light replacement
If the LED lamp does not operate,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. The LED lamps cannot be
replace as a single unit because it is an
integrated unit. The LED lamp has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
OBI3090024

(1) Headlight(Low/High) Low beam assist static light

(2) Static Bending Light 1. Turn the front wheel inwards.
(3) Daytime running light & Position light
(4) Turn signal light
(5) Front fog light

N line
Ǵ

OAC3089042TU

OBI3N091002

(1) Headlight(Low/High)
(2) Static Bending Light
(3) Turn signal light
(4) Front Fog light
OAC3089043TU

10-81
Maintenance

10. Install the wheel guard in the reverse

order.
Front Fog light

„

OBI3N091048

2. Remove retainers available on under OBI3090025

cover bottom area in the respective Fog light (if equipped)
side of headlight for bulb A/S.
1. Remove the under cover by rotating
3. Remove Wheel guard clips (B), the screws and bolts.
bumper cover bolt (A) and bumper
upper cover blot (C1) & retainer (C2). 2. Reach your hand into the back of the
front bumper.
3. Disconnect the power connector from
the socket.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from
the housing by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
housing.
5. Install the new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the housing.
OBC3090038 Push the socket into the housing and
4. Pushing the Wheel guard aside & pull turn the socket clockwise.
front bumper near fender to unlock 6. Connect the power connector to the
front bumper with bumper bracket socket.
near to headlight. 7. Reinstall the front bumper under
5. Remove the headlight bulb cover by cover.
turning it counter-clockwise from bulb
assembly.
6. Remove the bulb from the headlight
assembly.
7. Install a new headlight bulb and snap
the headlight bulb retaining wire into
position by aligning the wire with the
groove on the bulb.
8. Connect the headlight bulb socket
connector.
9. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.

10-82
 10
Side repeater light replacement Rear combination light bulb
(if equipped) replacement (if equipped)
Type A

OAC3089047TU

1. Remove the lamp assembly from the OBI3090027

vehicle by prying the lens and pulling

N line
Ǵ
the assembly out.
2. Disconnect the bulb electrical
connector.
3. Separate the socket and the
lens parts by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on the
socket align with the slots on the lens
part.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out. OBI3N091003
5. Insert a new bulb in the socket. (1) Turn signal light
6. Reassemble the socket and the lens (2) Tail/Stop light
part. (3) Tail light
7. Connect the bulb electrical connector. (4) Back-up light
8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.

10-83
Maintenance

OIB074037 OBI3090041L

N line
Ǵ

OIB074038A OBI3N091004
[1] : Turn signal light, [2] : Tail/Stop light,
1. Open the tailgate [3] : Tail light, [4] : Back-up light
2. Remove Lamp flange with given 2
provisions. Turn signal light, Tail/stop light
3. Loosen the light assembly retaining 4. Remove the socket from the
screws with a cross-tip screwdriver. assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
4. Remove the rear combination light the socket align with the slots on the
assembly from the body of the assembly.
vehicle.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on the
bulb align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
7. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.

10-84
 10
Tail light & Back-up light
1. Open the tailgate and remove the
tailgate trim.
2. Loosen the retaining screw of the
tailgate lid cover and then remove the
cover.
3. Disconnect the connector and then
remove the bulbs by rotating them in
counter clock wise direction.
4. Replace with new bulbs into the
sockets and then fix it in their OIB074037
positions respectively.

Type B

OIB074038A

1. Open the tailgate

2. Remove Lamp flange with given 2
OBI3090028 provisions.
(1) Turn signal light 3. Loosen the light assembly retaining
screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
(2) Tail light
4. Remove the rear combination light
(3) Tail light assembly from the body of the
(4) Back-up light vehicle.
(5) Stop light

10-85
Maintenance

Back-up light
1. Open the tailgate and remove the
tailgate trim.
2. Loosen the retaining screw of the
tailgate lid cover and then remove the
cover.
3. Disconnect the connector and then
remove the bulb by rotating them in
counter clock wise direction.
4. Replace with new bulb into the Socket
OBI3090042L
and then fix it in its position.
[1] : Turn signal light, [2] : Back-up light

Turn signal light Tail light, Stop light

4. Remove the socket from the If the LED lamp does not operate,
assembly by turning the socket we recommend that the system be
counterclockwise until the tabs on inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
the socket align with the slots on the dealer. The LED lamps cannot be
assembly. replace as a single unit because it is an
5. Remove the bulb from the socket integrated unit. The LED lamp has to be
by pressing it in and rotating it replaced with the unit.
counterclockwise until the tabs on the A skilled technician should check or
bulb align with the slots in the socket. repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
Pull the bulb out of the socket. related parts of the vehicle.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
7. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.

10-86
 10
High mounted stop light License plate light bulb
replacement replacement

OBI3031018L OAI3089029

1. Open the tailgate. 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver gently

2. Loosen the nuts on tailgate Inside pry the lens cover from the lamp
(b) and pull high mounted stop lamp housing.
along the panel hole (c). 2. Remove the socket from the
3. Remove the bulb from the socket assembly by turning the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on
counterclockwise until the tabs on the the socket align with the slots on the
bulb align with the slots in the socket. assembly.
Pull the bulb out of the socket. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into out.
the socket and rotating it until it locks 4. Install a new bulb.
into place. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order.
5. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.

10-87
Maintenance

Interior light bulb replacement 1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior light
Room lamp

„ housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3. Install a new bulb into the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap the
lens into place.

NOTICE
OBI3090029 Be careful not to damage the cover,
Rear lamp

„ tab, and plastic housing.

OIB074041
Glove box lamp

„

OGB074019
Luggage room lamp

„

OBC3090053

10-88
 10
APPEARANCE CARE
NOTICE Finish maintenance
If you park your vehicle near a stainless Washing
steel sign or glass facade building, the To help protect your vehicle’s finish
vehicle’s exterior plastic parts such from rust and deterioration, wash it
as a bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp thoroughly and frequently at least once
or outside rearview mirror might be a month with lukewarm or cold water.
damaged due to sunlight reflected
from the sign or building. To prevent If you use your vehicle for off-road
damage of the exterior plastic parts, driving, you should wash it after each
you should avoid parking in areas off-road trip. Pay special attention to the
where light may be reflected or use a removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
car cover. (The exterior plastic parts mud, and other foreign materials. Make
applied to your vehicle may vary.) sure the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Exterior care Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
Exterior general caution can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
It is very important to follow the label removed immediately.
directions when using any chemical Even prompt washing with plain water
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and may not completely remove all these
caution statements that appear on the deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
label. painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle
High-pressure washing thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
• When using high-pressure washers, Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
make sure to maintain sufficient
distance from the vehicle.
NOTICE
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component • Do not use strong soap, chemical
damage or water penetration. detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight
• Do not spray the camera, sensors or or when the body of the vehicle is
its surrounding area directly with a warm.
high pressure washer. Shock applied
from high pressure water may cause • Be careful when washing the side
the device to not operate normally. windows of your vehicle.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to Especially, with high-pressure water,
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or water may leak through the windows
connectors as they may be damaged and wet the interior.
if they come into contact with high • To prevent damage to the plastic
pressure water. parts and lamps, do not clean
with chemical solvents or strong
detergents.

10-89
Maintenance

WARNING NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
Wet brakes (if equipped)
After washing the vehicle, test the Automatic car wash which uses
brakes while driving slowly to see if rotating brushes should not be used
they have been affected by water. If as this can damage the surface of your
the braking performance is impaired, vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes
dry the brakes by applying them lightly the vehicle surface at high temperature
while maintaining a slow forward may result the oil to adhere and leave
speed. stains that is difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel
or sponge) when washing your vehicle
and dry with a microfiber towel. When
you hand wash your vehicle, you should
not use a cleaner that finishes with
wax. If the vehicle surface is too dirty
(sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.),
clean the surface with water before
washing the car.

Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
OBI3090045L
longer bead on the paint.
NOTICE Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
• Water washing in the engine liquid or paste wax, and follow the
compartment including high pressure manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
water washing may cause the failure metal trim to protect it and to maintain
of electrical circuits located in the its luster.
engine compartment.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
• Never allow water or other liquids with a spot remover will usually strip the
to come in contact with electrical/ wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
electronic components inside the these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
vehicle as this may damage them. does not yet need waxing.

10-90
 10
NOTICE Finish damage repair
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body with Deep scratches or stone chips in the
a dry cloth will scratch the finish. painted surface must be repaired
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
cleaners, or strong detergents rust and may develop into a major repair
containing highly alkaline or caustic expense.
agents on chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may result in
damage to the protective coating i Information
and cause discoloration or paint If your vehicle is damaged and requires
deterioration. any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
NOTICE replaced.
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
NOTICE
Do not use any polish protector such as
a detergent, an abrasive and a polish. Matte paint finish vehicle
In case wax is applied, remove the wax (if equipped)
immediately using a silicon remover In case of matte paint finish vehicles,
and if any tar or tar contaminant is on it is impossible to modify only the
the surface use a tar remover to clean. damaged area and repair of the whole
However, be careful not to apply too part is necessary. If the vehicle is
much pressure on the painted area. damaged and painting is required,
we recommend that you have your
vehicle maintained and repaired by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take
extreme care, as it is difficult to restore
the quality after the repair.

10-91
Maintenance

Bright-metal maintenance WARNING

• To remove road tar and insects, use
a tar remover, not a scraper or other After washing the vehicle, test the
sharp object. brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal
the braking performance is impaired,
parts from corrosion, apply a coating
dry the brakes by applying them lightly
of wax or chrome preservative and rub
while maintaining a slow forward
to a high luster.
speed.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or Aluminum wheel maintenance
preservative. If necessary, coat the The aluminum wheels are coated with a
parts with non-corrosive petroleum clear protective finish.
jelly or other protective compound. • Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or wire
Underbody maintenance brushes on aluminum wheels. They
may scratch or damage the finish.
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may • Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
collect on the underbody. If these • Use only a mild soap or neutral
materials are not removed, accelerated detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
rusting can occur on the underbody water. Also, be sure to clean the
parts such as the fuel lines, frame, wheels after driving on salted roads.
floor pan and exhaust system, even This helps prevent corrosion.
though they have been treated with rust • Avoid washing the wheels with high-
protection. speed car wash brushes.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody • Do not use any alkaline or acid
and wheel openings with lukewarm detergent. It may damage and corrode
or cold water once a month, after off- the aluminum wheels coated with a
road driving and at the end of each clear protective finish.
winter. Pay special attention to these
areas because it is difficult to see all
the mud and dirt. It will do more harm
than good to wet down the road grime
without removing it. The lower edges
of the doors, rocker panels, and frame
members have drain holes that should
not clog with dirt; trapped water in these
areas can cause rusting.

10-92
 10
Corrosion protection Moisture breeds corrosion
Protecting your vehicle from corro- Moisture creates the conditions in
sion which corrosion is most likely to occur.
By using the most advanced design For example, corrosion is accelerated
and construction practices to combat by high humidity, particularly when
corrosion, we produce vehicles of the temperatures are just above freezing. In
highest quality. However, this is only such conditions, the corrosive material is
part of the job. To achieve the long-term kept in contact with the vehicle’s surface
corrosion resistance your vehicle can by moisture that slowly evaporates.
deliver, the owner’s cooperation and Mud is particularly corrosive because
assistance is also required. it dries slowly and holds moisture in
contact with the vehicle. Although the
mud appears to be dry, it can still retain
Common causes of corrosion moisture and promote corrosion.
The most common causes of corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate
on your vehicle are: corrosion of parts that are not properly
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is ventilated so the moisture can be
allowed to accumulate underneath the dispersed. For all these reasons, it is
vehicle. particularly important to keep your
• Removal of paint or protective vehicle clean and free of mud or
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion accumulations of other materials. This
or minor scrapes and dents which applies not only to the visible surfaces
leave unprotected metal exposed to but particularly to the underside of the
corrosion. vehicle.

High-corrosion areas To help prevent corrosion

If you live in an area where your vehicle You can help prevent corrosion from
is regularly exposed to corrosive getting started by observing the
materials, corrosion protection is following:
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated
corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.

10-93
Maintenance

Keep your vehicle clean Keep your garage dry

The best way to prevent corrosion is Don’t park your vehicle in a damp,
to keep your vehicle clean and free of poorly ventilated garage. This creates
corrosive materials. Attention to the a favorable environment for corrosion.
underside of the vehicle is particularly This is particularly true if you wash your
important. vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered
with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated
• If you live in a high-corrosion area — garage can contribute to corrosion
where road salts are used, near the unless it is well ventilated so moisture is
ocean, areas with industrial pollution, dispersed.
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your vehicle Keep paint and trim in good condition
at least once a month and be sure to Scratches or chips in the finish should
clean the underside thoroughly when be covered with “touch-up” paint as
winter is over. soon as possible to reduce the possibility
• When cleaning underneath the of corrosion. If bare metal is showing
vehicle, give particular attention to the through, the attention of a qualified
components under the fenders and body and paint shop is recommended.
other areas that are hidden from view. Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
Do a thorough job; just dampening the highly corrosive and may damage
accumulated mud rather than washing painted surfaces in just a few hours.
it away will accelerate corrosion rather Always remove bird droppings as soon
than prevent it. Water under high as possible.
pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials. Don’t neglect the interior
• When cleaning lower door panels, Moisture can collect under the floor
rocker panels and frame members, be mats and carpeting and cause corrosion.
sure that drain holes are kept open so Check under the mats periodically to be
that moisture can escape and not be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion. care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning
materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.

10-94
 10
Interior care Cleaning the upholstery and interior
trim
Interior general precautions
Vinyl (if equipped)
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
and air freshener from contacting the with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
interior parts because they may cause Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
damage or discoloration. If they do
contact the interior parts, wipe them off Fabric (if equipped)
immediately. See the instructions that
follow for the proper way to clean vinyl. Remove dust and loose dirt from
fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution
NOTICE recommended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with
Never allow water or other liquids a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots
to come in contact with electrical/ do not receive immediate attention,
electronic components inside the the fabric can be stained and its color
vehicle as this may damage them. can be affected. Also, its fire-resistant
properties can be reduced if the material
NOTICE is not properly maintained.
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral NOTICE
detergents or low alcohol content Using anything but recommended
solutions. If you use high alcohol cleaners and procedures may affect the
content solutions or acid/alkaline fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant
detergents, the color of the leather may properties.
fade or the surface may get stripped
off.

10-95
Maintenance

Leather (if equipped) • Caring for the leather seats

• Feature of Seat Leather - Vacuum the seat periodically to
- Leather is made from the outer skin remove dust and sand on the seat. It
of an animal, which goes through a will prevent abrasion or damage of
special process to be available for the leather and maintain its quality.
use. Since it is a natural object, each - Wipe the natural leather seat cover
part differs in thickness or density. often with dry or soft cloth.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural - Use of proper leather protective may
result of stretching and shrinking prevent abrasion of the cover and
depending on the temperature and helps maintain the color. Be sure to
humidity. read the instructions and consult a
- The seat is made of stretchable specialist when using leather coating
fabric to improve comfort. or protective agent.
- The parts contacting the body are - Light colored (beige, cream beige)
curved and the side supporting leather is easily contaminated and
area is high which provides driving the stain is noticeable. Clean the
comfort and stability. seats frequently.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally - Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
from usage. It is not a fault of the cause the surface to crack.
products.

CAUTION
• Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not covered
by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.

10-96
 10
• Cleaning the leather seats Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
- Remove all contaminations instantly. webbing
Refer to instructions below for Clean the belt webbing with any
removal of each contaminant. mild soap solution recommended for
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
foundation, etc.) the instructions provided with the soap.
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing
and wipe the contaminate spot. Wipe because this may weaken it.
off the cream with a wet cloth and
remove water with a dry cloth. Cleaning the interior window glass
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.) If the interior glass surfaces of the
Apply a small amount of neutral vehicle become fogged (that is, covered
detergent and wipe until with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they
contaminations do not smear. should be cleaned with glass cleaner.
- Oil Follow the directions on the glass
cleaner container.
Remove oil instantly with absorbable
cloth and wipe with stain remover
used only for natural leather. NOTICE
- Chewing gum Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
Harden the gum with ice and remove the rear window. This may result in
gradually. damage to the rear window defroster
grid.

10-97
Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

The emission control system of your 1. Crankcase emission control
vehicle is covered by a written limited system
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Service The positive crankcase ventilation
Passport in your vehicle. system is employed to prevent air
Your vehicle is equipped with an pollution caused by blow-by gases
emission control system to meet all being emitted from the crankcase. This
emission regulations. system supplies fresh filtered air to the
crankcase through the air intake hose.
There are three emission control systems Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes
which are as follows. with blow-by gases, which then pass
through the PCV valve into the induction
(1) Crankcase emission control system system.
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system 2. Evaporative emission control
system
In order to assure the proper function The Evaporative Emission Control
of the emission control systems, it System is designed to prevent
is recommended that you have your fuel vapors from escaping into the
car inspected and maintained by atmosphere.
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance with the maintenance
schedule in this manual. Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid
valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve
is controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine coolant
temperature is low during idling, the
PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not taken into the engine. After
the engine warms up during ordinary
driving, the PCSV opens to introduce
evaporated fuel to the engine.

10-98
 10
3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions
system (carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present with
The Exhaust Emission Control System is
other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if
a highly effective system which controls
you smell exhaust fumes of any kind
exhaust emissions while maintaining
inside your vehicle, have it inspected
good vehicle performance.
and repaired immediately. If you ever
suspect exhaust fumes are coming
Vehicle modifications into your vehicle, drive it only with
• This vehicle should not be modified. all the windows fully open. Have
Modification of your vehicle could your vehicle checked and repaired
affect its performance, safety or immediately.
durability and may even violate
governmental safety and emissions WARNING
regulations.
In addition, damage or performance Exhaust
problems resulting from any Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
modification may not be covered monoxide (CO). Though colorless
under warranty. and odorless, it is dangerous and
• If you use unauthorized electronic could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the
devices, it may cause the vehicle to instructions on this page to avoid CO
operate abnormally, wire damage, poisoning.
battery discharge and fire. For your • Do not operate the engine in confined
safety, do not use unauthorized or closed areas (such as garages) any
electronic devices. more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to draw
outside air into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with the
engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.

10-99
 Maintenance

Operating precautions for catalytic Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic

converters (if equipped) converter emission control device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
WARNING
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for petrol
Fire engine.
• A hot exhaust system can ignite • Do not operate the vehicle when
flammable items under your vehicle. there are signs of engine malfunction,
Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle such as misfire or a noticeable loss of
over or near flammable objects, such performance.
as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, • Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
etc. Examples of misuse are coasting with
• The exhaust system and catalytic the ignition off and descending steep
system are very hot while the engine grades in gear with the ignition off.
is running or immediately after the • Do not operate the engine at high idle
engine is turned off. Keep away from speed for extended periods (5 minutes
the exhaust system and catalytic, you or more).
may get burned. Also, do not remove • Do not modify or tamper with any
the heat sink around the exhaust part of the engine or emission
system, do not seal the bottom of the control system. All inspections and
vehicle or do not coat the vehicle for adjustments must be made by an
corrosion control. It may present a authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
fire risk under certain conditions.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging
the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.

10-100
 10
Petrol particulate filter (GPF) Diesel particulate filter (DPF)
(if equipped) (if equipped)
Petrol Particulate Filter (GPF) The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
systemremoves the soot in the exhaust system removes the soot in the exhaust
gas.The GPF system automatically gas. Unlike a disposable air filter,
burns (or oxidizes) the accumulated the DPF system automatically burns
soot in accordance with driving (oxidizes) and removes the accumulated
situations, unlike a disposable air filter. soot according to the driving condition.
In other words, the accumulated soot is In order words, the active burning by the
automatically purged out by the engine engine control system and high exhaust
control system and by the high exhaust gas temperature caused by normal/high
gas temperature at normal/ high driving diving condition burns and removes the
speeds.However, when the vehicle is accumulated soot.
continually driven at repeated short However, if the vehicle continues to
distances or driven at low speed for a be driven at repeated short distance
long time, the accumulated soot may or driven at low speed for a long time,
not be automatically removed because the accumulated soot may not be
of low exhaust gas temperature. In automatically removed because of low
this case, the accumulated soot may exhaust gas temperature. More than
reach a certain amount regardless of a certain amount of soot deposited,
the soot oxidization process, then the the malfunction indicator light ( )
GPF lamp ( ) will illuminate.The illuminates.
Petrol Particulate Filter (GPF)lamp stops
illuminating, when the driving speed When the malfunction indicator light
exceeds 80 km/h (50 mph) with engine illuminates, it may turn-off after driving
RPM 1,500 ~ 4,000 and the gear in the the vehicle at more than 60km/h (37
3rd position or above for approximately mph) or at more than the second gear
30 minutes.When the GPF lamp starts with 1500~2500 engine RPM for a
to blink or the warning message “Check certain time (for about 25 minutes).
exhaust system” pops up even though If the malfunction indicator light (
the vehicle was driven as mentioned ) is not turn-off or blinking continuesly
above, we recommend that you have the in spite of the procedure, visit a
GPF system checked by an authorized professional workshop and check the
HYUNDAI dealer.With GPF lamp blinking DPF system. HYUNDAI recommends
for an extended period of time, it may to visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer/
damage the GPF system and lower the service partner.
fuel economy. If you continue to drive with the
malfunction indicator light blinking for
a long time, the DPF system can be
damaged and fuel consumption can be
CAUTION worsen and the engine durability can be
worsen by oil dilution.
We recommend you to use only the
regulated petrol fuels, when your
vehicle is equipped with the GPF
system.When you use other petrol fuels
which contain unspecified additives,
they may damage the GPF system and
cause exhaust emission problems.

10-101
 Maintenance

CAUTION 4. Self Regeneration Mode

Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF) LCD Type
If the warning message “Self
We recommend you to use only the Regeneration” is stored in inspection
regulated diesel fuels, when your message tap, it is operable in LCD
vehicle is equipped with the DPF warning message page.
system.
When you use other diesel fuels, which
is high in sulfurs (above 10 ppm) or WARNING
contains unspecified additives, it may
damage the DPF system and cause the • Make sure the vehicle parked on the
white smoke emission. safety zone (to avoid the flammables
like grass and traffic accident)
• Check remained fuel above 1/5 of
Lean NOx Trap (if equipped) full level fuel gauge to prevent fuel
The Lean NOx Trap (LNT) system overheat
removes the nitrogen oxide in the • Open the hood to prevent engine
exhaust gas. The smell can occur in the room overheat
exhaust gas depending on the quality
of the fuel and it can degrade NOx • Self regeneration should be done
reduction performance, please use the only when DPF indicator illuminates
regulated automotive diesel fuel.

OSU2I089042

If the warning message “Diesel filter

regeneration required, See owner’s
manual.” appears on the LCD display,
Self Regeneration is required.

10-102
 10
To initiate Self Regeneration
1. Engage the parking brake and shift
lever at P state.
2. Turn on the engine
3. Warm up the engine and check engine
temperature gauge at the middle
position
4. Turn on the air conditioner and set the
blower to the maximum.
5. Turn on the high beam. OSU2I089037
6. Operate the rear defog function.
Not Operating Condition
7. Hold the OK button on the LCD
warning message page. Under below conditions, Diesel
Catalyst regeneration process may be
interrupted. (Engine RPM drops to idle
state)
- Engine overheat or insufficient
warm-up
- Shift lever change to D or R state
- Acceleration pedal is pressed
- Movement of Vehicle (Vehicle speed
over 0)

OSU2I089039 Service Check

8. Turn off and turn on the engine again. If the DPF indicator changes from
illumination to blink or the Engine
Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates with the
DPF indicator in spite of the procedure,
please visit an authorized Hyundai dealer
and then check the Diesel Catalyst
and engine system including oil level
inspection.
Please note that the vehicle acceleration
is limited to protect the engine system
when the DPF indicator blinks or Engine
Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates.

10-103
 Maintenance

OSU2I089040 OSU2I089042

Operationg Self Regeneration Mode If the system still needs the self
If the self regeneration mode starts, the regeneration process after cancelling
message “Filter regenerationg…” and the the operation, the warning message
remaining time appears. appears. (Diesel filter regeneration
required.)
It takes around 30~60 minutes.
If the driver presses the OK button
firmly, it can restart the self regeneration
mode again. (The Self regeneration
conditions should be satisfied.)

OSU2I089041

Self Regeneration Mode Fail

The regeneration operation could be
canceled if the driver press the OK OSU2I089041
button firmly while operating the self
regeneration process. The self regeneration process stops if
any of the self regeneration conditions
is cancelled. If the self regeneration
process is cancelled automatically, the
system maintains “Self-regeneration
stopped” message.
If the driver presses the OK button
firmly, it can restart the self regeneration
mode again. (Self regeneration
conditions should be satisfied.)

10-104
 10
Segment Type WARNING
Regeneration
If the vehicle doesn’t enter the
The self regeneration procedure is regeneration mode or if the
conducted as follows. regeneration mode is interrupted,
1) Repeat key position at LOCK (or stop the engine (Key Off), wait for 20
ACC)  ON state 5 times (within 30 seconds and retry the self regeneration
seconds) procedure.
2) Start the engine
3) Monitor engine state WARNING
: Within 20 seconds, engine RPM rise
to about 2000 & DPF indicator blinks Self regeneration should be done only
and it continues for 30~60 minutes. when the DPF indicator illuminates.
After the end of regeneration, engine Frequent regeneration may cause
RPM drop to idle & DPF indicator engine oil dilution and shortening of
turn out automatically. Diesel Catalyst durability.
4) Stop the engine (Key Off), wait for 20
seconds and restart the engine Service Check
5) Check the malfunction indicator turn If the DPF indicator changes from
out illumination to blink or the Engine
Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates with the
DPF indicator in spite of the procedure,
CAUTION please visit an authorized Hyundai dealer
Under below conditions, Diesel and then check the Diesel Catalyst
Catalyst regeneration process may be and engine system including oil level
interrupted. (Engine RPM drops to idle inspection.
state) Please note that the vehicle acceleration
• Engine overheat or insufficient is limited to protect the engine system
warm-up when the DPF indicator blinks or Engine
Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates.
• Shift lever change to D or R state
• Acceleration pedal is pressed
• Movement of Vehicle (Vehicle speed
over 0)

10-105